(www-uk1.csa.com) Tue Nov 28 22:57:24 EST 2006 CSA Multiple Databases Query: rave Record 1 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Local Sociality in Young People's Mobile Communications: A Korean Case Study AU: Author Yoon, Kyongwon AF: Affiliation Korea U SO: Source Childhood, vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 155-174, May 2006 IS: ISSN 0907-5682 DE: Descriptors *Telecommunications; *Adolescents; *South Korea; *Adoption of Innovations; *Norms; *Social Interaction AB: Abstract Drawing upon ethnographic data, this article explores how young Koreans appropriate mobile phones. By examining the role of local norms of sociality among young people, the study shows that this 'individualizing' technology is articulated through 'traditionalizing' forces. Despite dominant representations of young peopleas individualization via the popular use of new technologies, young Koreans in the study internalize and negotiate local norms of sociality emphasizing collective harmony based upon self-regulation. This implies that young people's use of 'new' technology is integrated with the 'old' contexts. 62 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Ltd., copyright 2006.] EA: Email Address [mailto:kwyoony@gmail.com] CD: CODEN CHILFF LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2006 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords individualization, Korean youth, local sociality, mobile phones CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth; 0828 mass phenomena; communication PB: Publisher Sage Publications, London UK UD: Update 20061018 AN: Accession Number 200618562 JV: Journal Volume 13 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 155-174 DO: DOI 10.1177/0907568206062924 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom RE: References Alford, C F. (1999). Think No Evil: Korean Values in the Age of Globalization. London: Cornell University Press. RE: References Beck, U. (1992). Risk Society: Towards a New Modernity. London: Sage. RE: References Beck, U. (1994). 'The Reinvention of Politics: Towards a Theory of Reflexive Modernization', in U. Beck, A. Giddens and S. Lash Reflexive Modernisation, pp. 1-55. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Bennett, A. (1999). 'Subcultures or Neo-Tribes? Rethinking the Relationship between Style and Musical Taste'. Sociology, 33, 3, 599-617. RE: References Bynner, J, Chisholm, L & Furlong, A (1997). Youth, Citizenship and Social Change in a European Context. Aldershot: Ashgate. RE: References Chatterjee, P. (1993). The Nation and its Fragments, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. RE: References Cho Han, H. (2000). Kids Looking for School, Society Looking for Kids. Seoul: Ttohanauimunhwa. RE: References Choi, B Y. (1994). Koreans' Social Characteristics, Vol. 2. Seoul: Nutuinamu (in Korean). RE: References Choi, S C & Han, K S (1998). 'Social Psychology of Koreans Reflected in Their Communication' (in Korean), in International Association for Korean Studies (ed.) Korean Culture and Koreans, pp. 161-96. Seoul: Sagaejul. RE: References Chua, B H. (2000). 'Consuming Asians: Ideas and Issues', in B -H Chua (ed.) Consumption in Asia: Lifestyle and Identities, pp. 1-34. London: Routledge. RE: References Cotterell, J. (1996). Social Networks and Social Influences in Adolescence. London: Routledge. RE: References De Gournay, C & Smoreda, Z (2003). 'Communication Technology and Sociability: Between Local Ties and ''Global Ghetto''?', in J.E. Katz (ed.) Machines That Become Us: The Social Context of Personal Communication Technology, pp. 57-70. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. RE: References Drotner, K. (2000). 'Difference and Diversity: Trends in Young Danes' Media Uses'. Media, Culture and Society, 22, 149-66. RE: References Du Bois-Reymond, M. (1998). '''I Don't Want to Commit Myself Yet'': Young People's Life Concepts'. Journal of Youth Studies, 1, 1, 63-79. RE: References Facer, K, Furlong, J, Furlong, R & Sutherland, R (2001). 'Home is Where the Hardware is: Young People, the Domestic Environment and ''Access'' to New Technologies', in I. Hutchby and J. Moran-Ellis (eds) Children, Technology and Culture: The Impacts of Technologies in Children's Everyday Life, pp. 13-27. London: Routledge. RE: References Fornas, J & Bolin, G (1992). Moves in Modernity. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell International. RE: References Furlong, A & Cartmel, F (1997). Young People and Social Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Giddens, A. (1991). Modernity and Self-Identity: Self and Society in the Late Modern Age. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Gillespie, M. (1995). Television, Ethnicity and Cultural Change. London: Routledge. RE: References Green, N. (2003). 'Onwardly Mobile: Young People and Mobile Technologies', in J.E. Katz (ed.) Machines That Become Us: The Social Context of Personal Communication Technology, pp. 201-17. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. RE: References Hahm, C. (2001). 'Confucian Rituals and the Technology of the Self: Thinking Through Foucault'. Philosophy East and West, 51, 3, 315-24. RE: References Hall, S & Jefferson, T (1976). Resistance through Rituals. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hennink, M, Diamond, I & Cooper, P (1999). 'Young Asian Women and Relationships: Traditional or Transitional?'. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 22, 5, 867-91. RE: References Hey, V. (1997). The Company She Keeps: An Ethnography of Girls' Friendships. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Hey, V. (2002). 'Horizontal Solidarities and Molten Capitalism: The Subject, Intersubjectivity, Self and the Other in Late Modernity'. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 23, 2, 227-41. RE: References Hodkinson, P. (2002). Goth: Identity, Style and Subculture. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Hollands, R. (2002). 'Divisions in the Dark? Youth Cultures, Transitions and Segmented Consumption Spaces in the Night-Time Economy'. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 2, 153-73. RE: References Holloway, S L & Valentine, G (2003). Cyberkids: Children in the Information Age. London: RoutledgeFalmer. RE: References Janelli, R L & Yim, D (1998). 'The Genealogy of ''Making Harmony'' among Co-Workers of a South Korean Conglomerate'. Senri Ehnological Studies, 49, 171-90. RE: References Johnsen, T E. (2003). 'The Social Context of the Mobile Phone Use of Norwegian Teens', in J.E. Katz (ed.) Machines That Become Us: The Social Context of Personal Communication Technology, pp. 161-9. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. RE: References Kim, S. (2002). 'Korea: Personal Meanings', in J.E. Katz and M. Aakhus (eds) Perpetual Contact: Mobile Communication, Private Talk, and Public Performance, pp. 63-79. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Lee, M & Larson, R (2000). 'The Korean ''Examination Hell'': Long Hours of Studying, Distress, and Depression'. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 29, 2, 249-71. RE: References Lee, S W. (1994). 'The Cheong Space: A Zone of Non-Exchange in Korean Human Relationships', in G. Yoon and S.-C. Choi (eds) Psychology of the Korean People: Collectivism and Individualism, pp. 85-99. Seoul: The Korean Psychological Association. RE: References Ling, R. (1998). '''One Can Talk About Common Manners!'': The Use of Mobile Telephones in Appropriate Situations'. Telektronikk, 98, 2, 65-76. RE: References Ling, R & Yttri, B (2002). 'Hyper-Coordination via Mobile Phones in Norway', in J.E. Katz and M. Aakhus (eds) Perpetual Contact: Mobile Communication, Private Talk, and Public Performance, pp. 139-69. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Livingstone, S. (1998). 'Mediated Childhoods: A Comparative Approach to the Lifeworld of Young People in a Changing Media Environment'. European Journal of Communication, 13, 4, 435-56. RE: References Machacek, L. (1997). 'Individualisation Theory in Youth Sociology: An Overview'. Sociologia, 29, 3, 249-57. RE: References McVeigh, B J. (2003). 'Individualization, Individuality, Interiority, and the Internet: Japanese University Students and E-Mail', in N. Gottlieb and M. McLelland (eds) Japanese Cybercultures, pp. 19-33. London: Routledge. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1996). The Time of Tribes. London: Sage. RE: References Malbon, B. (1998). 'The Club: Consumption, Identity and the Spatial Practices of Every-Night Life', in T. Skelton and G. Valentine (eds) Cool Places: Geography of Youth Cultures, pp. 266-86. London: Routledge. RE: References Meyrowitz, J. (1985). No Sense of Place. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Miles, S. (2000). Youth Lifestyles in a Changing World. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Miller, D & Slater, D (2000). The Internet: An Ethnographic Approach. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Mortberg, C. (2003). 'Heterogeneous Images of (Mobile) Technologies and Services: A Feminist Contribution'. Nora: Nordic Journal of Women's Studies, 11, 3, 158-69. RE: References Muggleton, D. (2000). Inside Subculture: The Postmodern Meaning of Style. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Na, E Y. (2002). 'Post-Materialistic Values and Usage of Mobile Phones' (in Korean). Korean Journal of Consumer and Advertising Psychology, 3, 1, 17-32. RE: References Nagel, U & Wallace, C (1997). 'Participation and Identification in Risk Societies: European Perspectives', in J. Bynner, L. Chisholm, and A. Furlong (eds) Youth, Citizenship and Social Change in a European Context, pp. 42-55. Aldershot: Ashgate. RE: References Oksman, V & Rautianinen, P (2003). '''Perhaps it is a Body Part'': How the Mobile Phone Became an Organic Part of the Everyday Lives of Children and Adolescents', in J.E. Katz (ed.) Machines That Become Us: The Social Context of Personal Communication Technology, pp. 293-308. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. RE: References Oksman, V & Turtiainen, J (2004). 'Mobile Communication as a Social Stage: Meanings of Mobile Communication in Everyday Life among Teenagers in Finland'. New Media and Society, 6, 3, 319-39. RE: References Park, S K. (1998). 'Korean Society, Communication and Information Technologies' (in Korean), in K. Kwon, S. Park and Y. Yoon (eds) Myths of Information and Logic of Reformation, pp. 17-43. Seoul: Nanam. RE: References Pilkington, H. (2004). 'Youth Strategies for Global Living: Space, Power and Communication in Everyday Cultural Practice', in A. Bennett and K. Kahn-Harris (eds) After Subculture: Critical Studies in Contemporary Youth Culture, pp. 119-34. London: Palgrave Macmillan. RE: References Pilkington, H & Johnson, R (2003). 'Peripheral Youth: Relations of Identity and Power in Global/Local Context'. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 6, 3, 259-83. RE: References Reimer, B. (1995). 'Youth and Modern Lifestyles', in J. Fornas and G. Bolin (eds) Youth Culture in Late Modernity, pp. 120-44. London: Sage. RE: References Taylor, A S & Harper, R (2002). 'Age-Old Practices in the ''New World'': A Study of Gift-Giving between Teenage Mobile Phone Users', CHI 2002 Proceedings, pp. 439-46. New York: ACM Press. RE: References Ueno, T. (1999). 'Techno-Orientalism and Media Tribalism: On Japanese Animation and Rave Culture'. Third Text, 47, 95-106. RE: References Valentine, G, Skelton, T & Chambers, D (1998). 'Cool Places: An Introduction to Youth and Youth Cultures', in T. Skelton and G. Valentine (eds) Cool Places: Geography of Youth Cultures, pp. 1-32. London: Routledge. RE: References Van Zoonen, L. (2003). 'Gendering the Internet: Claims, Controversies and Culture'. European Journal of Communication, 17, 1, 5-23. RE: References Walkerdine, V. (1989). 'Femininity as Performance'. Oxford Review of Education, 15, 3, 267-79. RE: References Wee, T T T. (1999). 'An Exploration of a Global Teenage Lifestyle in Asian Societies'. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 16, 4, 365-75. RE: References Wexler, P. (1992). Becoming Somebody: Towards Social Psychology of School, London: Falmer Press. RE: References Wilska, T A. (2003). 'Mobile Phone Use as Part of Young People's Consumption Styles'. Journal of Consumer Policy, 26, 441-63. RE: References Yoon, K. (2003). 'Consuming Youth in South Korea', paper presented at the Third International Convention of Asian Scholars, National University of Singapore, 19-22 August. Record 2 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Authentic Identities: Straightedge Subculture, Music, and the Internet AU: Author Williams, J. Patrick AF: Affiliation Dept Sociology, U Georgia, Athens SO: Source Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, vol. 35, no. 2, pp. 173-200, Apr 2006 IS: ISSN 0891-2416 DE: Descriptors *Identity; *Subcultures; *Music; *Internet; *Consumption AB: Abstract In this article, the author examines the relative roles of music and the internet for self-identifying members of the straightedge youth subculture. For nearly 30 years, subcultures have been conceptualized primarily in terms of music and style. Participation has therefore typically been characterized by the consumption of specific types of music and clothing and participation in local, face-to-face music scenes. However, with the recent growth of information and communication technologies like the internet, opportunities have emerged that enable individuals to participate in subcultures in which they otherwise might not participate. The author shows that a new type of subculturalist is emerging -- one whose subcultural participation is limited to the internet. Using the concepts of authenticity and scene, the author explores how participants in a straightedge internet forum negotiate their affiliations with the subculture and how some members attempt to halt others' claims to a straightedge identity. The study suggests that the internet is emerging as a new, but highly contested, subcultural scene. 82 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Inc., copyright 2006.] CD: CODEN JCETEQ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2006 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords subculture, identity, internet, authenticity, straightedge, scene CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture PB: Publisher Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks CA UD: Update 20061018 AN: Accession Number 200615164 JV: Journal Volume 35 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 173-200 DO: DOI 10.1177/0891241605285100 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Addison, J & Comstock, M (1998). Virtually out: The emergence of a lesbian, bisexual, and gay youth cyberculture. In Generations of youth: Yough cultures and history in twentieth-century America, edited by J. Austin and M. N. Willard, 367-78. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Altheide, D L. (1996). Qualitative media analysis. Qualitative research methods 38. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Bainbridge, W S. (2000). Religious ethnography on the World Wide Web. Religion and the Social Order: Religion on the Internet, 8, 55-80. RE: References Baudrillard, J. (1988). Simulacra and simulations. In Jean Baudrillard: Selected writings, edited by M. Poster. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. RE: References Baym, N K. (1995). The emergence of community in computer-mediated communication. In Cybersociety: Computer-mediated communication and community, edited by S. G. Jones, 138-63. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Becker, H. (1997). The culture of a deviant group: The ''jazz'' musician. In The subcultures reader, edited by K. Gelder and S. Thornton, 55-65. London: Routledge. RE: References Bell, D. (2001). An introduction to cyberculture. London: Routledge. RE: References Bennett, A. (1999). Subcultures or neo-tribes? Rethinking the relationship between youth, style and musical taste. Sociology, 33, 3, 599-617. RE: References Bennett, A. (2000). Popular music and youth culture: Music, identity and place. London: Macmillan. RE: References Bennett, A & Kahn-Harris, K (2004). Introduction. In After subculture: Critical studies in contemporary youth culture, edited by A. Bennett and K. Kahn-Harris, 1-18. New York: Palgrave. RE: References Bennett, A & Peterson, R A (2004). Music scenes: Local, trans-local and virtual. Nashville, TN: University of Vanderbilt Press. RE: References Bromberg, H. (1996). Are MUDs communities? Identity, belonging and consciousness in virtual worlds. In Cultures of internet: Virtual spaces, real histories, living bodies, edited by Rob Shields, 143-52. London: Sage. RE: References Charmaz, K. (2000). Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In The handbook of qualitative research, 2nd ed., edited by N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln, 509-35. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Coate, J. (1997). Cyberspace innkeeping: Building community online. In Reinventing technology, rediscovering community: Critical explorations of computing as a social practice, edited by P. E. Agre and D. Schuler. Greenwich, CT: Ablex. RE: References Cohen, S. (2002). Folk devils and moral panics, 3rd ed. London: Routledge. RE: References Copes, H & Williams, J P (Forthcoming). Techniques of affirmation: Deviant behavior, moral commitment, and subcultural identity. International Journal of Deviant Behavior. RE: References Cushman, T. (1995). Notes from underground: Rock music counterculture in Russia. New York: Albany State University of New York Press. RE: References Denzin, N K. (1998). In search of the inner child: Co-dependency and gender in a cyberspace community. In Emotions in social life: Critical themes and contemporary issues, edited by G. Bendelow and S. J. Williams, 97-119. London: Routledge. RE: References Denzin, N K. (1999). Cybertalk and the method of instances. In Doing internet research: Critical issues and methods for examining the Net, edited by S. G. Jones, 107-25. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Erickson, R J. (1995). The importance of authenticity for self and society. Symbolic Interaction, 18, 2, 121-44. RE: References Fine, G A. (1979). Small groups and culture creation: The idioculture of little league baseball teams. American Sociological Review, 44, 733-45. RE: References Fine, G A & Kleinman, S (1979). Rethinking subculture: An interactionist analysis. American Journal of Sociology, 85, 1, 1-20. RE: References Fox, K J. (1987). Real punks and pretenders: The social organization of a counterculture. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 16, 3, 344-70. RE: References Fraser, J C, Kick, E L & Williams, J P (2002). Neighborhood revitalization and the practice of evaluation in the United States: Developing a margin research perspective. City and Community, 1, 2, 217-35. RE: References Frith, S. (1996). Music and identity. In Questions of cultural identity, edited by Stuart Hall and Paul du Gay, 108-27. London: Sage. RE: References Gelder, K & Thornton, S (1997). The subcultures reader. London: Routledge. RE: References Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life. New York: Anchor. RE: References Goffman, E. (1963). Behavior in public places. New York: Free Press. RE: References Gubrium, J R & Holstein, J A (2000). The self in a world of going concerns. Symbolic Interaction, 23, 2, 95-115. RE: References Haenfler, R. (2004a). Collective identity in the straight edge movement: How diffuse movements foster commitment, encourage individualized participation, and promote cultural change. Sociological Quarterly, 45, 4, 785-805. RE: References Haenfler, R. (2004b). Rethinking subcultural resistance: Core values of the straight edge movement. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 33, 4, 406-36. RE: References Hall, S & Jefferson, T (1976). Resistance through rituals: Youth subcultures in post-war Britain. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The meaning of style. London: Methuen. RE: References Heim, M. (1993). The metaphysics of virtual reality. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Helton, J J & Staudenmeier, W J Jr (2002). Re-imagining being ''straight'' in straight edge. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 445-73. RE: References Hewitt, J P. (2003). Self and society: A symbolic interactionist perspective, 9th ed. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. RE: References Hodkinson, P. (2002). Goth: Identity, style, and subculture. Oxford, UK: Berg. RE: References Hodkinson, P. (2004). Translocal connections in the goth scene. In Music scenes: Local, trans-local and virtual, edited by A. Bennett and R. A. Peterson, 131-48. Nashville, TN: University of Vanderbilt Press. RE: References Irwin, D D. (1999). The straight edge subculture: Examining the youths' drug-free way. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 2, 365-80. RE: References Kahn-Harris, K. (2004). The ''failure'' of youth culture: Reflexivity, music and politics in the black metal scene. Cultural Studies, 7, 1, 95-111. RE: References Kendall, L. (1998). Meaning and identity in ''cyberspace'': The performance of gender, class, and race online. Symbolic Interaction, 21, 2, 129-53. RE: References Kollock, P & Smith, M (1999). Introduction. In Communities in cyberspace, edited by M. Smith and P. Kollock, 3-28. London: Routledge. RE: References Lowe, M. (2004). ''Tween'' scene: Resistance within the mainstream. In Music scenes: Local, translocal and virtual, edited by A. Bennett and R. A. Peterson, 80-95. Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University Press. RE: References Marchessault, J & Straw, W (2001). Scenes and sensibilities. Special issue of Public, 22, 3. RE: References Mattson, K. (2001). Did punk matter? Analyzing the practices of a youth subculture during the 1980s. American Studies, 42, 1, 69-97. RE: References McLeod, K. (1999). Authenticity within hip-hop and other cultures threatened with assimilation. Journal of Communication, 49, 4, 134-50. RE: References Mead, G H. (1934). Mind, self and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Muggleton, D. (2000). Inside subculture: The postmodern meaning of style. Oxford, UK: Berg. RE: References Mullaney, J. (2001). Like a virgin: Temptation, resistance, and the construction of identities based on ''not doings.''. Qualitative Sociology, 24, 1, 3-24. RE: References Nie, N H. (2001). Sociability, interpersonal relations, and the internet. American Behavioral Scientist, 45, 3, 420-35. RE: References O'Hara, C. (1999). The philosophy of punk. London: A. K. Press. RE: References Peterson, R A. (1997). Creating country music: Fabricating authenticity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Peterson, R A. (2005). In search of authenticity. Journal of Management Studies, 42, 5, 1083-98. RE: References Peterson, R A & Bennett, A (2004). Introducing music scenes. In Music scenes: Local, translocal and virtual, edited by A. Bennett and R. A. Peterson, 1-16. Nashville, TN: University of Vanderbilt Press. RE: References Rheingold, H. (2000). The virtual community: Homesteading on the electronic frontier. Rev. ed. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. RE: References Rosenberg, M & Kaplan, H A (1982). Social psychology of the self-concept. Arlington Heights, IL: Harlan Davidson. RE: References Schilt, K. (2003). I'll resist with every inch and every breath: Girls and zine making as a form of resistance. Youth & Society, 35, 1, 71-97. RE: References Schleef, D J. (1996). Lawyers online: Professional identity and boundary maintenance in cyberspace. Research in Community Sociology, 6, 193-214. RE: References Shaw, D F. (1997). Gay men and computer communication: A discourse of sex and identity in cyberspace. In Virtual culture: Identity and communication in cybersociety, edited by S. G. Jones, 133-45. London: Sage. RE: References Shibutani, T. (1955). Reference groups as perspectives. American Journal of Sociology, 60, 562-69. RE: References Snow, D A, Morrill, C & Anderson, L (2003). Elaborating analytic ethnography: Linking fieldwork and theory. Ethnography, 4, 2, 181-200. RE: References Stahl, G. (2004). Tastefully renovating subcultural theory: Making space for a new model. In After subculture: Critical studies in contemporary youth culture, edited by A. Bennett and K. Kahn-Harris, 27-40. New York: Palgrave. RE: References Straw, W. (1991). Systems of articulation, logics of change: Communities and scenes in popular music. Cultural Studies, 5, 3, 368-88. RE: References Straw, W. (2001). Scenes and sensibilities. Public, 22, 3, 245-57. RE: References Sveningsson, M. (2004). Ethics in internet ethnography. In Readings in virtual research ethics: Issues and controversies, edited by Elizabeth Buchanan, 45-61. Hershey, PA: Information Science. RE: References Thomas, W I & Thomas, D (1928). The Child in America. New York: Knopf. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club cultures: Music, media, and subcultural capital. Cambridge, UK: Polity. RE: References Turkle, S. (1995). Life on the screen: Identity in the age of the internet. New York: Touchstone. RE: References Turkle, S & Salamensky, S I (2001). Techno talk: E-mail, the Internet, and other ''compversations.'' In Talk, talk, talk: The cultural life of everyday conversation, edited by S. I. Salamensky, 225-45. London: Routledge. RE: References Waskul, D D. (2003). Self-games and body-play: Personhood in online chat and cybersex. New York: Lang. RE: References Wellman, B, Haase, A Q, Witte, J & Hampton, K (2001). Does the internet increase, decrease, or supplement social capital. American Behavioral Scientist, 45, 3, 436-55. RE: References Wellman, B & Haythornthwaite, C (2001). The internet in everyday life. American Behavioral Scientist, 45, 3, Special issue of. RE: References Widdicombe, S. (1993). Autobiography and change: Rhetoric and authenticity of ''gothic'' style. In Repertoiries and readings of texts in action, edited by E. Burman and I. Parker, 94-113. London: Routledge. RE: References Widdicombe, S. (1998). ''But you don't class yourself': The interactional management of category membership and non-membership. In Identities in talk, edited by C. Antaki and S. Widdicombe, 52-70. London: Sage. RE: References Widdicombe, S & Wooffitt, R (1990). ''Being'' versus ''doing'' punk: On achieving authenticity as a member. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 9, 4, 257-77. RE: References Widdicombe, S. (1995). The language of youth subcultures. New York: Harvester-Wheatsheaf. RE: References Williams, J P. (2003). The straightedge subculture on the internet: A case study in style-display online. Media International Australia Incorporating Culture and Policy, 107, 61-74. RE: References Williams, J P. (2006). Consumption and authenticity in collectible strategy games subculture. In Gaming as culture: Social reality, identity and experience in fantasy games, edited by J. Patrick Williams, Sean Q. Hendricks, and W. Keith Winkler. Jefferson, NC: McFarland. RE: References Williams, J P & Copes, H (2005). How edge are you? Constructing authentic identities and subcultural boundaries in a straightedge internet forum. Symbolic Interaction, 28, 1, 67-89. RE: References Wilson, B & Atkinson, M (2005). Rave and straightedge, the virtual and the real: Exploring online and offline experiences in Canadian youth subcultures. Youth & Society, 36, 3, 276-311. RE: References Wood, R T. (1999). ''Nailed to the X'': A lyrical history of the straightedge youth subculture. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 2, 133-51. RE: References Wood, R T. (2003). The straightedge youth sub-culture: Observations on the complexity of subcultural identity. Journal of Youth Studies, 6, 1, 33-52. Record 3 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Straightedge Bodies and Civilizing Processes AU: Author Atkinson, Michael AF: Affiliation McMaster U SO: Source Body & Society, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 69, Mar 2006 IS: ISSN 1357-034X DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Human Body; *Asceticism; Drinking Behavior AB: Abstract Much of the extant popular culture literature points to the nihilistic and present-centred philosophies of material/image consumption common among North American youth enclaves. Few researchers, however, inspect how ascetic youth subcultures on the continent reject mainstream pressures to consume, and perform moral reformist work through the body. In this article, participant observation-based data collected on eastern Canadian practitioners of an ascetic lifestyle called "Straightedge" are utilized to illustrate how social discipline and moral commentary is interactively displayed via "restrained" body ritual. Practitioners of Straightedge express a quasi-religious conviction or sense of acallinga to their rather Puritanical way of life, and view commitment to Straightedge as an ongoing marker of self-control and efficacy. Straightedge narratives suggest how the desire to pursue asceticism springs from a learned cultural habitus, and how the practice may be areada by others as a form of social protest. Practitioners stress how the calling to asceticism serves as a means of personal salvation, and how performing Straightedge encourages "civilized" corporeal practice. References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Ltd., copyright 2006.] CD: CODEN BOSOFA LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2006 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords asceticism, civilizing process, figurational sociology, Straightedge, youth CL: Classification 0513 culture and social structure; culture (kinship, forms of social organization, social cohesion & integration, & social representations) PB: Publisher Sage Publications, London UK UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200611887 JV: Journal Volume 12 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 69-95 DO: DOI 10.1177/1357034X06061194 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom RE: References Acland, C. (1995). Youth, Murder and Spectacle: The Cultural Politics of 'Youth in Crisis'. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. RE: References Agnew, R. (1992). 'Foundation for a General Strain Theory of Crime and Delinquency'. Criminology, 30, 47-87. RE: References Atkinson, M. (2003a). Tattooed: The Sociogenesis of a Body Art. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. RE: References Atkinson, M. (2003b). 'The Civilising of Resistance: Straightedge Tattooing'. Deviant Behavior, 24, 197-220. RE: References Atkinson, M. (2004). 'Tattooing and Civilising Processes: Body Modification as Self-Control'. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology, 42, 1, 1-31. RE: References Balsamo, A. (1996). Technologies of the Gendered Body: Reading Cyborg Women. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Barsh, R. (2002). 'Netukulimk Past and Present: Mikmaw Ethics and the Atlantic Fishery'. Journal of Canadian Studies, 37, 1, 15-42. RE: References Baudrillard, J. (1983). Simulations. New York: Semiotext(e). RE: References Beal, B. (1995). 'Disqualifying the Official: An Exploration of Social Resistance through the Subculture of Skateboarding'. Sociology of Sport Journal, 12, 252-67. RE: References Beck, U. (1999). World Risk Society. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Brake, M. (1995). Comparative Youth Culture. London: Routledge. RE: References Byron, R. (2003). Retrenchment and Regeneration in Rural Newfoundland. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. RE: References Castells, M. (1996). The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture, vol. 1: The Rise of the Network Society. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Cloward, R & Ohlin, L (1986). Delinquency and Opportunity. New York: Free Press. RE: References Cohen, A. (1955). Delinquent Boys: The Culture of the Gang. New York: Free Press. RE: References Coveney, J & Bunton, R (2003). 'In Pursuit of the Study of Pleasure'. Health, 7, 2, 161-79. RE: References Davis, K. (2003). Dubious Equalities and Embodied Differences: Cultural Studies and Cosmetic Surgery. New York: Rowman and Littlefield. RE: References de Certeau, M. (1984). The Practice of Everyday Life. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. RE: References Diani, M. (2004). 'Networks and Participation', pp. 339-59 in D. Snow, S. Soule and H. Kriesi (eds) The Blackwell Companion to Social Movements. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Elias, N. (1983). The Court Society. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. RE: References Elias, N. (1991). The Society of Individuals. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. RE: References Elias, N. (1994). The Civilising Process. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. RE: References Elias, N. (1996). The Germans: Studies of Power Struggles and the Development of Habitus in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. Oxford: Polity Press. RE: References Elias, N & Dunning, E (1986). Quest for Excitement: Sport and Leisure in the Civilising Process. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. RE: References Garrison, E. (2000). 'US Feminism - Grrrl Style! Youth Subculture and the Technologics of the Third Wave'. Feminist Studies, 6, 141-70. RE: References Gimlin, D. (2002). Body Work: Beauty and Self-Image in American Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press. RE: References Gitlin, T. (1993). The Sixties: Years of Hope, Days of Rage. New York: Bantam. RE: References Gubrium, J & Holstein, J (1997). The New Language of Qualitative Method. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Hall, S & Jefferson, T (1976). Resistance through Rituals: Youth Subcultures in Post-war Britain. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hannerz, U. (1990). 'Cosmopolitans and Locals in World Culture'. Theory, Culture & Society, 7, 2, 237-51. RE: References Harpham, G. (1987). The Ascetic Imperative in Culture and Criticism. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Hathaway, A & Atkinson, M (2003). 'Active Interview Tactics in Research on Public Deviance: Exploring the Two Cop Personas'. Field Methods, 15, 2, 161-85. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The Meaning of Style. New York: Methuen and Co. RE: References Hunt, S & Benford, R (2004). 'Collective Identity, Solidarity, and Commitment', pp. 433-57 in D. Snow, S. Soule and H. Kriesi (eds) The Blackwell Companion to Social Movements. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Iorio, S. (1999). Faith's Harvest: Mennonite Identity in Northwest Oklahoma. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. RE: References Irwin, D. (1999). 'The Straight Edge Subculture: Examining the Youths' Drug-free Way'. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 365-80. RE: References Johnston, H & Lio, S (1998). 'Collective Behavior and Social Movements in the Postmodern Age: Looking Back to Look Forward'. Sociological Perspectives, 41, 453-72. RE: References Leblanc, L. (1999). Pretty in Punk: Girls Gender Resistance in a Boys' Subculture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. RE: References Lupton, D. (1996). Food, the Body, and the Self. London: Sage. RE: References Lupton, D. (1999). Risk and Socio-Cultural Theory. New Directions and Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Maguire, J. (1993). 'Bodies, Sport Cultures and Societies: A Critical Review of Some Theories in the Sociology of the Body'. International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 28, 33-50. RE: References Martinez, T. (1997). 'Popular Culture as Oppositional Culture: Rap as Resistance'. Sociological Perspectives, 40, 265-86. RE: References Mason, L. (2002). 'The Newfoundland Stock Collapse: A Review and Analysis of Factors', URL (consulted September 2004): http://egj.uidah.edu/egj17/mason1.html. Electronic Green Journal, 17. RE: References Mauss, M. (1973). 'Techniques of the Body'. Economy and Society, 2, 70-88. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1994). Postmodernism and Popular Culture. London: Routledge. RE: References Melucci, A. (1996). Challenging Codes: Collective Action in the Information Age. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Merton, R. (1938). 'Social Structure and Anomie'. American Sociological Review, 3, 672-82. RE: References Muggleton, D. (2000). Inside Subculture: The Postmodern Meaning of Style. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Ommer, R. (2002). The Resilient Outport: Ecology, Economy and Society in Rural Newfoundland. St John's: Institute of Social and Economic Research. RE: References Pitts, V. (1998). 'Reclaiming the Female Body: Embodied Identity Work, Resistance and the Grotesque'. Body & Society, 4, 67-84. RE: References Pope, H, Phillips, K & Olivardia, R (2000). The Adonis Complex: How to Identify, Treat and Prevent Body Obsession in Men and Boys. New York: Simon and Schuster. RE: References Prus, R & Grills, S (2003). The Deviant Mystique. Westport, CT: Praeger. RE: References Putnam, R. (2001). Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Simon and Schuster. RE: References Rhodes, T. (1997). 'Risk Theory in Epidemic Times: The Social Organisation of Risk Behavior'. Sociology of Health and Illness, 19, 208-27. RE: References Shepherd, N. (2002). 'Anarcho-Environmentalists: Ascetics of Late Modernity'. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 31, 2, 135-57. RE: References Sinclair, P & Palmer, C (1997). When the Fish are Gone: Ecological Disaster and Fishers in Northwest Newfoundland. Halifax: Fernwood. RE: References Suzuki, D. (2002). The Sacred Balance: Rediscovering Our Place in Nature. Vancouver: Greystone Books. RE: References Tait, G. (1999). 'Rethinking Youth Subcultures: The Case of Gothics'. Social Alternatives, 18, 2, 15-20. RE: References Tanner, J. (2001). Teenage Troubles: Youth and Deviance in Canada. Scarborough: Nelson Thomson. RE: References Vitellone, N. (2003). 'The Syringe as a Prosthetic'. Body & Society, 9, 37-52. RE: References Weber, M. (1958). The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. New York: Scribner's Sons. RE: References Weber, M. (1968). Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretive Sociology. New York: Bedminster. RE: References Willis, P. (1978). Profane Culture. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. RE: References Wilson, B. (1999). 'Empowering Communities or Delinquent Congregations? A Study of Complexity and Contradiction in Canadian Youth Cultures and Leisure Spaces', unpublished doctoral dissertation, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada. RE: References Wilson, B. (2002). 'The Canadian Rave Scene and Five Theses on Youth Resistance'. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 27, 3, 373-412. RE: References Winkler, M & Cole, L (1994). The Good Body: Asceticism in Contemporary Culture. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. RE: References Wolmark, J. (1999). Cybersexualities: A Reader on Feminist Theory, Cyborgs, and Cyberspace. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. RE: References Wood, R. (1999). 'Nailed to the X: A Lyrical History of the Straightedge Youth Subculture'. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 133-51. RE: References Wood, R. (2001). 'Straightedge Youth: Subculture Genesis, Permutation, and Identity Formation', unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. Record 4 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Scratching Out Authorship: Representations of the Electronic Music DJ at the Turn of the 21st Century AU: Author Herman, Bill D. AF: Affiliation Annenberg School Communication, U Pennsylvania, Philadelphia SO: Source Popular Communication, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 21-38, 2006 IS: ISSN 1540-5702 DE: Descriptors *Music; *Popular Culture; *Technology; *Authorship; *Cultural Capital AB: Abstract This article argues that the DJ is represented by the electronic music industry as the creative author of his or her music. I examine commercial discourse aimed at the consumer of DJ-mixed music, such as rave flyers & electronic music CDs, as well as discourse aimed at the DJ-consumer, such as trade magazines & gear catalogues. In all of this discourse, the DJ is presented as the culmination of creative musical technology, a musical author-god who carries on a long tradition of patriarchal authorship. In light of these observations, I argue that the DJ's authorship comes not from what he or she does but how those practices get represented in a capitalist system. Further, I argue that the industry instilled the DJ with authorship to fill a vacuum left by the increasing anonymity of dance music producers. The DJ becomes a tool for generating social capital within a music scene, & this social capital is turned into monetary capital via the sale of DJ-related commodities. 35 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:revbillyherman@speedymail.org] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2006 PT: Publication Type Journal Article CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture PB: Publisher Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah NJ UD: Update 20061018 AN: Accession Number 200617677 JV: Journal Volume 4 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 21-38 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Barthes, R. (1977). From work to text. In S. Heath (Ed. & Trans.), Image-music-text (pp. 155-164). New York: Hill and Wang. (Original work published 1971). RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1993a). The field of cultural production, or: The economic world reversed. In R. Johnson (Ed. & Trans.), The field of cultural production: Essays on art and literature (pp. 29-73). Columbia, MD: Columbia University. (Original work published 1983). RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1993b). The production of belief: Contribution to an economy of symbolic goods. In R. Johnson (Ed. & Trans.), The field of cultural production: Essays on art and literature (pp. 74-111). Columbia, MD: Columbia University. (Original work published 1986). RE: References Breakbeat Science. (n.d.). Retrieved March 31, 2001, from http://www.breakbeatscience.com. RE: References Brewster, B & Broughton, F (2000). Last night a DJ saved my life: The history of the disc jockey. New York: Grove. RE: References RE: References Coombe, R J. (1998). Bridgeport Music, Inc. v. Dimension Films, 401 F.3d 647 (6th Cir. 2004). RE: References Crichton, M. (1990). Jurassic Park. New York: Knopf. RE: References Irene, D J. (2001, November). Global house diva 2, live in Ibiza. Mixer, 54, 79. RE: References Skribble, D J, Mixing, D J, Acid, A & Mixing, D J (1999). MDMA: Vol. 2 [CD]. New York: Warlock Records. RE: References Ede, L & Lunsford, A (1990). Singular texts/plural authors: Perspectives on collaborative writing. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press. RE: References Foucault, M. (1984). What is an author? In P. Rabinow (Ed. & Trans.), The Foucault reader (pp. 101-120). New York: Pantheon. (Original work published 1969). RE: References Gilbert, S & Gubar, S (1979). The madwoman in the attic: The woman writer and the nineteenth-century literary imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. RE: References Gill, C. (2001, January). Maas-ive attack. Remix, 3, 1, 19-22. RE: References Glaude, D & Mixing, D J (1999). Off the hook [CD]. West Hollywood, CA: Moonshine Records. RE: References Goodwin, A. (1988). Sample and hold: Pop music in the digital age of reproduction. Critical Quarterly, 30, 34-49. RE: References Herman, B. (2002). Theory jockey: A critical discourse analysis of the DJ in DJ culture. Unpublished master's thesis, Colorado State University, Fort Collins. RE: References Jordan, J T. (2000). Searching for the perfect beat: Flyer designs of the American rave scene. New York: Watson-Guptil Publications. RE: References Lessig, L. (2004). Free culture: How big media uses technology and the law to lock down culture and control creativity. New York: Penguin. RE: References (2001a, October). Mixer, 6, 9. RE: References (2001b, November). Mixer, 6, 10. RE: References Oakenfold, P & Mixing, D J (1999). Global Underground 002: New York [CD]. Los Angeles: Thrive Records. RE: References Ott, B & Herman, B (2003). Mixed messages: Resistance and reappropriation in rave culture. Western Journal of Communication, 67, 249-270. RE: References ProSound and Stage Lighting. (n.d.). Retrieved March 31, 2001, from http://www.pssl.com. RE: References ProSound and Stage Lighting. (2001a, October). RE: References ProSound and Stage Lighting. (2001b, November). RE: References (2001, January). Remix, 3, 1. RE: References Ressler, D. (2001, November). Confessions of a topless DJ. Mixer, 54, 62-63. RE: References Sanjek, D. (1994). ''Don't have to DJ no more'': Sampling and the ''autonomous'' creator. In M. Woodmansee & P. Jaszi (Eds.), The construction of authorship: Textual appropriation in law and literature (pp. 343-360). Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Satellite Records. (n.d.). Retrieved March 31, 2001, from http://www.satelliterecords.com. RE: References Stimpson, C. (1977). Sex, gender, and American culture. In L. Cater, A. Scott, & W. Martyna (Eds.), Women and men: Changing roles, relationships, and perceptions (pp. 201-244). New York: Praeger. RE: References Straw, W. (1999). Authorship. In B. Horner & T. Swiss (Eds.), Key terms in popular music and culture (pp. 199-208). Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Thornton, S. (1996). Club cultures: Music, media and subcultural capital. London: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References Vaidhyanathan, S. (2001). Copyrights and copywrongs: The rise of intellectual property and how it threatens creativity. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Wild things. (2001, November). Five DJs tell us about their kinkiest nights on the job. Mixer, 54, 65. Record 5 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Introduction -- Bodily Performance: On Aura and Reproducibility AU: Author Turner, Bryan S. AF: Affiliation Asia Research Instit, National U Singapore SO: Source Body & Society, vol. 11, no. 4, pp. 1, Dec 2005 IS: ISSN 1357-034X DE: Descriptors *Dance; *Embodiment; *Aesthetics; *Sex; *Social Theories AB: Abstract The author discusses Walter Benjamin's concepts of art & authenticity, arguing that the aura of dance can never be fully subordinated to modern techniques of reproduction. Dance is a text that has a national script -- ballet in China is different from modern dance in the United States, & it is also a gendered form. Nevertheless, Benjamin's aesthetics finds their most compelling realization in the presence of the aura of a moving body. D. Knaff CD: CODEN BOSOFA LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article CL: Classification 1331 sociology of language and the arts; sociology of art (creative & performing) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200610787 JV: Journal Volume 11 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 1-17 DO: DOI 10.1177/1357034X05058017 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom RE: References Zheng, Y. (2005). 'Swan Lake to Red Girl's Regiment', in Cambridge Companion to Ballet. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Wulff, H. (1998). Ballet across Borders: Career and Culture in the World of Dancers. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Turner, B S & Wainwright, S (2003b). 'Corps de Ballet: The Case of the Injured Ballet Dancer'. Sociology of Health and Illness, 25, 3, 269-88. RE: References Turner, B S & Wainwright, S (2003a). 'Narratives of Embodiment: Body, Aging and Career in Royal Ballet Dancers', pp. 98-120 in H. Thomas and J. Ahmed (eds) Cultural Bodies. Ethnography and Theory. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Turner, B S. (1994). 'Introduction', pp. 1-36 in C. Buci-Glucksmann's Baroque Reason: The Aesthetics of Modernity. London: Sage. RE: References Thomas, H. (2003). The Body, Dance and Cultural Theory. Basingstoke: Palgrave. RE: References Sparshott, F. (1995). A Measured Pace: Toward a Philosophical Understanding of the Arts of Dance. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. RE: References Silcott, M. (1999). Rave America: New School Dancescapes. Toronto: ECW Press. RE: References Shusterman, R. (2005). Performing Live: Aesthetic Alternatives for the Ends of Art. Ithaca, NY and London: Cornell University Press. RE: References Shusterman, R. (2002). Surface and Depth: Dialectics of Criticism and Culture. Ithaca, NY and London: Cornell University Press. RE: References Shusterman, R. (1999). Bourdieu: A Critical Reader. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Shusterman, R. (1992). Pragmatist Aesthetics: Living Beauty, Rethinking Art. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Savigliano, M E. (1995). Tango and the Political Economy of Passion. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. RE: References Parsons, T. (1999). 'Religion in Postindustrial Society', pp. 300-20 in B.S. Turner (ed.) The Talcott Parsons Reader. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Lin Cunxin. (2003). Mao's Last Dancer: A Memoir. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons. RE: References Lieven, P. (1936). The Birth of Ballets-Russes. London: Allen and Unwin. RE: References Lane, J F. (2000). Pierre Bourdieu: A Critical Introduction. London: Pluto Press. RE: References Kopelson, K. (1997). The Queer Afterlife of Vaslav Nijinsky. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. RE: References Jenkins, R. (1992). Pierre Bourdieu. London: Routledge. RE: References Fowler, B. (1997). Pierre Bourdieu and Cultural Theory: Critical Investigations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Foulkes, Julia L. (2002). Modern Bodies: Dance and American Modernism from Martha Graham to Alvin Ailey. Chapel Hill: University of Northern Carolina Press. RE: References Foucault, M. (1979). History of Sexuality, Vol. 1: The Will to Knowledge. Harmondsworth: Penguin. RE: References Cunningham, M. (1985). The Dancer and the Dance. New York: Marian Boyars. RE: References Craine, D & Mackrell, J (2000). The Oxford Dictionary of Dance. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Clarke, M & Crisp, C (1984). Dancer: Men in Dance. London: British Broadcasting Corporation. RE: References Brodersen, M. (1996). Walter Benjamin: A Biography. London: Verso. RE: References Brinson, P & Crisp, C (1980). A Guide to the Repertory: Ballet and Dance. Newton Abbott: David and Charles. RE: References Brakel-Papenhuyzen, C. (1995). Classical Javanese Dance: The Surakarta Tradition and its Terminology. Leiden: KITLV Press. RE: References Benjamin, W. (2002). 'The Work of Art in the Age of its Technological Reproducibility', pp. 101-33 in Selected Works. Cambridge, MA: The Belknap Press. RE: References Agamben, G. (1998). Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Record 6 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Asian American Youth, the Dance Scene, and Club Drugs AU: Author Hunt, Geoffrey; Evans, Kristin; Wu, Eileen; Reyes, Alicia AF: Affiliation Instit Scientific Analysis SO: Source Journal of Drug Issues, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 695, fall 2005 IS: ISSN 0022-0426 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Asian Americans; *Social Environment; *Eating and Drinking Establishments; *San Francisco, California; *Dance AB: Abstract The available research data on young Asian American drug use is relatively limited compared to the availability of research on other major ethnic groups. Today more published data have highlighted the extent to which drug use is significant & rising in Asian American communities. From our ongoing research on the social context of ecstasy & other club drug use in the San Francisco Bay Area, we analyze data from a total of 56 face-to-face interviews with young Asian American club & rave attendees. We explore the development of a distinctive Asian American experience, in order to understand the attraction of club drugs & the dance scene. We examine the specific social groupings in which they operate, the types of social events they attend, & the nature of their club drug use. We highlight some of the ways in which they construct & express their identities around these social groupings, in terms of ethnic & socio-cultural distinctions as well as other cultural commodities. Tables, References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN JDGIA6 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.); 0410 group interactions; social group identity & intergroup relations (groups based on race & ethnicity, age, & sexual orientation) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605906 JV: Journal Volume 35 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 695-731 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Appadurai, A. (1986). Introduction: Commodities and the politics of value. In A. Appadurai (Ed.), The social life of things: Commodities in cultural perspective (pp. 3-63). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Austin, G A. (1999). Current evidence on substance abuse among Asian-American youth. In B. W. K. Yee, N. Mokua, & S. Kim (Eds.), Developing cultural competence in Asian-American and Pacific Islander communities: Opportunities in primary health care and substance abuse prevention: Vol. 5. CSAP Cultural Competence Series (pp. 160-219). Washington, DC: Center for Substance Abuse Prevention. RE: References Barringer, H R, Gardner, R W & Levin, M J (1993). Asian and Pacific Islanders in the United States. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. RE: References Barth, F. (1969). Ethnic groups and boundaries. Boston: Little & Brown. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). Pursuit of ecstasy: The MDMA experience. Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgment of taste. London and New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul. RE: References Chatterton, P & Hollands, R (2003). Urban nightscapes: Youth cultures, pleasure spaces and corporate power. London: Routledge. RE: References Cheung, Y W. (1989). Making sense of ethnicity and drug use: A review and suggestions for future research. Social Pharmacology, 3, 1-2, 55-82. RE: References Cohen, R S. (1998). The love drug: Marching to the beat of ecstasy. Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Medical Press. RE: References Espiritu, Y L. (1992). Asian American panethnicity: Bridging institutions and identities. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. RE: References Goffman, E. (1963). Stigma: Notes on the management of spoiled identity. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. RE: References Harachi, T, Catalano, R, Kim, S & Choi, Y (2001). Etiology and prevention of substance use among Asian American youth. Prevention Science, 2, 1, 57-65. RE: References Hollands, R. (2002). Divisions in the dark: Youth cultures, transitions and segmented consumption spaces in the night-time economy. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 2, 153-171. RE: References Hollinger, D. (1995). Post-ethnic America: Beyond multiculturalism. New York: Basic Books. RE: References Hunt, G & Satterlee, S (1986). Cohesion and division: Drinking in an English village. Man (New Series), 21, 3, 521-537. RE: References Huq, R. (2003). From the margins to mainstream? Representations of British Asian youth musical cultural expression from bhangra to Asian underground music. Young, 11, 1, 29-48. RE: References Irwin, J. (1977). Scenes. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications. RE: References Ja, D Y & Aoki, B (1993). Substance abuse treatment: Cultural barriers in the Asian-American community. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 25, 1, 61-71. RE: References Jang, M. (1996). HIV/AIDS education and prevention in the Asian American and Pacific Islander communities. In M. K. Moore & M. L. Forst (Eds.), AIDS education: Reaching diverse populations (pp. 83-96). Westport: Praeger. RE: References Jenkins, P. (1999). Synthetic Panics: The Symbolic Politics of Designer Drugs. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Johnston, L, O'Malley, P & Bachman, J (2002). Monitoring the Future national survey results on drug use, 1975-2001: Volume I. Secondary school students. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Kibria, N. (1998). The contested meanings of 'Asian American': Racial dilemmas in the contemporary US. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 21, 5, 939-958. RE: References Kibria, N. (1999). College and notions of 'Asian American': Second-generation Chinese and Korean Americans negotiate race and identity. Amerasia Journal, 25, 1, 29-51. RE: References Kibria, N. (2000). Race, ethnic options, and ethnic binds: Identity negotiations of second-generation Chinese and Korean Americans. Sociological Perspectives, 43, 1, 77-95. RE: References Kibria, N. (2002). Becoming Asian American: Second-generation Chinese and Korean American identities. Baltimore: The John Hopkins University Press. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing: Dancing, ecstasy and vitality. New York: Routledge. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on drugs: Risk, health and hedonism in the British club scene. New York: Free Association Books. RE: References Mills, A C. (1998). I like the nightlife, Bebe. Retrieved February 25, 2002, from www.metroactive.com/papers/metro/04.23.98/cover/asian-nites1-9816.html. RE: References Nagel, J. (1994). Constructing ethnicity: Creating and recreating ethnic identity and culture. Social Problems, 41, 1, 152-176. RE: References Nemoto, T, Aoki, B, Huang, K, Morris, A, Nguyen, H & Wong, W (1999). Drug use behaviors among Asian drug users in San Francisco. Addictive Behaviors, 24, 6, 823-838. RE: References Nichols, D E, Hoffman, A J, Oberlender, R A, Jacob, P & Shulgin, A T (1986). Derivatives of 1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-butanamine: Representatives of a novel therapeutic class. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 29, 2009-2015. RE: References Nishioka, J. (2000). Ravelicious: Asian American kids on the rave and eestasy train. April 6, Asian Week, 21, 32. RE: References Office of Management and Budget. (1997). Revisions to the standards for the classification of federal data on race and ethnicity. Federal Register Notice (October 30, 1997). RE: References O'Hare, T & Tran, T V (1998). Substance abuse among Southeast Asians in the U.S.: Implications for practice and research. Social Work in Health Care, 26, 3, 69-80. RE: References Saunders, N. (1993). E for ecstasy. London: Nicholas Saunders/Neal's Yard. RE: References Saunders, N. (1995). Ecstasy: Dance, trance and transformation. Oakland: Quick American Archives. RE: References Saunders, N. (1997). Ecstasy reconsidered. London: Nicholas Saunders/Neal's Yard. RE: References Sharma, S, Hutnyk, J & Sharma, A (1996). Dis-orienting rhythms: The politics of the new Asian dance music. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Zed Books. RE: References Skelton, T & Valentine, G (1998). Cool places: Geographies of youth cultures. New York: Routledge. RE: References Song, M. (2003). Choosing ethnic identity. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Strathern, M. (1987). Relations without substance. In L. Lindstrom (Ed.), Drugs in Western Pacific societies: Relations of substance, ASAO Monograph No. 11 (pp. 231-245). Lanham, MD: University Press of America. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2001). 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse questionnaire. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2003). The NHSDA report: Racial and ethnic differences in youth hallucinogen use. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2004). Results from the 2003 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: National findings. NSDUH Series H-25. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. RE: References Thornton, S. (1996). Club cultures: Music, media and subcultural capital. Hanover: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References U.S. Census Bureau. (2002). The Asian Population: 2002. Retrieved March 2004, from http://www.census.gov/prod/cen2000/index.html. Produced by Census 2000 Brief Series. RE: References Wallace, J M, Bachman, J G, O'Malley, P M, Johnston, L D, Schulenberg, J E & Cooper, S M (2002). Tobacco, alcohol, and illicit drug use: Racial and ethnic differences among U.S. Public Health Reports, 117, Supplement 1, 67-75 high school seniors, 1976-2000. RE: References Wallman, S. (1978). Boundaries of 'race': Processes of ethnicity in England. Man, 13, 200-217. RE: References Yang, P Q & Solis, P (2002). Illegal drug use among Asian American youths in Dallas. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 1, 3, 17-38. RE: References Yi, J K & Daniel, A M (2001). Substance use among Vietnamese American college students. College Student Journal, 35, 1, 13-23. RE: References Zane, N & Huh-Kim, J (1994). Substance use and abuse. In N. W. S. Zane, D. T. Takeuchi, & K. N. J. Young (Eds.), Confronting critical health issues of Asian and Pacific Islander Americans. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications. Record 7 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Trance and Visibility at Dawn: Racial Dynamics in Goa's Rave Scene AU: Author Saldanha, Arun AF: Affiliation Dept Geography, U Minnesota, Minneapolis SO: Source Social & Cultural Geography, vol. 6, no. 5, pp. 707, Oct 2005 IS: ISSN 1464-9365 DE: Descriptors *Music; *Performativity; *Youth Culture; *India; *Tourism; *Social Space; *Embodiment; *Racial Relations; *Deleuze, Gilles AB: Abstract The geography of music has recently turned to questions of embodiment & materiality to account for the sensuous specificity of music. Extending this work, this article emphasizes the constitutive work that embodied experience of music & space does for social differences such as race & gender. It criticizes what is perceived as a limited conception of embodiment in non-representational theory. Using ethnographic evidence from the rave tourism scene in Goa, India, it is argued that precisely during the scene's most mystical & hedonistic moments (what will be called the 'morning phase'), racial dynamics are at their starkest. It is crucial to understand that racial difference is emergent & not automatic. The article then suggests a Deleuzian musicology which conceives music not as form, language or ideology, but as force. Accounting for the richness of musical materiality involves examining the networks of power & inequality through which it necessarily operates. LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords music, race, tourism, embodiment, non-representational theory, Deleuze CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture PB: Publisher Routledge/Taylor & Francis, Abingdon UK UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200608898 JV: Journal Volume 6 JI: Journal Issue 5 JP: Journal Pages 707-721 DO: DOI 10.1080/14649360500258328 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom RE: References Belo, J. (1960). Trance in Bali. New York: Columbia University Press. RE: References Bogue, R. (1991). Rhizomusicology. SubStance, 66, 85-101. RE: References Bogue, R. (2003). Deleuze on Music, Painting, and the Arts. New York: Routledge. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. trans. Nice, R. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. RE: References Buchanan, I. (2000). Deleuze and popular music, Deleuzism: A Metacommentary. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, pp. 175-191. RE: References Buchanan, I & Swiboda, M (2004). Deleuze and Music. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. RE: References Deleuze, G & Guattari, F (1987). A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. trans. Massumi, B. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Desmond, J C. (1997). Embodying difference: issues in dance and cultural studies, in Desmond, J.C. (ed.) Meaning in Motion: New Cultural Studies of Dance. Durham, NC: Duke University, pp. 29-54. RE: References Dewsbury, J D. (2003). Witnessing Space: 'knowledge without contemplation''. Enviromental and Planning A, 35, 11, 1907-1932. RE: References Dyer, R. (1997). White. London: Routledge. RE: References Evens, A. (2002). Sound ideas, in Massumi, B. (ed.) A Shock to Thought: Expressions After Deleuze and Guattari. London: Routledge, pp. 171-187. RE: References Goa, Gil. (1995). Interview with BusStop internet radio station. (accessed 21 November 2004). RE: References Gomart, E & Hennion, A (1999). A sociology of attachment: music amateurs, drug users, in Law, J. and Hassard, J. (eds) Actor-network Theory and After. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 220-247. RE: References Hall, E T. (1966). The Hidden Dimension: Man's Use of Space in Public and Private. London: The Bodley Head. RE: References Leary, T. (1981 [1968]). The Politics of Ecstasy. Berkeley, CA: Ronin. RE: References Lingis, A. (1983). Excesses: Eros and Culture. Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References Lingis, A. (1998). The Imperative. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. RE: References Manning, S. (2004). Modern Dance, Negro Dance: Race in Motion. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Massumi, B. (2002). Parables for the Virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. Durham, NC and London: Duke University Press. RE: References Revill, G. (2004). Performing French folk music: dance, authenticity and nonrepresentational theory. Cultural Geographies, 11, 199-209. RE: References Saldanha, A. (forthcoming). Re-ontologising race: the machinic geography of phenotype, Environment and Planning D: Society and Space. RE: References Smith, S J. (1997). Beyond geography's visible worlds: a cultural politics of music. Progress in Human Geography, 21, 502-529. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club Cultures: Music, Media and Subcultural Capital. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References Thrift, N. (1996). 'Strange country': meaning, use and style in non-representational theories, Spatial Formations. London: Sage, pp. 1-50. RE: References Thrift, N. (1997). The still point: resistance, expressive embodiment and dance, in Keith, M. and Pile, S. (eds) Geographies of Resistance. London: Routledge, pp. 124-151. RE: References Thrift, N. (2004). From born to made: technology, biology, and space, paper, Life Science seminar, Queen Mary University of London, 5 November. RE: References Tramacchi, D. (2003). Entheogenic dance ectasis: cross-cultural contexts, in St John, G. (ed.) Rave Culture and Religion. London: Routledge, pp. 125-144. RE: References Tuan, Y F. (1977). Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Urry, J. (1990). The Tourist Gaze: Travel and Leisure in Contemporary Society. London: Sage. Record 8 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Youth and Citizenship OT: Original Title Jovens e cidadania AU: Author Pais, Jose Machado AF: Affiliation Instit Ciencias Sociais, U Lisboa SO: Source Sociologia - Problemas e Praticas, no. 49, pp. 53, Sept-Dec 2005 IS: ISSN 0873-6529 DE: Descriptors *Citizenship; *Political Participation; *Youth Culture; *Identity; *Meaning; *Youth AB: Abstract The concept of 'citizenship' serves a useful purpose in controversial issues of sociological operationality. How, for instance, can universal rights co-exist with the rights of population segments that embrace life-styles demanding pluralism, difference, identity & individuality as in the case of the youth? In the light of certain manifestations of youth culture, the discussion addresses the sociological meaning of a fluid & empathetic citizenship, made up of trajectivities, where the desire for participation, protagonism & evasion may appear associated with latent forms of alienation or emancipation. References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:Machado.Pais@ics.ul.pt] CD: CODEN SPRPEV LA: Language Portuguese PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Youth, citizenship, participation, identities CL: Classification 0925 political sociology/interactions; sociology of political systems, politics, & power PB: Publisher CIES-ISCTE, Lisbon Portugal UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200609052 JI: Journal Issue 49 JP: Journal Pages 53-70 CP: Country of Publication Portugal RE: References Almeida, Maria Isabel Mendes, Maria, Katia & Tracy, Almeida (2003). Noites Nomadas: Espaco e Subjetividade nas Culturas Jovens Contemporaneas, Rio de Janeiro, Rocco. RE: References Appadurai, Arjun. (1986). The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural Perspective, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. RE: References Beiner, Ronald. (1995). Theorizing Citizenship, Nova Iorque, Suny Press. RE: References Benhabib, Seyla. (1996). Democracy and Difference: Contesting the Boundaries of the Political, Princeton, Princeton University Press. RE: References Blackman, Shane & France, Alan (2001). ''Youth marginality under 'postmodernism''', em Nick Stevenson (org.), Democracy and Difference: Contesting the Boundaries of the Political, Princeton, Princeton University Press, pp. 180-197. RE: References Bulmer, Martin & Rees, Anthony M (1996). Citizenship Today: The Contemporary Relevance of T. H. Marshall, Londres, UCL Press. RE: References Burke, Peter & Porter, Roy (1996). Linguas e Jargoes: Contribuicao para uma Historia Social da Linguagem, Sao Paulo, Unesp. RE: References Calhoun, Craig J. (1994). Social Theory and the Politics of Identity, Oxford, Blackwell. RE: References Canclini, Nestor Garcia. (1995). Consumidores y Ciudadanos: Conflictos Multiculturales de la Globalizacion, Mexico, Grijalbo. RE: References Castells, Manuel. (1996). The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture, vol. 1 (The Rise of Network Society), Malden, Blackwell. RE: References Castro, Lucia Rabello. (2001). Subjetividade e Cidadania, Rio de Janeiro, Editora Lidador. RE: References Connor, Steven. (1991). Postmodernist Culture, Oxford, Blackwell. RE: References Craith, M Nic. (2004). ''Culture and citizenship in Europe: questions for Anthropologists''. Social Anthropology, 12, 3, pp. 289-300. RE: References Dayrell, Juarez & Carrano, Paulo Cesar (2002). ''Jovenes en Brasil: Dificultades de finales del siglo y promesas de un mundo diferente'', Jovenes: Revista de Estudios sobre Juventud, 6 (17), Julho-Dezembro, Mexico, pp. 160-203. RE: References Deleuze, Gilles & Guattari, Felix (1994). Mil Mesetas, Valencia, Pre-textos (1. edicao em Frances, 1980). RE: References Delgado, Manuel. (1999). El Animal Publico, Barcelona, Editorial Anagrama. RE: References Eco, Umberto. (1968). Obra Aberta, Sao Paulo, Editora Perspectiva. RE: References Ferry, Luc. (1990). Homo Aestheticus, Paris, Editions Grasset et Fasquelle. RE: References Foucault, Michel. (1975). Surveiller et Punir, Paris, Gallimard. RE: References Foucault, Michel. (1993). ''On other spaces: utopias and heterotopias'', em Joan Ockman (org.), Architecture Culture 1943-1968, Nova Iorque, Rizzoli, pp. 422-423. RE: References Franck, Thomas M. (1999). The Empowered Self: Law and Society in the Age of Individualism, Oxford, Oxford University Press. RE: References Frosh, Stephen. (2001). ''Psychoanalysis, identity and citizenship'', em Nick Stevenson (org.), The Empowered Self: Law and Society in the Age of Individualism, Oxford, Oxford University Press, pp. 62-73. RE: References Galland, Olivier & Roudet, Bernard (2001). Les Valeurs des Jeunes, Paris, L'Harmattan. RE: References Gelder, Ken & Thornton, Sarah (1997). The Subcultures Reader, Londres, Routledge. RE: References Giddens, Anthony. (1997). Modernidade e Identidade Pessoal, Oeiras, Celta Editora. RE: References Guattari, Felix. (1986). Questionnaire: Answer, Nova Iorque, Zone 1/2. RE: References Haenfler, Ross. (2004). ''Rethinking subcultural resistance''. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 33, 4, pp. 406-436. RE: References Honneth, Axel. (1997). La Lucha por el Reconocimiento, Barcelona, Critica (1. edicao em Alemao, 1992). RE: References Hutchby, Ian & Moran-Ellis, Jo (2001). Children, Technology and Culture: The Impacts of Technologies in Children's Everyday Lives, Londres, Routledge. RE: References Irigaracy, Luce. (2000). Democracy Begins Between Two, Londres, Athlone Press. RE: References Johnson, Steven. (2001). Emergence: The Connected Lives of Ants, Brains, Cities and Software, Nova Iorque, Scribner. (Traducao em portugues: Emergencia: A Vida Integrada de Formigas, Cerebros, Cidades e Softwares, Rio de Janeiro, Jorge Zahar Editor, 2003). RE: References Lanham, Richard A. (1993). The Electronic World: Democracy, Technology and the Arts. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. RE: References Lauritzen, Peter, Forbrig, Joerg & Hoskins, Bryony (2004). What About Youth Political Participation? Estrasburgo, Editions du Conseil de l'Europe. RE: References Marin, Martha & Munoz, German (2002). Secretos de Mutantes, Bogota, Siglo del Hombre Editores. RE: References Marquez, Gabriel Garcia. (1967, 1995). Cem Anos de Solidao, Lisboa, Publicacoes Dom Quixote. RE: References Marshall, Thomas Humphrey & Bottomore, Tom (1950, 1992). Citizenship and Social Class, Londres, Pluto Press. RE: References Martins, Jose de Souza. (2004a). ''Para compreender e temer a exclusao social'', Vida Pastoral, XLV (239), Sao Paulo, Editora Paulus, Novembro-Dezembro, pp. 3-9. RE: References Martins, Jose de Souza. (2004b). ''A dupla linguagem na cultura caipira'', em Jose Machado Pais e outros (orgs.) (2004), Sonoridades Luso-Afro-Brasileiras, Lisboa, Imprensa de Ciencias Sociais, pp. 189-226. RE: References Melucci, Alberto. (1989). Nomads of the Present: Social Movements and Individual Needs in Contemporary Society, Filadelfia, Temple University Press. RE: References Menser, Michael. (1996). ''Becoming-heterarch: on technocultural theory, minor science, and the production of space'', em Aronowitz, Stanley e outros (orgs.) (1996), Technoscience and Cyberculture, Nova Iorque, Routledge. RE: References Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. (1984). Fenomenologia de la Percepcion, Barcelona, Peninsula. RE: References Moya, Juan Sandoval. (2003). ''Ciudadania y juventud: el dilema entre la integracion social y la diversidad cultural'', Ultima Decada, 19, Vina del Mar, Novembro. RE: References Muggleton, David. (2000). Inside Subculture: The Postmodern Meaning of Style, Oxford, Berg. RE: References Nachez, Michael & Schmoll, Patrick (2003/4). ''Violence et sociabilite dans les jeux video en ligne''. Societes, 82, pp. 6-16. RE: References Negrin, Llewellyn. (1999). ''The self as image: a critical appraisal of postmodern theories of fashion''. Theory, Culture and Society, 16, 3, pp. 99-118. RE: References Pais, Jose Machado. (1993). ''Aventuras, desventuras e amores na ilha de Santa Maria dos Acores''. Analise Social, XXVIII, 123-124, pp. 1011-1041. RE: References Pais, Jose Machado. (2001). Ganchos, Tachos e Biscates: Jovens, Trabalho e Futuro, Porto, Ambar. RE: References Pais, Jose Machado & Villaverde Cabral, Manuel (2004). Condutas de Risco, Praticas Culturais e Atitudes Perante o Corpo: Inquerito aos Jovens Portugueses, Oeiras, Celta Editora. RE: References Pais, Jose Machado & da Silva Blass, Leila Maria (2004). Tribos Urbanas: Producao Artistica e Identidades, Lisboa, Imprensa de Ciencias Sociais. RE: References Plummer, Ken. (2003). Intimate Citizenship: Private Decisions and Public Dialogues, Seatle, University of Washington Press. RE: References Postman, Neil. (1983). The Disappearance of Childhood, Londres, W. H. Allen. RE: References Rector, Monica. (1994). A Fala dos Jovens, Petropolis, Vozes. RE: References Reguillo, Rossana. (2004). ''La performatividad de las culturas juveniles'', Revista de Estudios de Juventud, 64, Madrid, pp. 49-56. RE: References Reynolds, Simon. (1998). Energy Flash: A Journey through Rave Music and Dance Culture, Londres, Picador. RE: References Rosaldo, Rossana. (1994). ''Cultural citizenship and educational democracy''. Cultural Anthropology, 9, 3, pp. 402-411. RE: References Russell, Stuart & Norcig, Peter (1995). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Nova Jersia, Prentice Hall. RE: References Saunders, Nicholas. (1995). Ecstasy and the Dance Culture, Nova Iorque, Saunders. RE: References Soja, Edward W. (1989). Postmodern Geographies, Londres, Verso. RE: References Stevenson, Nick. (2001). Culture & Citizenship, Londres, Sage. RE: References Stevenson, Nick. (2003). Cultural Citizenship: Cosmopolitan Questions, Glasgow, Open University Press. RE: References Urry, John. (2000). ''Global flows and global citizenship'', em E. F. Isin (org.), Democracy, Citizenship and the Global City, Londres, Routledge. RE: References Vianna, Hermano. (1997). Galeras Cariocas: Territorios de Conflitos e Encontros Culturais, Rio de Janeiro, Editora UFRJ. RE: References Virilio, Paul. (2000). Cibermundo: A Politica do Pior, Lisboa, Teorema. RE: References Willand, Michael Nevin. (1998). ''Seance, tricknowlogy, skateboarding and space of youth'', em Joe Austin e Michael Nevin Willard (orgs.), Generations of Youth: Youth Cultures and History in Twentieth-Century America, Nova Iorque, New York University Press, pp. 327-346. RE: References Wooden, Wayne S & Blazak, Randy (2001). Renegade Kids, Suburban Outlaws: From Youth Culture to Delinquency, Belmont (CA), Wadsworth. RE: References Zukin, Sharon. (1995). The Cultures of Cities, Oxford, Blackwell. Record 9 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Networked Communities: Social Centers and Activist Spaces in Contemporary Britain AU: Author Lacey, Anita AF: Affiliation U Windsor SO: Source Space and Culture, 2005, 8, 3, Aug, 286-301 IS: ISSN 1206-3312 DE: Descriptors *Activism; *Social Networks; *Social Space; *Social Movements; *Internet; *Computer Mediated Communication; Great Britain; Information Dissemination; Information Technology AB: Abstract This article examines social activist networks in Britain, the physical spaces they occupy, & how they facilitate protest actions while less tangibly providing shared emotional space. The nexus between physical & emotional spaces activists occupy in contemporary Britain is the key point of inquiry. Maffesoli's notion of the social divine is used to help understand activists' desire to seek connections & community while pursuing activism. Networks act as a link to emotional community while promoting further political activity, here anti-global capital & antiwar activism. Central to the idea of an activist network is using the Internet to disseminate plans. However, as the author aims to establish, the Internet is not the only networking tool available to activists. Action plans, ideas, & contacts are circulated via zines, at infoshops & stalls, & in social centers. Networks of activism develop rather than spontaneously emerge on the day of any given action; they emerge from the interaction of activists, in shared physical &/or emotional spaces. 57 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Inc., copyright 2005.]. LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) DO: DOI 10.1177/1206331205277350 CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 1772 sociology of science; sociology of technology. 0826 mass phenomena; social movements UD: Update 200510 AN: Accession Number 200519271 JV: Journal Volume 8 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 286-301 RE: References Anarchist Teapot. (n.d.-a). The Anarchist Teapot: Just who in the hell are we? Retrieved May 15, 2000, from http://www.eco-action.org/teapot/teapot.html. RE: References Anarchist Teapot. (n.d.-b). Welcome to...the Anarchist Teapot. Come in! Retrieved May 15, 2000, from http://www.eco-action.org/teapot/teapot.html. RE: References Anarchist Teapot. (n.d.-c). Your Anarchist Teapot souvenir. Retrieved November 14, 2003, from http://www.eco-action.org/teapot/souvenir.html. RE: References Anderson, B. (1991). Imagined communities: Reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism. London: Verso. RE: References Arquilla, J & Ronfeldt, D (2001). The advent of netwar (revisited). In J. Arquilla & D. Ronfeldt (Eds.), Networks and netwars: The future of terror, crime and militancy (pp. 1-25). Washington, DC: RAND. RE: References Autonomous Centre of Edinburgh. (n.d.-a). Events in Edinburgh and nearby. Retrieved November 11, 2003, from http://www.autonomous.org.uk/events.html. RE: References Autonomous Centre of Edinburgh. (n.d.-b). Home page. Retrieved October 29, 2003, from http://www.autonomous.org.uk/. RE: References Autonomous Centre of Edinburgh. (n.d.-c). Introduction to ACE. Retrieved May 15, 2000, from http://burn.ucsd.edu/~lothian/ace/. RE: References (n.d.). Autonomous spaces: There's a storm brewing in every teacup. Do or Die!, 8, 130-132. RE: References Bach, J & Stark, D (2004). Link, search, interact: The co-evolution of NGOs and interactive technology. Theory, Culture and Society, 21, 3, 101-117. RE: References Bey, H. (1991). The temporary autonomous zone: Ontological anarchy, poetic terrorism. New York: Semiotext(e). RE: References RE: References Castells, M. (1997). Bradford 1 in 12 Club frequently asked questions. (n.d.). Retrieved May 15, 2000, from http://www.legend.org.uk/~1in12/faq.htm. RE: References Deleuze, G & Guattari, F (1998). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.). London: Athlone. RE: References Durkheim, E. (1965). The elementary forms of the religious life (J. W. Swain, Trans.). New York: Free Press. RE: References Dyer-Witherford, N. (1999). Cyber-Marx: Cycles and circuits of struggle in high-technology capitalism. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. RE: References Escobar, A. (1999). Gender, place and networks: A political ecology of cyberculture. In W. Harcourt (Ed.), Women@Internet: Creating cultures in cyberspace (pp. 31-54). London: Zed. RE: References Featherstone, M, Lash, S & Robertson, R (1995). Global modernities. London: Sage. RE: References Giddens, A. (1990). The consequences of modernity. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References Goulimari, P. (1999). A minoritarian feminism? Things to do with Deleuze and Guattari. Hypatia, 14, 2, 97-120. RE: References Grosz, E. (1994). A thousand tiny sexes: Feminism and rhizomatics. In C. Boundas & D. Olkowski (Eds.), Gilles Deleuze and the theatre of philosophy (pp. 187-210). New York: Routledge. RE: References Habermas, J. (1984). The theory of communicative action, Vol. 1. London: Heinemann. RE: References Hannerz, U. (1996). Transnational connections: Culture, people, places. London: Routledge. RE: References Harvey, D. (2001). Spaces of capital: Towards a critical geography. New York: Routledge. RE: References Hedstrom, P & Swedberg, R (1994). Introduction to this special issue on social network analysis. Acta Sociologica, 37, 327-328. RE: References Hetherington, K. (1998). Vanloads of uproarious humanity: New age travellers and the utopics of the countryside. In T. Skelton & G. Valentine (Eds.), Cool places: Geographies of youth cultures (pp. 328-342). London: Routledge. RE: References Huq, R. (1999). The right to rave: Opposition to the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994. In T. Jordan & A. Lent (Eds.), Storming the millennium: The new politics of change (pp. 15-34). London: Lawrence & Wishart. RE: References Infoshops Network. (n.d.). So what's an infoshop? Retrieved May 15, 2000, from http://www.radicalfluff.demon.co.uk/infoshops_network/. RE: References It's yer SchNEWS summer party and protest guide. (2003, May 2). SchNEWS, 402/3. Retrieved February 5, 2004, from http://www.schnews.org.uk/archive/news402.htm. RE: References Jim. (1999). Observations on e-litism, an e-mail from kAt, e-litism (UK and beyond), kat.fisher@virgin.net. Message posted to the J18 discussion list at j18discussion@gn.apc.org. RE: References Jordan, T. (1999). The hardest question: An introduction to the new politics of change. In T. Jordan & A. Lent (Eds.), Storming the millennium: The new politics of change (pp. 1-14). London: Lawrence & Wishart. RE: References Kaplan, T. (1997). Crazy for democracy: Women in grassroots movements. New York: Routledge. RE: References Katsiaficas, G. (1997). The subversion of politics: European autonomous movements and the decolonisation of everyday life. New Jersey: Humanities Press. RE: References Keck, M & Sikkink, K (1998). Transnational advocacy networks in the movement society. In D. S. Meyer & S. Tarrow (Eds.), The social movement society: Contentious politics for a new century (pp. 217-238). Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield. RE: References Kemmis, S & McTaggart, R (2000). Participatory action research. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 567-605). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Lacey, A & Wright, S (2004). Inform/azione e informatica tra attivisti anti-capitalisti australiani. DeriveApprodi, 24, 107-112. RE: References Landstreicher, W. (2004). Translator's introduction. In E. P. Occupato & B. Occupato, Against the legalization of occupied spaces. Retrieved March 23, 2004, from http://www.omnipresence.mahost.org/occupied.htm. RE: References Lash, S. (1994). Reflexivity and its doubles: Structure, aesthetics, communities. In U. Beck, A. Giddens, & S. Lash (Eds.), Reflexive modernization: Politics, tradition and aesthetics in the modern social order (pp. 110-173). Cambridge, UK: Polity. RE: References Law, J. (1999). Materialities, spatialities, globalities. Retrieved September 9, 2004, from http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/papers/law-hetherington-materialities-spa tialities-globalities.pdf. RE: References Leonard, M. (1998). Paper planes: Travelling the new grrrl geographies. In T. Skelton & G. Valentine (Eds.), Cool places: Geographies of youth cultures (pp. 101-120). London: Routledge. RE: References London Social Centre Network. (2004). Gathering tonight of Wombles. Message posted to Wombles Update List electronic mailing list, at wupdates@lists.riseup.net. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1993). The social ambiance. Current Sociology, 41, 2, 7-16. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1996). The time of the tribes: The decline of individualism in mass society (D. Smith, Trans.). London: Sage. RE: References Return of the Teapot. (1997, October 16). SchNEWS, 139. Retrieved November 14, 2003, from http://www.schnews.org.uk/archive/news139.htm. RE: References Routledge, P. (2000). Our resistance will be as transnational as capital: Convergence space and strategy in globalizing resistance. GeoJournal, 52, 25-33. RE: References Shields, R. (2003). The virtual. London: Routledge. RE: References Social Centre Autonomous Network. (2003). New squatted social centre in Australia. Retrieved from http://squat.net/en/news/balloonfactory270803.html. RE: References Squatasocialcentre. (2002). Festival of Alternatives: Social centres [Flyer]. London: Author. RE: References Starhawk. (2000). How we really shut down the WTO. Retrieved August 20, 2001, from http://www.reclaiming.org/starhawk/wto.html. RE: References Touraine, A. (1981). The voice and the eye: An analysis of social movements (A. Duff, Trans.). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Vidal, J. (2003). The world@war. The Guardian. Retrieved October 31, 2003, from http://www.guardian.co.uk/print/0,3858,3952131-103635,00.html. RE: References Wellman, B. (1999). The network community: An introduction. In B. Wellman (Ed.), Networks in the global village: Life in contemporary communities (pp. 1-48). Boulder, CO: Westview. RE: References Wellman, B & Gulia, M (1999). Virtual communities as communities: Net surfers don't ride alone. In M. A. Smith & P. Kollock (Eds.), Communities in cyberspace (pp. 167-194). London: Routledge. RE: References Wellman, B, Salaff, J, Dimitrova, D, Garton, L, Gulia, M & Haythornwaite, C (1996). Computer networks as social networks: Collaborative work, telework, and virtual community. Annual Review of Sociology, 22, 213-238. RE: References Wilson, J & Black, I (2003, June 18). Protesters: Websites direct activists from all over the world. The Guardian. Retrieved June 18, 2001, from http://www.guardian.co.uk/eu/. RE: References Worthing Anarchist Teapot. (n.d.). Our story: A brief history of the Anarchist Teapot in Worthing. Retrieved May 30, 2000, from http://www.worthing.eco-action.org/teapot/ourstory.html. RE: References Wright, S. (2000). A love born of hate: Autonomist rap in Italy. Theory, Culture and Society, 17, 3, 117-135. Record 10 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Global Rhetoric, Transnational Markets: The (Post)Modern Trajectories of Electronic Dance Music AU: Author Loza, Susana Ilma AF: Affiliation U California, Berkeley SO: Source Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, vol. 66, no. 2, pp. 773, Aug 2005 IS: ISSN 0419-4209 DE: Descriptors *Dance; *Music; *Electronic Technology; *Transnationalism; *Cultural Universals AB: Abstract My dissertation will examine electronic dance music: its transnational production and dissemination, its techno-universalist rhetoric, its racial and sexual politics, its Eurocentric mythologies and liberal humanist ideologies. To grasp the possibilities and problematics of digitally-created pop music, I will draw upon a multiplicity of discourses generated by electronic musicians, disc jockeys (DJs), remixers, producers, club/rave promoters, techno/house fans, club-goers, ravers, popular music historians, cultural critics, music industry insiders, dance press, multinational major labels, independent imprints, and regional retailers. By tuning into the contentious dialogues between the makers, shapers, and buyers of computerized dance music, I hope to illustrate the multifarious cultural functions a mass-produced sonic commodity can have. In addition to considering the positive aspects of digitally-crafted music, this project demystifies the utopian rhetoric emanating from dance music aficionados/promoters/producers. My work explores how electronic dance music employs "postmodern" technologies in the service of Enlightenment discourses (such as its tendency to cast itself as the universal language of the Information Age or its Cartesian delineation of the music listening audience into those that 'feed the head' and those that serve the hedonist flesh). I also delve into the imperialist trends (the white heterosexual male producer's telling use of orgasmic loops regenerated from the vocals of black/Latina female divas and racialized queers in 'sexy' dance tracks), romantic notions (the widespread assumption that electronic music producers are divinely-inspired auteurs; the techno/house fan's elitist admiration of musicians that remain true to their "art" by remaining in marginal markets instead of courting mainstream cross-over; and the music critic's celebration of sampling and remixing as high art forms), and modernist concerns (the DJ's obsession with mastery, the intensely-policed borders between high/low genres, and the producer's preoccupation with technological progress) of electronic dance music. CD: CODEN DABAA6 NT: Notes Available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI. Order No. DA3165473. PU: Publication Information 2005 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Dissertation CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200608893 JV: Journal Volume 66 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 773-A CP: Country of Publication United States Record 11 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Drug Use, Drug Possession Arrests, and the Question of Race: Lessons from Seattle AU: Author Beckett, Katherine; Nyrop, Kris; Pfingst, Lori; Bowen, Melissa AF: Affiliation U Washington, Seattle SO: Source Social Problems, vol. 52, no. 3, pp. 419, Aug 2005 IS: ISSN 0037-7791 DE: Descriptors *Arrests; *Seattle, Washington; *Racism; *Police Community Relations; *Police; *Drug Offenders; *Cocaine AB: Abstract Many analysts have argued that the most harmful forms of drug use are disproportionately concentrated in poor communities of color, & that this pattern -- combined with law enforcement's tendency to focus on outdoor drug activity -- explains racial disparity in drug arrests. Others contend that comparatively high black & Latino drug arrest rates result from racial bias or racist intent on the part of the architects or lieutenants of the drug war. This article offers an alternative explanation of racial disparity in drug arrests in Seattle, Washington. Specifically, we argue that the racialization of imagery surrounding drugs in general & crack cocaine in particular had long-lasting institutional & cultural effects that continue to shape police perceptions & practices, & that these effects explain much of the disparity that characterizes drug possession in Seattle. Tables, Figures, References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:kbeckett@u.washington.edu] CD: CODEN SOPRAG LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article CL: Classification 2147 social problems and social welfare; sociology of crime PB: Publisher U California Press, Berkeley CA UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200613985 JV: Journal Volume 52 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 419-441 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Baumer, Eric. (1994). ''Poverty, Crack, and Crime: A Cross-city Analysis.''. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 34, 311-27. RE: References Beckett, Katherine. (1995). ''Media Depictions of Drug Abuse: The Impact of Official Sources.''. Research in Political Sociology, 7, 161-82. RE: References Beckett, Katherine. (1997). Making Crime Pay. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Beckett, Katherine & Sasson, Theodore (1998). ''The Media and the Construction of the Drug Crisis in America.'' Pp. 25-44 in The New War on Drugs: Symbolic Politics and Criminal Justice Policy, edited by Eric Jensen and Jurg Gerber. New York: Anderson Publishers. RE: References Beckett, Katherine & Sasson, Theodore (2004). The Politics of Injustice, 2d ed. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. RE: References Blumstein, Alfred. (1993). ''Racial Disproportionality of U.S. Prison Populations Revisited.''. University of Collorado Law Review, 64, 751-73. RE: References Blumstein, Alfred. (1995). ''Youth Violence, Guns, and the Illicit-Drug Industry.''. Journal of Criminal Law & Criminology, 86, 10-36. RE: References Brownstein, H H, Baxi, H R S, Goldstein, P J & Ryan, P J (1992). ''The Relationship of Drugs, Drug Trafficking, and Drug Traffickers to Homicide.''. Journal of Crime and Justice, 15, 1525-44. RE: References Brubaker, Rogers, Lovemen, Mara & Stamatov, Peter (2004). ''Ethnicity as Cognition.''. Theory & Society, 33, 31-64. RE: References Burr, Angela. (1987). ''Chasing the Dragon: Heroin Misuse, Delinquency and Crime in the Context of South London Culture.''. The British Journal of Criminology, 27, 333-57. RE: References Burston, B W, Jones, B & Robertson-Saunders, P (1995). ''Drug Use and African-Americans: Myth Versus Reality.''. Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, 40, 2, 19-39. RE: References Chainbliss, William J & Seidman, Robert B (1971). Law, Order and Power. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. RE: References Chasnoll, Ira J, Griffith, D R, Freier, C & Murray, J (1992). ''Cocaine/Polydrug Use in Pregnancy: Two-year Follow-up.''. Pediatrics, 89, 337-39. RE: References City of Seattle. (2004). ''News Advisory: Nickels Releases 2005-2006 Proposed Budget.'' September 24. Retrieved May 2, 2005 (http://www.ci.seattle.wa.us/news/detail.asp?ID=4648&dept=40). RE: References Clear, Todd R, Rose, Dina, Waring, Elin & Scully, Kristen (2003). ''Coercive Mobility and Crime: A Preliminary Examination of Concentrated Incarceration and Social Disorganization.''. Justice Quarterly, 20, 1, 33-52. RE: References Currie, Elliott. (1994). Reckoning, Drugs, the Cities, and the American Future. New York: Hill and Wang. RE: References D'Alessio, Stewart J & Stolzenberg, Lisa (2003). ''Race and the Probability of Arrest.''. Social Forces, 81, 1381-97. RE: References DeFleur, Lois B. (1975). ''Biasing Influences on Drug Arrest Records: Implications for Deviance Research.''. American Sociological Review, 40, 88-103. RE: References Donziger, Steven R. (1996). The Real War on Crime: The Report of the National Criminal Justice Commission. New York: HarperPerennial. RE: References Duster, Troy. (1997). ''Pattern, Purpose and Race in the Drug War.'' Pp. 260-87 in Crack in America: Demon Drugs and Social Justice, edited by Craig Reinarman and Harry G. Levine. Berkeley: University of California Press. RE: References Eagan, Jeffrey & Meares, Tracey L (2001). ''Punishment, Deterrence and Social Control: The Paradox of Punishment in Minority Communities.'' School of Law, Columbia University, NY: Unpublished manuscript. RE: References Faupel, Charles E & Klockars, Carl B (1990). ''Drugs-Crime Connections: Elaborations from the Life Histories of Hard-core Heroin Addicts.'' Pp. 316-33 in Criminal Behavior: Text and Readings in Criminology. 2d ed., edited by Delos H. Kelly. New York: St. Martins Press. RE: References Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). (2004). ''Uniform Crime Reports: Crime in America: Table 49. Retrieved November 15, 2004 (http://www.fbi.gov/ncr/cius_02/pdf/4sectionfour.pdf). RE: References Gilens, Martin. (1995). ''Racial Attitudes and Opposition to Welfare.''. The Journal of Politics, 57, 994-1014. RE: References Gilens, Martin. (1996). ''Race Coding and White Opposition to Welfare.''. American Political Science Review, 90, 593-604. RE: References Gilliam, Franklin D Jr & Iyengar, Shanto (2000). ''Prime Suspects: The Influence of Local Television News on the Viewing Public.''. American Journal of Political Science, 44, 560-73. RE: References Gilliam, Franklin D Jr, Valentino, Nicholas & Beckmann, Matthew N (2002). ''Where You Live and What You Watch: The Impact of Racial Proximity and Local Television News on Attitudes about Race and Crime.''. Political Research Quarterly, 55, 755-87. RE: References Goldstein, Paul J, Brownstein, Henry, Ryan, Patrick J & Bellucci, Patricia A (1997). ''Crack and Homicide in New York City: A Case Study in the Epidemiology of Violence.'' Ps. 113-30 in Crack in America: Demen Drugs and Social Justice, edited by Craig Reinarman and Harry G. Levine. Berkeley: University of California Press. RE: References Goode, Erich. (2002). ''Drug Arrests at the Millennium.''. Society, 39, 5, 41-45. RE: References Hagan, John. (1994). Crime and Disrepute. Thousand Oaks. CA: Pine Forge Press. RE: References Hagan, John & Coleman, Juleigh Petty (2001). ''Returning Captives of the American War on Drugs.''. Crime and Delinquency, 47, 352-67. RE: References Hall, S, Critcher, C, Jefferson, T, Clarke, J & Roberts, B (1978). Policing the Crisis: Mugging, the State, and Law and Order. London: Macmillan. RE: References Humphries, Drew. (1993). ''Crack Mothers, Drug Wars, and the Politics of Resentment.'' Pp. 31-48 in Political Crime in Contemporary America: A Critical Approach, edited by Kenneth D. Tunnell. New York: Garland Press. RE: References Inciardi, James A. (2003). ''The Irrational Politics of American Drug Policy.''. Ohio State Journal of Criminal Law, 1, 273-86. RE: References Iyengar, Shanto. (1995). ''Effects of Framing on Attributions of Responsibility for Crime and Terrorism.'' Pp. 179-200 in Crime and the Media, edited by Richard V. Erickson. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth. RE: References Jenkins, Philip. (1999). Synthetic Panics: The Symbolic Politics of Designer Drugs. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Johnson, Weldon T, Peterson, Robert E & Wells, Edward (1977). ''Arrest Probabilities for Marijuana Users as Indicators of Selective Law Enforcement.''. American Journal of Sociology, 83, 681-99. RE: References Katz, Michael B. (1989). The Undeserving Poor: From the War on Poverty to the War on Welfare. New York: Pantheon Books. RE: References King, Ryan S & Mauer, Marc (2002). ''Distorted Priorities: Drug Offenders in State Prisons.'' Washington, DC: Sentencing Project. Retrieved April 23, 2003 (http://www.sentencingproject.org/pdfs/9038.pdf). RE: References Klement, Tal & Siggins, Elizabeth (2001). ''A Window of Opportunity: Addressing the Complexities of the Relationship between Drug Enforcement and Racial Disparity in Seattle.'' Report written on behalf of the Racial Disparities Project, Seattle Washington. Retrieved December 12, 2003 (http://www.defender.org/racial-disparity.html). RE: References Lambert, Elizabeth Y, Ashery, Rebecca S & Needle, Richard H (1995). ''Qualitative Methods in Drug Abuse and HIV Research.'' NIDA Research Monograph 157. Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Lu, Natalie T, Taylor, Bruce G & Riley, Jack (2001). ''The Validity of Adult Arrestee Self-Reports of Crack Cocaine Use.''. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 27, 399-419. RE: References Lusane, Clarence. (1991). Pipe Dream Blues: Racism and the War on Drugs. Boston: South End Press. RE: References Manderson, Desmond. (1997). ''Substances as Symbols: Race Rhetoric and the Tropes of Australian Drug History.''. Social & Legal Studies, 6, 383-400. RE: References Martin, Usaan E, Maxwell, Christopher D, White, Helene R & Zhang, Yan (2004). ''Trends in Alcohol Use, Cocaine Use, and Crime: 1989-1998.''. Journal of Drug Issues, 34, 333-59. RE: References Mathias, Robert. (1992). ''Developmental Effects of Prenatal Drug Exposure May Be Overcome by Postnatal Environment.''. NIDA Notes, 7, 14-17. RE: References Mauer, Marc & Chesney-Lind, Meda (2002). Invisible Punishment: The Collateral Consequences of Mass Imprisonment. New York: The New Press. RE: References Meares, Tracey L. (1998). ''Social Organization and Drug Law Enforcement.''. American Criminal Law Review, 35, 1991-2113. RE: References Millman, Robert B & Beeder, Ann Bordwine (1998). ''The New Psychedelic Culture: LSD, Ecstasy, 'Rave' Parties, and the Grateful Dead.'' Pp. 194-99 in The American Drug Scene: An Anthology, edited by James A. Inciardi and Karen McElrath. Los Angeles: Roxbury Publishing. RE: References Miller, Jerome G. (1996). Search and Destroy: African American Males in the Criminal Justice System. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Montalvo-Barbot, Alfredo. (1997). ''Crime in Puerto Rico: Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering, and the Poor.''. Crime and Delinquency, 43, 533-48. RE: References Morgan, John P & Zimmer, Lynn (1997). ''The Social Pharmacology of Smokable Cocaine: Not All It's Cracked up to Be.'' Pp. 131-70 in Crack in America: Demon Drugs and Social Justice, edited by Craig Reinarman and Harry G. Levine. Berkeley: University of California Press. RE: References Morgan, Patricia. (1982). ''The Legislation of Drug Law: Economic Crisis and Social Control.'' Pp. 30-47 in Criminal Justice and Drugs: the Unresolved Connection, edited by James Weissman and Robert L. DuPont. New York: Kennikat Press. RE: References Musto, David. (1987). The American Disease: Origins of Narcotic Control, 2d ed. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References National Institute of Justice (NIJ). (1995). Community Policing Strategies. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice. RE: References Omi, Michael & Winani, Howard (1986). Racial Formation in the United States: From the 1960s to the 1980s. New York: Routledge and Kegan Paul. RE: References Pager, Devah. (2003). ''The Mark of a Criminal Record.''. American Journal of Sociology, 108, 937-75. RE: References Pettit, Becky & Western, Bruce (2004). ''Mass Imprisonment and the Life Course: Race and Class Inequality in U.S. Incarceration.''. American Sociological Review, 69, 151-69. RE: References Quadagno, Jill. (1994). The Color of Welfare: How Racism Undermined the War on Poverty. Oxford University Press. RE: References Reeves, Jimmie L & Campbell, Richard (1994). Cracked Coverage: Television News, the Anti-Cocaine Crusade, and the Reagan Legacy. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Reinarman, Craig & Levine, Harry G (1997). Crack in America: Demon Drugs and Social Justice. Berkeley: University of California Press. RE: References Reinarman, Craig, Murphy, Sheigla & Waldorf, Dan (1994). ''Pharmacology is Not Destiny: The Contingent Character of Cocaine Abuse and Addiction.''. Addiction Research, 2, 21-36. RE: References Riley, Jack K. (1997). ''Crack, Powder Cocaine, and Heroin: Purchase and Use Patterns in Six Cities.'' National Institute of Justice and Office of National Drug Control Policy. Retrieved December 12, 2003 (http://www.ncjrs.org/pdffiles/167265.pdf). RE: References Rubenstein, Gwen & Mukamal, Debbie (2002). ''Welfare and Housing: Denial of Benefits of Drug Offenders.'' Pp. 37-49 in Invisible Punishment: The Collateral Consequences of Mass Imprisonment, edited by Marc Mauer and Meda Chesney-Lind. New York: The New Press. RE: References Seattle and King County Public Health. (2001). Heroin Task Force Report: Confronting the Problem of Heroin Abuse in Seattle and King County. Retrieved December 10, 2003 (http://www.metrokc.gov/health/subabuse/heroin/heroinreport.pdf). RE: References Seattle Times. (2002). ''Local Anti-Drug Campaign to Target Ecstasy.'' November 20, p. A7. RE: References Sentencing Project. (n.d.). ''Hispanic Prisoners in the United States.'' Retrieved November 11, 2004 (http://www.sentencingproject.org/pdfs/1051.pdf). RE: References Sentencing Project. (2003). ''U.S. Prison Populations: Trends and Implications.'' Retrieved February 12, 2004 (http://www.sentencingproject.org/pdfs/1044.pdf). RE: References Shepard, Edward M & Blackley, Paul (2003). ''Drug Enforcement and Crime: Recent Evidence from New York State.'' Paper presented at the meetings of the Drug Policy Alliance, New Brunswick, New Jersey, November 2003. RE: References Sherman, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Police.'' Pp. 327-48 in Crime, edited by James Q. Wilson and Joan Pertsilia. San Francisco: ICS Press. RE: References Sherman, Lawrence, Shaw, James & Rogan, Dennis P (1995). The Kansas City Gun Experiment. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice. RE: References RE: References Steiner, Benjamin D. (2001). State of New Jersey v. Studies in Law, Politics and Society, 23, 185-212 Pedro Soto et al., Superior Court of New Jersey 734 A.2d 350. RE: References Sterling, Eric E. (1997). ''Drug Policy: A Smorgasbord of Conundrums Spiced by Emotions around Children and Violence.''. Valproraiso Law Review, 32, 597-645. RE: References Stinchcombe, Arthur. (1963). ''Institutions of Privacy in the Determination of Police Administrative Practices.''. American Journal of Sociology, 69, 150-60. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2001a). Results from the 2000 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse: National Findings. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies, DHHS. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2001b). The DAWN Report. Office of Applied Studies, DHHS: Rockville, MD. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2003a). ''The NHSDA Report: Ecstasy Use.'' March 21. Retrieved May 1, 2005 (http://oas.samhsa.gov/2k3/ecstasy/ecstasy.pdf). RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2003b). Results from the 2002 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: National Findings. NHSDA Series H-22. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies, DHHS. RE: References Taylor, Bruce & Brownstein, Henry H (2003). ''Toward the Operationalization of Drug Market Stability.''. Journal of Drug Issues, 33, 73-98. RE: References Taylor, Bruce G, Fitzgerald, Nora, Hunt, Dana, Reardon, Judy A & Brownstein, Henry (2001). ''2000 Findings on Drug Use and Drug Markets: Adult Male Arrestees.'' Washington, DC: Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice. RE: References Tonry, Michael. (1995). Malign Neglect: Race, Crime, and Punishment in America. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Uggen, Christopher & Manza, Jeff (2002). ''Democratic Contraction? Political Consequences of Felon Disenfranchisement in the United States.''. American Sociological Review, 67, 777-803. RE: References United States Census Bureau. (2000). ''Census 2000: Table DP-1.'' Retrieved January 14, 2004 (http://ofm/wa.gov/census2000/profiles/places/1605363000.pdf). RE: References United States Department of Justice. (2003). Age-Specific Arrest Rates and Race-Specific Arrest Rates for Selected Offenses, 1993-2001. Retrieved March 31, 2005 (http://www.fbi.gov/ucr/adducr/age_race_specific.pdf). RE: References United States Sentencing Commission (USSC). (1997). Cocaine and Federal Sentencing. United States Sentencing Commission (USSC). 2002. Report to Congress: Cocaine and Federal Sentencing Policy. Retrieved January 14, 2004 (http://www.ussc.gov/r_congress/02crack/2002crackrpt.htm). RE: References Waldorl, Dan, Murphy, Sheigla & Reinarman, Craig (1991). Cocaine Changes: The Experience of Using and Quitting. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. RE: References Watters, John K, Reinarman, Craig & Fagan, Jeffrey (1985). ''Causality, Context, and Contingency: Relationships between Drug Abuse and Delinquency.''. Contemporary Drug Problems, 12, 351-73. RE: References Weissman, James C. (1982). ''Understanding the Drug and Crime Connection.'' Pp. 42-73 in Criminal Justice and Drugs: The Unresolved Connection, edited by James C. Weissman and Robert L. Dupont. New York: Kennikat Press. RE: References Western, Bruce & Beckett, Katherine (1999). ''How Unregulated is the U.S. Labor Market: The Penal System as a Labor Market Institution.''. American Journal of Sociology, 104, 1030-60. RE: References Wilson, William Julius. (1978). The Declining Significance of Race: Blacks and Changing American Institutions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Wishner, A R, Schwarz, D F, Grisso, J A, Holmes, J H & Sutton, R L (1991). ''Interpersonal Violence-Related Injuries in an African-American Community in Philadelphia.''. American Journal of Public Health, 81, 1474-76. RE: References Word, David L & Perkins, R Colby Jr (1996). ''Building a Spanish Surname List for the 1990s-A New Approach to an Old Problem.'' Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census Population Division. Retrieved January 28, 2004 (http://www.census.gov/population/documentation/twpno13.pdf). RE: References Wright, Richard T & Decker, Scott (1994). Burglars on the Job: Streetlife and Residential Break-ins. Boston: Northeastern University Press. Record 12 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Social Capital and Individualization in the Normalization of Drug Use among Adolescents in Hong Kong AU: Author Cheung, Wai Ting AF: Affiliation Chinese U Hong Kong, People's Republic China SO: Source Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, vol. 66, no. 1, pp. 356-A-357-A, July 2005 IS: ISSN 0419-4209 DE: Descriptors *Hong Kong; *Drug Abuse; *Adolescents; *Cultural Capital; *Norms; *Youth Culture; *Risk Society AB: Abstract The thesis of normalization of adolescent drug use, recently proposed by Howard Parker and his colleagues, is used to help us understand the situation of Hong Kong. The normalization thesis points at three major aspects of the normalization phenomenon, namely, a fast growth of the prevalence of drug use in young people, the widespread popularity of recreational drug use that is closely linked with the recent arrival of dance club culture, and an accommodating attitude of accepting drug use as a normal feature of leisure time consumption. Our data show that these major aspects of the normalization phenomenon are present in a very limited extent in Hong Kong. There has been a rapid increase of the prevalence of drug use among Hong Kong adolescents in the last decade. Drug taking is highly prevalent in marginal youths, but it is rare in students. A majority of drug use in drug-taking marginal youths has been recreational, mostly taking place at entertainment settings of discos, rave parties and karaoke lounges, where party drugs, notably ecstasy and ketamine, are commonly used. While most students do not accept drug use, a majority of marginal youths hold a permissive attitude towards recreational, occasional use of drugs. However, frequent use does not appear to be very acceptable to marginal youths. Drug-using marginal youths also describe their motivation of drug use largely in terms of leisure and recreation, suggesting that drug use is treated as more and more a normalized leisure activity among drug-taking marginal youths in Hong Kong. Despite the presence of the major aspects of the normalization phenomenon, the kind of normalization of adolescent drug use is actually very limited in Hong Kong, particularly compared with that in Western societies like Great Britain. In Hong Kong, drug taking is limited to marginal youths in the youth population, who are mostly in relatively poor socio-economic conditions. In addition to examining the normalization phenomenon in Hong Kong, we also analyze the factors that lead to drug use among Hong Kong adolescents. Adopting the risk society perspective, the normalization thesis explains the growing prevalence of adolescent drug use by highlighting the importance of "risk society mentality" that arises from the individualization process in risk society. This individualization factor is accorded greater significance than "social structural factors" in accounting for adolescent drug use. In this study, we take a more balanced view of the structure-agency debate. In addition to paying attention to the factors of risk society mentality (factors pertaining to agency), we also scrutinize the possible influence of social structural factors (factors pertaining to structure) on drug use of young people. Several social structural factors (including family social capital, school social capital, and developmental disadvantages) are drawn from the social capital framework, which integrates several major sociological theories of deviance (including control theory, anomie theory, differential association theory, and labeling theory). Hence, this study compares the effects of risk society mentality and those of structural factors on adolescent drug use. CD: CODEN DABAA6 NT: Notes Available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI. Order No. DA3162541. PU: Publication Information 2005 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Dissertation CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061018 AN: Accession Number 200603094 JV: Journal Volume 66 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 356-A-357-A CP: Country of Publication United States Record 13 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Rock 'n' Roll Experiences in Middle Age AU: Author Kotarba, Joseph A. AF: Affiliation U Houston SO: Source American Behavioral Scientist, vol. 48, no. 11, pp. 1524, July 2005 IS: ISSN 0002-7642 DE: Descriptors *Popular Culture; *Music; *Youth Culture; *Adults; *Self Concept; *Individualism AB: Abstract Although many observers still assume that rock 'n' roll is essentially a feature of youth culture, the author argues that it is a key feature of adult culture and a primary source of everyday meanings for the first generation raised on it. The concept of the existential self, which focuses on the situational and evolving aspects of individuality in a rapidly changing social world, informs several qualitative studies to produce the following ways to characterize personal rock ana roll experiences: the e-self, the self as lover, the self as parent, the self as believer, and the self as political actor. References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Inc., copyright 2005.] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords rock music; self; adults CL: Classification 1331 sociology of language and the arts; sociology of art (creative & performing) PB: Publisher Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks CA UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200609235 JV: Journal Volume 48 JI: Journal Issue 11 JP: Journal Pages 1524-1537 DO: DOI 10.1177/0002764205277193 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Bennett, A & Peterson, R A (2004). Music scenes. Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University Press. RE: References Coleman, J S. (1961). The adolescent society. Glencoe, IL: Free Press. RE: References Douglas, J D. (1984). The emergence, security, and growth of the sense of self. In J. A. Kotarba & A. Fontana (Eds.), The existential self and society (pp. 69-99). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Friedlander, P. (1996). Rock and roll. Boulder, CO: Westview. RE: References Frith, S. (1981). Sound effects. New York: Pantheon. RE: References Garofalo, R. (2002). Rockin' out. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. RE: References Grossberg, L. (1992). Rock and roll in search of an audience. In J. Lull (Ed.), Popular music and communication (pp. 175-197). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The meaning of style. New York: Methuen. RE: References Holmberg, E. (n.d.). Rock and roll. Pittsburgh, PA: Reel to Real Ministries. Available from American Portrait Films Web site at http://www.amport.com/eric-h.htm. RE: References Kaplan, E A. (1987). Rocking around the clock. New York: Routledge. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1984). The existential self and society. In J. A. Kotarba & A. Fontana (Eds.), The existential self and society (pp. 222-234). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1987). Adolescents and rock 'n' roll. Youth and Society, 18, 323-325. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1991). Postmodernism, ethnography and culture. Studies in Symbolic Interaction, 12, 45-52. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1993, October). The rave scene in Houston, Texas. In Research briefs (Report to the Texas Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse). Austin: Texas Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1994a). The postmodernization of rock music. In J. Epstein (Ed.), Adolescents and their music (pp. 141-163). New York: Garland. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1994b). The positive functions of rock and roll music. In J. Best (Ed.), Troubling children (pp. 155-170). New York: Aldine. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (1997). Reading the male experience of rock music. Culture Studies, 2, 265-277. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (2002a). Baby boomer rock 'n' roll fans and the becoming of self. In J. A. Kotarba & J. M. Johnson (Eds.), Postmodern existential sociology (pp. 103-126). Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (2002b). Rock 'n' roll music as a timepiece. Symbolic Interaction, 25, 397-404. RE: References Kotarba, J A. (2003, July). Popular music as a medium for on-line, club drug interaction (Report for the project Technology, Youth and the Proliferation of Drug Use). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Lewis, G. (1983). The meaning's inn the music. Theory, Culture and Society, 3, 133-141. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1978). Working class girls and the culture of femininity. In Women's Studies Group (Eds.), Women take issue (pp. 34-54). London: Hutchinson. RE: References Merleau-Ponty, M. (1962). Phenomenology of perception. London: Routledge. RE: References Riesman, D. (1950). The lonely crowd. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. RE: References Rock 'n' Roll Holiday Escape. (2004, October 18). Thank you for spending a week cruising the Caribbean with 3 of rock's biggest artists. Available from http://www.rrholidayescape.com. RE: References Ross, H. (1984). Footloose [Motion picture]. United States: United International Picture. RE: References Sartre, J P. (1945). The age of reason. Paris: Gallimard. RE: References Seay, D & Neely, M (1986). Stairway to heaven. New York: Ballantine. RE: References Stuessy, J & Lipscomb, S (1999). Rock and roll. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. RE: References (2004, October). Wired, 12, 10. RE: References Yalom, I D. (1980). Existential psychotherapy. New York: Basic Books. RE: References Zurcher, L. (1977). The mutable self. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Record 14 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Interactions between Raves and Repressive Censoring Laws OT: Original Title Les interactions entre raves et legislations censees les controler AU: Author Pourtau, Lionel AF: Affiliation U Rene Descartes, CEAQ SO: Source Deviance et Societe, 2005, 29, 2, June, 127-139 IS: ISSN 0378-7931 DE: Descriptors *Subcultures; *Music; *Drug Abuse; *Social Control; *State Intervention; France; United Kingdom; Youth Movements AB: Abstract In both the UK & in France, the rise of techno music was been linked with the consumption of ecstasy & perceived negatively. Techno events were forcibly cancelled, & premises closed down by police. This led to a new type of techno concert: the Rave. Raves were also rapidly targeted & banned. Techno artists & technicians responded by forming Collectives known as Sound Systems. These Sound Systems organised Free Parties, free & illegal raves - within which anarchist ideology developed, paving the way for a youth cultural movement. In France, the development of this movement in the second half of the 90s forced the State to respond: initially by passing repressive laws & then, when faced with the difficulty of enforcing such laws, by negotiating with the Collectives so that Free Parties could continue to be held but with minimal public disorder. 17 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:lionel.pourtau@free.fr] LA: Language French PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Switzerland CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200512 AN: Accession Number 200523043 JV: Journal Volume 29 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 127-139 RE: References BECKER, H. (1985). Outsiders, Paris, Metailie. RE: References BIRGY, P. (2001). Mouvement techno et transit culturel, Paris, l'Harmattan. RE: References DUVIGNAUD, J. (1991). Fetes et civilisations, Paris, Actes Sud. RE: References FIZE, M. (2002). Le deuxieme homme, Paris, Presses de la Renaissance. RE: References FONTAINE, A & FONTANA, C (1996). Raver, Paris, Economica. RE: References GAILLOT, M. (1998). La techno, un laboratoire artistique et politique du present, Paris, Dis voir. RE: References GREEN, A M. (1997). Des jeunes et des musiques, rock, rap, techno, Paris, l'Harmattan. RE: References GRYNZPAN, E. (1999). Bruyante techno, Nantes, Melanie Setun. RE: References MABILON-BONFILS, B & POUILLY, A (2002). La techno, art du vide ou socialite alternative?, Paris, l'Harmattan. RE: References MAFFESOLI, M. (2000). Le temps des tribus, Paris, La Table Ronde. RE: References MAFFESOLI, M. (2002). La part du diable, Paris, Flammarion. RE: References MOREAU, C. (2001). Les jeunes dans l'espace public distants des institutions. Agora, 24, 25-36. RE: References PETIAU, A. (1999). Rupture, consommation et communion: trois temps pour comprendre la socialite dans la rave. Societes, 65, 33-40. RE: References POURTAU, L. (2002). Le risque comme adjuvant, le cas des free parties. Societes, 76, 69-81. RE: References POURTAU, L. (2004). Les Sound Systems techno, un exemple de vie communautaire, in MABILON-BONFILS B. (Dir.), La fete techno, Paris, Autrement, 100-114. RE: References RACINE, E. (2002). Le phenomene techno, Paris, Imago. RE: References VIDELIN, J C. (2004). Le regime juridique des rave parties. 24 mai, Actualite juridique du droit administratif, 1070-1075. Record 15 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Alternative to What? Subcultural Capital and the Commercialization of a Music Scene AU: Author Moore, Ryan AF: Affiliation Dept Sociology & Anthropology, Colgate U, Hamilton, NY SO: Source Deviant Behavior, 2005, 26, 3, May-June, 229-252 IS: ISSN 0163-9625 DE: Descriptors *Subcultures; *Youth Culture; *Commercialization; *Music; *Deviant Behavior; *Social Integration; *Cultural Capital; *Appropriation AB: Abstract This paper examines the commercialization of an alternative youth subculture. Sociologists have typically focused on the ways that authorities have attempted to repress & censor youthful rebellion, but less attention has been given to their appropriation by mass media & consumer markets. In fact, I argue that condemnation by authorities has often made deviance more alluring for some young people, while commercialization appears to dilute the adversarial qualities of youth culture. I use the concept "subcultural capital" to explain both the economic value of youthful rebellion & the process of co-optation that occurs when it is absorbed into the consumer culture. While labeling & other disciplinary forms of societal reaction have attempted to enforce the boundary between deviance & normality, commercialization can have the opposite effect of conflating these boundaries. 44 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:rmmoore@mail.colgate.edu] CD: CODEN DEBEDF LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200508 AN: Accession Number 200514555 JV: Journal Volume 26 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 229-252 RE: References Albini, Steve. (1997). ``The Problem With Music.'' Pp. 164-76. In Commodify Your Dissent: Salvos from The Baffler, edited by Thomas Frank and Matt Weiland. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. RE: References Azerrad, Michael. (1994). Come As You Are: The Story of Nirvana. New York: Doubleday. RE: References Becker, Howard S. (1963). Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance, enlarged edition. New York: Free Press. RE: References Bell, Daniel. ([1976] [1996]). The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism. New York: Basic Books. RE: References Best, Joel. (2004). Deviance: Career of a Concept. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. RE: References Bourdieu, Pierre. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Richard Nice (tr.). Cambridge: Harvard University Press. RE: References Brooks, David. (2000). Bobos in Paradise: The New Upper Class and How They Got There. New York: Touchstone. RE: References Cloward, Richard A & Ohlin, Lloyd E (1960). Delinquency and Opportunity. New York: Free Press. RE: References Cohen, Albert K. (1955). Delinquent Boys: The Culture of the Gang. New York: Free Press. RE: References Cohen, Stanley. (1972). Folk Devils and Moral Panics: The Creation of Mods and Rockers. London: MacGibbon and Kee. RE: References Coupland, Douglas. (1991). Generation X: Tales for an Accelerated Culture. New York: St. Martin's Press. RE: References Donaton, Scott. (1993). ``The Media Wakes Up to Generation X.''. February 1, Advertising Age, 16. RE: References Dotter, Daniel. (1994). ``Rock and Roll is Here to Stray: Youth Subculture, Deviance, and Social Typing in Rock's Early Years.'' Pp. 87-114. In Adolescents and Their Music: If It's Too Loud, You're Too Old, edited by Jonathon S. Epstein. New York: Garland. RE: References Fox, Kathryn Joan. (1987). ``Real Punks and Pretenders: The Social Organization of a Counterculture.''. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 16, 344-70. RE: References Frank, Thomas. (1997). The Conquest of Cool: Business Culture, Counter-culture, and the Rise of Hip Consumerism. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. RE: References Frank, Thomas & Weiland, Matt (1997). Commodify Your Dissent: Salvos from The Baffler. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. RE: References Gilbert, James. (1986). A Cycle of Outrage: America's Reaction to the Juvenile Delinquent in the 1950s. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Gladwell, Malcolm. (1997). ``The Coolhunt.'' Pp. 360-73. In The Consumer Society Reader, edited by Juliet B. Schor and Douglas B. Holt. New York: New Press. RE: References Goode, Erich. (2002). ``Does the Death of the Sociology of Deviance Claim Make Sense?''. The American Sociologist, 33, 107-18. RE: References Harmon, Larry. (1996). ``Token Indie Band.''. April 11, San Diego Weekly Reader, 76. RE: References Harvey, David. (1989). The Condition of Postmodernity. Cambridge: Blackwell. RE: References Hebdige, Dick. (1979). Subculture: The Meaning of Style. New York: Routledge. RE: References Hirsch, Paul. (1972). ``Processing Fads and Fashions: An Organization-Set Analysis of Cultural Industry Systems.''. American Journal of Sociology, 77, 639-59. RE: References Hodkinson, Paul. (2002). Goth: Identity, Style, and Subculture. New York: Berg. RE: References Hustwit, Gary. (1994). Releasing an Independent Record. San Diego: Rockpress. RE: References Huyssen, Andreas. (1986). After the Great Divide: Modernism, Mass Culture, Postmodernism. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. RE: References Marin, Rick. (1992). ``Grunge: A Success Story.''. November 15, New York Times, 9. RE: References Marx, Gary. (1981). ``Ironies of Social Control: Authorities as Contributors to Deviance through Escalation, Nonenforcement, and Covert Facilitation.''. Social Problems, 28, 221-46. RE: References Matza, David. (1964). Delinquency and Drift. New York: John Wiley & Sons. RE: References Miller, J Mitchell, Wright, Richard A & Dannels, David (2001). ``Is Deviance `Dead'?: The Decline of a Sociological Research Specialization.''. American Sociologist, 32, 43-59. RE: References Modleski, Tania. (1986). Studies in Entertainment. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. RE: References Muggleton, David. (2000). Inside Subculture: The Postmodern Meaning of Style. New York: Berg. RE: References Muggleton, David & Weinzierl, Rupert (2003). The Post-Subcultures Reader. New York: Berg. RE: References Nirvana. (1991). Nevermind. David Geffen Company. RE: References Peterson, Karla. (1994). ``Independents' Days: Concerts, Workshops Offer a Sounding Board for Struggling Musicians.''. October 4, San Diego Union-Tribune, E-1. RE: References Redhead, Steve. (1997). From Subcultures to Clubcultures: An Introduction to Popular Cultural Studies. Cambridge: Blackwell. RE: References Ritchie, Karen. (1992). ``Get Ready for `Generation X.' ''. November 9, Advertising Age, 21. RE: References (1995). Rolling Stone History of Style. E!. RE: References RE: References Smith, Paul. (1997). Rolling Stone History of Style. 1995. Marketing to Generation X. New York: Lexington Books. RE: References Sumner, Colin. (1994). The Sociology of Deviance: An Obituary. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Thornton, Sarah. (1994). ``Moral Panic, The Media and British Rave Culture.'' Pp. 176-92. In Microphone Fiends: Youth Music and Youth Culture, edited by Andrew Ross and Tricia Rose. New York: Routledge. RE: References Thornton, Sarah. (1995). Club Cultures: Music, Media, and Subcultural Capital. Hanover: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References Walker, Michael. (1993). ``San Diego, Alternatively.''. October 18, Los Angeles Times Magazine, 24-9. Record 16 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Social Representations and Practices of the Consumption of Ecstacy OT: Original Title Representaciones sociales y praticas de consumo del extasis AU: Author Camarotti, Ana Clara; Kornblit, Ana Lia AF: Affiliation Instit Investigaciones Gino Germani, Facultad Ciencias Sociales, U Buenos Aires-CONICET SO: Source Convergencia, 2005, 12, 38, May-Aug, 313-333 IS: ISSN 1405-1435 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Youth; *Clubs; *Buenos Aires, Argentina; *Surveys AB: Abstract We analyze the consumption of ecstasy by the youths in night clubs in Buenos Aires. To fulfill this aim, we conducted a survey with a close & open questions questionnaire in a sample of 200 youth who assist to raves & discos. As it was observed, a main characteristic of the night practices of these youths is circulation, being in constant move. The consumption of ecstasy is related to this aim & to the fact that it grants certain characteristics of distinction & selectiveness sought by those who consume it. 1 Graph, 7 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:anapau@arnet.com.ar] LA: Language Spanish PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Mexico CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200510 AN: Accession Number 200519675 JV: Journal Volume 12 JI: Journal Issue 38 JP: Journal Pages 313-333 RE: References Bauman, Z. (2000). Trabajo, consumismo y nuevos pobres, Buenos Aires: Gedisa. RE: References Beltramino, F. (2004). ``Musica y droga: la rave como fenomeno socioestetico'', en A. L. Kornblit, Nuevos estudios sobre drogadiccion. Consumo e identidad, Buenos Aires: Biblos. RE: References Calafat, A. (1999). Night life in Europe and recreative drug use. Sonar 98, Palma de Mallorca: IRREFEA. RE: References Calafat, A. (1998). Characteristics and Social Representation of Ecstasy in Europe, Palma de Mallorca: IREFREA. RE: References Collin, M. (1997). Altered States. The story of ecstasy culture and acid house, London: Serpents Tail. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1990). El tiempo de las tribus, Barcelona: Icaria. RE: References Romo Aviles, N. (2001). Mujeres y drogas de sintesis. Genero y riesgo en la cultura del baile, Donostia, Gakoa. Record 17 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title In the Club: Ecstasy Use and Supply in a London Nightclub AU: Author Sanders, Bill AF: Affiliation Division Research Children/Youth/Families, Childrens Hospital Los Angeles, U Southern California SO: Source Sociology, 2005, 39, 2, Apr, 241-258 IS: ISSN 0038-0385 DE: Descriptors *United Kingdom; *Eating and Drinking Establishments; *Youth; *Drug Abuse; *London, England; *Youth Culture AB: Abstract Every weekend in the UK millions of young people attend nightclubs & many of them will use 'dance' drugs such as ecstasy. Drawing from ethnographic data generated from working as a club security guard & in-depth interview material with other security guards & a club manager, this article describes & analyses the use & supply of ecstasy within a large London nightclub. The analyses are centred on the normalized character of ecstasy within this club, the efforts of several security guards to control the supply of ecstasy & how this setting was home to a lively drug culture complete with a prosperous & somewhat protected drug economy. 51 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Ltd., copyright 2005 BSA Publications Ltd.]. EA: Email Address [mailto:Bsanders@chla.usc.edu] CD: CODEN SLGYA5 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) DO: DOI 10.1177/0038038505050537 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth. 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200508 AN: Accession Number 200515218 JV: Journal Volume 39 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 241-258 RE: References Adler, P A. (1993). Wheeling and Dealing: An Ethnography of an Upper-level Drug Dealing and Smuggling Community, 2nd edn. New York: Columbia University Press. RE: References Armstrong, G. (1993). `Like that Desmond Morris?', in Hobbs, D. and T. May (eds.) Interpreting the Field: Accounts of Ethnography, pp. 3-39. Oxford: Clarendon Press. RE: References Bloomfield, R. (2001). `Door to Door Disservice'. Time Out, October, 24-31. RE: References Bourgois, P. (1995). In Search of Respect: Selling Crack in El Barrio. New York: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Brake, M. (1985). Comparative Youth Culture: The Sociology of Youth Cultures and Youth Subcultures in American, Britain and Canada. London: Routledge. RE: References Cloward, R & Ohlin, L (1960). Delinquency and Opportunity: A Theory of Delinquent Gangs. London: Collier-Macmillan. RE: References Collin, M & Godfrey, J (1997). Altered State: The Story of Ecstasy Culture and Acid House. London: Serpent's Tail. RE: References Dorn, N & South, N (1990). `Drug Markets and Law Enforcement'. British Journal of Criminology, 30, 2, 171-188. RE: References Gilbert, J & Pearson, E (1999). Discographies. London: Routledge. RE: References Forsyth, A J M, Barnard, M & McKeganey, N P (1997). `Musical Preference as an Indicator of Adolescent Drug Use'. Addiction, 92, 10, 1317-25. RE: References Hall, S & Jefferson, T (1976). Resistance Through Rituals: Subcultures in Post-war Britain. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hammersley, R, Khan, F & Ditton, J (2002). Ecstasy and the Rise of the Chemical Generation. London: Routledge. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The Meaning of Style. London: Methuen. RE: References Hobbs, D. (1993). `Peers, Careers, and Academic Fears: Writing as Field Work', in D. Hobbs and T. May (eds) Interpreting the Field: Accounts of Ethnography. Oxford: Clarendon Press. RE: References Hobbs, D. (1995). Bad Business: Professional Crime in Modern Britain. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Hobbs, D, Hadfield, P, Lister, S & Winlow, S (2003). Bouncers: Violence and Governance in the Night-time Economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Johnson, J C. (1990). Selecting Ethnographic Informants. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. RE: References Kohn, M. (1997). `Cocaine Girls', in S. Redhead, D. Wynne and J. O'Connor (eds) The Clubcultures Reader: Readings in Popular Cultural Studies, pp. 137-47. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Lee, R. (1995). Dangerous Fieldwork. London: Sage. RE: References Lenton, S, Boys, A & Norcross, K (1997). `Raves, Drugs and Experience: Drug Use by a Sample of People who Attend Raves in Western Australia'. Addiction, 92, 10, 1327-37. RE: References Maguire, M. (2000). `Researching ``Street Criminals'': A Neglected Art', in R. King and E. Wincap (eds) Doing Research on Crime and Justice, pp. 121-71. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on Drugs. London: Free Association Books. RE: References Merton, R K. (1972). `Insiders and Outsiders: A Chapter in the Sociology of Knowledge'. American Journal of Sociology, 78, 1, 9-47. RE: References Monaghan, L F. (2002a). `Opportunity, Pleasure, and Risk: An Ethnography of Urban Male Heterosexualities'. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 31, 4, 440-77. RE: References Monaghan, L F. (2002b). `Hard Men, Shop Boys and Others: Embodying Competence in a Masculinist Occupation'. The Sociological Review, 50, 3, 334-55. RE: References Moore, D. (1994). The Lads in Action: Social Processes in an Urban Youth Subculture. Aldershot: Ashgate. RE: References Morris, S. (1998). Club, Drugs and Doormen. Crime Detection and Prevention Series Paper 86. London: Home Office Police Research Group. RE: References O'Hagan, C. (1999). British Dance Culture: Sub-genres and Associated Drug Use. London: Release. RE: References Parker, H, Aldridge, J & Measham, F (1998). Illegal Leisure: The Normalisation of Adolescent Recreational Drug Use. London: Routledge. RE: References Parker, H, Measham, F & Aldridge, J (1995). Drugs Futures: Changing Patterns of Drug Use amongst English Youth. London: Institute for the Study of Drug Dependence. RE: References Parker, H, Williams, L & Aldridge, J (2002). `The Normalization of ``Sensible'' Recreational Drug Use: Further Evidence from the North West England Longitudinal Study'. Sociology, 36, 4, 941-64. RE: References Presdee, M. (2000). Cultural Criminology and the Carnival of Crime. London: Routledge. RE: References Redhead, S. (1993). `The Politics of Ecstasy', in S. Redhead (ed.) Rave Off: Politics and Deviance in Contemporary Youth Culture, pp. 7-27. Aldershot: Avebury. RE: References Redhead, S. (1997). Subcultures to Clubcultures: An Introduction to Popular Cultural Studies. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Release. (1997). Drugs and Dance Survey: An Insight into the Culture. London: Release. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1997). `Rave Culture: Living Dream or Living Death?, in S. Redhead, D. Wynne and J. O'Connor (eds) The Clubcultures Reader: Readings in Popular Cultural Studies, pp. 102-11. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Rietveld, H. (1993). `Living the Dream', in S. Redhead (ed.) Rave Off: Politics and Deviance in Contemporary Youth Culture, pp. 41-71. Aldershot: Avebury. RE: References Rojek, C. (2000). Leisure and Culture. MacMillan. RE: References Ruggiero, V. (1993). `Brixton, London: A Drug Culture Without a Drug Economy?'. The International Journal of Drug Policy, 4, 2, 83-90. RE: References Ruggiero, V. (2000). Crime and Markets: Essays in Anti-criminology. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Ruggiero, V & South, N (1995). Eurodrugs: Drug Use, Markets, and Trafficking in Europe. London: UCL Press. RE: References Saunders, N. (1997). Ecstasy Reconsidered. London: Nicholas Saunders. RE: References Shapiro, H. (1999). `Dances with Drugs: Pop Music, Drugs and Youth Culture', in N. South (ed.) Drugs: Cultures, Controls and Everyday Life, pp. 17-35. London: Sage. RE: References South, N. (1999). `Debating Drugs and Everyday Life: Normalisation, Prohibition and ``Otherness'' ', in N. South (ed.) Drugs: Cultures, Controls and Everyday Life. London: Sage. RE: References Stanley, C. (1997). `Not Drowning but Waving: Urban Narratives of Dissent in the Wild Zone', in S. Redhead, D. Wynne and J. O'Connor (eds) The Clubcultures Reader: Readings in Popular Cultural Studies, pp. 36-54. Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Sykes, G & Matza, D (1957). `Techniques of Neutralization: A Theory of Delinquency'. American Sociological Review, 22, 6, 664-70. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club Cultures: Music, Media and Subcultural Capital. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Webster, R, Goodman, M & Whalley, G (2002). Safer Clubbing: Guidance for Licensing Authorities, Club Managers and Promoters. Drug Prevention Advisory Service. RE: References Williams, T. (1992). Crackhouse: Notes from the End of the Line. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. RE: References Winlow, S. (2001). Badfellas: Crime, Tradition and New Masculinities. Oxford: Berg. RE: References Winlow, S, Hobbs, D, Lister, S & Hadfield, P (2001). `Get Ready to Duck: Bouncers and the Realities of Ethnographic Research on Violent Groups'. British Journal of Criminology, 41, 3, 536-48. Record 18 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Rave and Straightedge, the Virtual and the Real: Exploring Online and Offline Experiences in Canadian Youth Subculture AU: Author Wilson, Brian; Atkinson, Michael AF: Affiliation School Human Kinetics, U British Columbia, Vancouver SO: Source Youth & Society, 2005, 36, 3, Mar, 276-311 IS: ISSN 0044-118X DE: Descriptors *Canada; *Youth; *Subcultures; *Internet; *Youth Culture; *Social Identity; *Theoretical Problems AB: Abstract Over the past 10 years, sociologists have attended to the impacts of the Internet on youth subcultural coalescence, display, identity, & resistance. In this article, the authors develop a critique of this body of work, describing how existing research places undue emphasis on young people's experiences either online or offline & how a lack of consideration has been given to the ways that subcultural expressions are continuous across the apparent "virtual-real" divide. With the aim of addressing some of these concerns, the authors draw on ethnographic case studies of "Rave" & "Straightedge" to explore the impact of the two realities (i.e., online & offline realities) on understandings of subcultural experience in these youth formations & articulate how the theoretical split between the virtual & real in cyber-subcultural research does not accurately capture the lived experiences or identity negotiations of these youth. 98 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Inc., copyright 2005.]. CD: CODEN YSOCAQ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) DO: DOI 10.1177/0044118X03260498 CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth UD: Update 200505 AN: Accession Number 200509381 JV: Journal Volume 36 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 276-311 RE: References Acland, C. (1995). Youth, murder, and spectacle: The culture and politics of youth in crisis. Boulder, CO: Westview. RE: References Ang, I. (1985). Watching Dallas-Soap opera and melodramatic imagination. London: Methuen. RE: References Appadurai, A. (1990). Disjuncture and difference in the global cultural economy. Theory, Culture, and Society, 7, 295-310., 7, 295-310. RE: References Atkinson, M. (2003). The civilizing of resistance: Straightedge tattooing. Deviant Behavior, 24, 197-220. RE: References Atkinson, M. (2003). Tattooed: The sociogenesis of a body art. Toronto, Canada: University of Toronto Press. RE: References Atkinson, M & Young, K (2001). Flesh journeys: Neo primitives and the contemporary rediscovery of radical body modification. Deviant Behavior, 22, 117-146. RE: References Balsamo, A. (1996). Technologies of the gendered body: Reading cyborg women. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Baron, S. (1989). The Canadian west coast punk subculture: A field study. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 14, 289-316. RE: References Bennett, A. (1999). Subcultures or neo-tribes? Rethinking the relationship between youth, style, and musical taste. Sociology, 33, 3, 599-617. RE: References Bennett, A. (2000). Popular music and youth culture: Music, identity and place. New York: St. Martin's. RE: References Best, J & Luckenbill, D (1994). Organizing deviance. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. RE: References Boulding, E. (2001). Peace, culture, and social action. Peace Review, 13, 567-570. RE: References Branwyn, G. (2000). COMPU-SEX: Erotica for cybernauts. In D. Bell & B. Kennedy (Eds.), The cybercultures reader (pp. 396-402). New York: Routledge. RE: References Burkhalter, B. (1999). Reading race online: Discovering racial identity in usenet discussions. In M. Smith & P. Kollack (Eds.), Communities in cyberspace (pp. 60-75). New York: Routledge. RE: References Buxton, D. (1990). Rock music, the star system, and the rise of consumerism. In S. Frith & A. Goodwin (Eds.), On record: Rock, pop, and the written word (pp. 427-440). London: Routledge. RE: References Carrington, B & Wilson, B (2002). Global clubcultures: Cultural flows and 'late modem' dance music culture. In M. Ceislik & G. Pollock (Eds.), Young people in a risk society: The restructuring of youth identities and transitions in late modernity (pp. 74-99). Aldershot, Hampshire, UK: Ashgate Publishing. RE: References Castells, M. (1997). The power of identity. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. RE: References Clerc, S. (2000). Estrogen brigades and 'big tits' threads: Media fandom on-line and off. In D. Bell & B. Kennedy (Eds.), The cybercultures reader (pp. 216-229). New York: Routledge. RE: References Cohen, S. (1972). Folk devils and moral panics: The creation of mods and rockers. London: Macgibbon and Kee. RE: References Collin, M. (1997). Altered state: The story of ecstasy culture and acid house. London: Serpents' Tail. RE: References Cresser, F, Gunn, L & Balme, H (2001). Women's experiences of on-line e-zine publication. Media, Culture, and Society, 23, 4, 457-473. RE: References Denzin, N. (1995). Information technologies, communicative acts, and the audience: Couch's legacy to communication research. Symbolic Interaction, 18, 3, 247-268. RE: References Dery, M. (1996). Escape velocity: Cyberculture at the end of the century. New York: Grove. RE: References Duncombe, S. (1997). Notes from the underground: Zines and the politics of alternative culture. New York: Verso. RE: References Durkin, K & Bryant, C (1999). Propagandizing pederasty: A thematic analysis of the on-line exculpatory accounts of unrepentant pedophiles. Deviant Behavior, 20, 2, 103-127. RE: References Ebo, B. (1998). Cyberghetto or cybertopia: Race, class, and gender on the Internet. Westport, CT: Praeger. RE: References Ekholm-Friedman, K & Friedman, J (1995). Global complexity and the simplicity of everyday life. In D. Miller (Ed.), Worlds apart: Modernity through the prism of the local (pp. 134-168). London: Routledge. RE: References Elias, N. (1994). The civilizing process. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell. RE: References Epstein, J. (1998). Generation X, youth culture, and identity. In J. Epstein (Ed.), Youth culture: Identity in a postmodern world (pp. 1-23). Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Featherstone, M & Burrows, R (1995). Cyberspace, cyberbodies, cyberpunk: Cultures of technological embodiment. London: Sage. RE: References Finn, G & Guilianotti, R (2000). Football culture: Local conflicts, global divisions. London: Frank Cass. RE: References Gilbert, J & Pearson, E (1999). Discographies: Dance music, culture, and the politics of sound. London: Routledge. RE: References Gruneau, R. (1988). Introduction: Notes on popular culture and political practice. In R. Gruneau (Ed.), Popular cultures and political practices (pp. 1-32). Toronto, Canada: Garamound Press. RE: References Hall, S. (1980). Encoding/decoding. In S. Hall (Ed.), Culture, media, and language (pp. 128- 139). London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hall, S, Critcher, C, Jefferson, T, Clarke, J & Roberts, B (1978). Policing the crisis: Mugging, the state, and law and order. London: MacMillan. RE: References Hall, S & Jefferson, T (1976). Resistance through rituals: Youth sub-cultures in post-war Britain. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Hannerz, U. (1990). Cosmopolitans and locals in world culture. Theory, Culture, and Society, 7, 237-251. RE: References Harcourt, W. (1999). Women@Internet: Creating new cultures in cyberspace. New York: Zed Books. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The meaning of style. New York: Methuen. RE: References Hier, S. (2000). The contemporary structure of Canadian racial supremacism: Networks, strategies and new technologies. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 25, 471-494. RE: References Hodkinson, P. (2002). Goth: Identity, style, and subculture. Oxford, UK: Berg. RE: References Irwin, D. (1999). The straight edge subculture: Examining the youths' drug-free way. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 365-380. RE: References Irwin, J. (1977). Scenes. Newbury Park: Sage. RE: References Jelin, E. (2000). Toward a global environmental citizenship. Citizenship Studies, 4, 47-63. RE: References Jhally, S & Lewis, J (1992). Enlightened racism: The Cosby Show, audiences, and the myth of the American dream. Boulder, CO: Westview. RE: References Jordan, T. (1999). Cyberpower: The culture and politics of cyberspace and the Internet. New York: Routledge. RE: References Jordan, T & Taylor, P (1998). A sociology of hackers. The Sociological Review, 46, 4, 757-780. RE: References Katz, J. (1996). Cyberspace, perceptions of the self, and small-group interactions. Social Science Computer Review, 14, 1, 48-49. RE: References Kellner, D. (1995). Media culture: Cultural studies, identity, and politics between the modern and the postmodern. New York: Routledge. RE: References Leblanc, L. (1999). Pretty in punk. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. RE: References Leonard, M. (1998). Paper planes: Travelling the new grrrl geographies. In T. Skelton & G. Valentine (Eds.), Cool places: Geographies of youth cultures (pp. 101-118). New York: Routledge. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1995). The time of the tribes: The decline of individualism in mass society. London: Sage. RE: References Malbon, B. (1998). Clubbing: Consumption, identity, and the spatial practices of every-night life. In T. Skelton & G. Valentine (Eds.), Cool places: Geographies of youth cultures (pp. 266-286) New York: Routledge. RE: References Markham, A. (1999). Life on-line: Researching real experience in virtual space. Walnut Creek, CA: Altamira Press. RE: References McGuigan, J. (1992). Cultural populism. New York: Routledge. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1993). Shut up and dance: Youth culture and changing modes of femininity. Cultural Studies, 7, 406-426. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1994). Postmodernism and popular culture. London: Routledge. RE: References McRobbie, A & Thornton, S (1995). Rethinking 'moral panic' for multi-mediated social worlds. The British Journal of Sociology, 46, 4, 559-574. RE: References Merton, R. (1938). Social structure and anomie. American Sociological Review, 3, 672-682. RE: References Miller, D & Slater, D (2000). The Internet: An ethnographic approach. New York: Berg. RE: References Muggleton, D. (2000). Inside subculture: The postmodern meaning of style. Oxford, UK: Berg. RE: References Parks, M & Roberts, L (1998). 'Making MOOsic': The development of personal relationships on-line and a comparison of their off-line counterparts. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 15, 4, 517-537. RE: References Pitts, V. (1998). Reclaiming the female body: Embodied identity work, resistance and the grotesque. Body and Society, 4, 67-84. RE: References Pleace, N, Burrows, R, Loader, B, Muncer, S & Nettleton, S (2000). On-line with friends of Bill W: Social support and the Net. Sociological Research On-line, 5(2). Retrieved from http://www.socresonline.org.uk/5/2/pleace.htmi Porter, D. (1997). Internet culture. New York: Routledge. RE: References Prus, R. (1997). Subcultural mosaics and intersubjective realities. Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References Radway, J. (1991). Reading the romance: Women, patriarchy, and popular literature. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. RE: References Redhead, S. (1997). Subculture to clubcultures: An introduction to popular cultural studies. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1997). Rave culture: Living dream or living death. In S. Redhead, D. Wynne, & J. O'Connor (Eds.), The clubcultures reader: Readings in popular cultural studies (pp. 102- 111). Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Robins, K. (1996). Cyberspace and the world we live in. In J. Dovey (Ed.), Fractal dreams: New media in social context (pp. 1-30). London: Lawrence and Wishard. RE: References Ross, A. (2000). Hacking away at the counter-culture. In D. Bell & B. Kennedy (Eds.), The cybercultures reader (pp. 254-267). New York: Routledge. RE: References Schiller, D. (1999). Digital capitalism: Networking the global market system. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. RE: References Seymour, B. (2001). Nationalize this! What next for anti-globalization protests? Radical Philosophy, 107,2-5. RE: References Shields, R. (1996). Cultures of Internet: Virtual spaces, real histories, living bodies. London: Sage. RE: References Smith, M & Kollack, P (1999). Communities in cyberspace. London: Routledge. RE: References Smith, R & Maughan, T (1998). Youth culture and the making of the post-Fordist economy: Dance music in contemporary Britain. Journal of Youth Studies, 1, 211-228. RE: References Stebbins, R. (1997). Lifestyle as a generic concept in ethnographic research. Quality and Quantity, 31, 347-360. RE: References Sterne, J. (1999). Thinking the Internet: Cultural studies versus the millennium. In S. Jones (Ed.), Doing Internet research: Critical issues and methods foe examining the net (pp. 257-287). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Straw, W. (1991). Systems of articulation, logics of change: Scenes and communities in popular music. Cultural Studies, 5, 361-375. RE: References Stubbs, P. (1999). Virtual diaspora? Imagining Croatia on-line. Sociological Research On-line, 4(2). Retrieved from http://www.socresonline.org.uk/4/2/stubbs.html Tanner, J. (1996). Teenage troubles: Youth and deviance in Canada. Toronto, Canada: Nelson Canada. RE: References Tapscott, D. (1998). Growing up digital: The rise of the net generation. Toronto, Canada: McGraw-Hill. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club cultures: Music, media, and subcultural capital. Hanover, NH: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References Turkle, S. (1995). Life on-screen: Identity in the age of the Internet. New York: Simon & Schuster. RE: References Turner, V. (1969). The ritual process. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. RE: References Weber, T. (1999). Raving in Toronto: Peace, love, unity, and respect in transition. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 317-336. RE: References Wernick, A. (1991). Promotional culture: Advertising, ideology, and symbolic expression. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. RE: References White, P, Young, K & Gillett, J (1995). Body work as a moral imperative: Some critical notes on health and fitness. Loisir and Societe, 18, 159-183. RE: References Wiley, J. (1995). No BODY is 'doing it': Cybersexuality as a postmodern narrative. Body and Society, 1, 1, 145-162. RE: References Wilhelm, A. (1998). Virtual sounding boards: How deliberative is on-line political discussion. Information, Communication, and Society, 1, 3, 313-338. RE: References Wilson, B. (1999). Empowering communities or delinquent congregations?: A study of complexity and contradiction in Canadian youth cultures and leisure spaces. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada. RE: References Wilson, B. (2002). The 'anti-jock' movement: Reconsidering youth resistance, masculinity, and sport culture in the age of the Internet. Sociology of Sport Journal, 19, 207-234. RE: References Wilson, B. (2002). The Canadian rave scene and five theses on youth resistance. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 27,373-412. RE: References Wilson, B & Sparks, R (1996). 'It's gotta be the shoes': Youth, race, and sneaker commercials. Sociology of Sport Journal, 13, 398-427. RE: References Wilson, B & Sparks, R (1999). Impacts of Black athlete media portrayals on Canadian youth. Canadian Journal of Communication, 24, 589-627. RE: References Wolmark, J. (1999). Cybersexualities: A reader onfeminist theory, cyborgs, and cyberspace. Edinburgh, UK: Edinburgh University Press. RE: References Wood, R. (1999). Nailed to the X: A lyrical history of the straightedge youth subculture. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 133-151. RE: References Wood, R. (2001). Straightedge youth: Subculture genesis, permutation, and identity formation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. Record 19 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Post-Circuit Blues: Motivations and Consequences of Crystal Meth Use among Gay Men in Miami AU: Author Kurtz, Steven P AF: Affiliation U Delaware Research Center, Coral Gables, FL SO: Source AIDS and Behavior, 2005, 9, 1, Mar, 63-72 IS: ISSN 1090-7165 DE: Descriptors *Risk; *Drug Abuse; *Homosexuality; *Males; *Miami, Florida; *Motivation AB: Abstract Miami, Florida was at the vanguard of the rise of circuit parties & attendant club drug use - especially ecstasy, GHB, & ketamine - in the 1990s. Crystal methamphetamine, a drug of abuse among gay men for some years on the West coast, gradually moved east toward the end of the decade & recently became prevalent in Miami. This paper reports the results of focus group research into the motivations & consequences of crystal use among gay men in this new setting. Loneliness, fears about physical attractiveness due to aging & illness, & desires to lose sexual inhibitions were common motivations for using the drug. Continued use of crystal was often described as the cause of lost friendships, employment & long-term relationships, as well as sexual behaviors that put men at risk for HIV & other sexually transmitted infections. Implications for drug & sexual risk prevention interventions are discussed. 56 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:skurtz@udel.edu] CD: CODEN AIBEFC LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Netherlands CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200510 AN: Accession Number 200519686 JV: Journal Volume 9 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 63-72 RE: References Albin, G. (1995). To live and die in South Beach. Out, 73-77, 125-128. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). Pursuit of Ecstasy: The MDMA Experience. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. RE: References Brecht, M, O'Brien, A, von Mayrhauser, C & Anglin, M D (2004). Methamphetamine use behaviors and gender differences. Addictive Behaviors, 29, 89-106. RE: References Brown, E. (2002, April 29). Crystal Ball. New York Magazine. Retrieved on March 12, 2003, from http://www.newyorkmetro.com/nymetro/urban/gay/features/5948/index.html. RE: References Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for HIV, STD and TB Prevention & Divisions of HIV/AIDS Prevention (2002). HIV/AIDS surveillance report: Year-end edition, 13, 2-44. RE: References Charmaz, K. (2000). Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd ed., pp. 509-535). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. RE: References Chesney, M A, Barrett, D C & Stall, R (1998). Histories of substance use and risk behavior: Precursors to HIV seroconversion in homosexual men. American Journal of Public Health, 88, 113-116. RE: References Clatts, M C, Welle, D L & Goldsamt, L A (2001). Reconceptualizing the interaction of drug and sexual risk among MSM speed users: Notes toward an ethno-epidemiology. AIDS and Behavior, 5, 115-130. RE: References Cohen, R S. (1998). The Love Drug: Marching to the Beat of Ecstasy. Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Medical Press. RE: References Darrow, W W, Webster, R D, Kurtz, S P, Buckley, A K, Patel, K I & Stempel, R R (1998). Impact of HIV counseling and testing on HIV-infected men who have sex with men: The South Beach health survey. AIDS and Behavior, 2, 115-126. RE: References Dolezal, C, Meyer-Bahlburg, H F L, Remien, R H & Petkova, E (1997). Substance use during sex and sensation seeking as predictors of sexual risk behavior among HIV+ and HIV- gay men. AIDS and Behavior, 1, 19-28. RE: References Ekstrand, M L, Stall, R D, Paul, J P, Osmond, D H & Coates, T J (1999). Gay men report high rates of unprotected anal sex with partners of unknown or serodiscordant status. AIDS and Behavior, 13, 1525-1533. RE: References Frosch, D, Shoptaw, S, Huber, A, Rawson, R A & Ling, W (1996). HIV risk among gay and bisexual male methamphetamine abusers. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 13, 483-486. RE: References Glaser, B G & Strauss, A L (1967). Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Hawthorne, NY: Walter de Guyter. RE: References Gold, R, Skinner, M & Ross, M (1994). Unprotected anal intercourse in HIV-infected and non-HIV-infected gay men. Journal of Sex Research, 31, 59-77. RE: References Halden, L. (1996, October 9). Community missing from Sobe center. TWN, 10. RE: References Halkitis, P N & Parsons, J T (2002). Recreational drug use and HIV-risk sexual behavior among men frequenting gay social venues. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Social Services, 14, 19-38. RE: References Halkitis, P N, Parsons, J T & Wilton, L (2003). An exploratory study of contextual and situational factors related to methamphetamine use among gay and bisexual men in New York city. Journal of Drug Issues, 33, 413-432. RE: References Heredia, C. (2003, May 4). Dance of death: First of three parts: Crystal meth fuels HIV. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A1. RE: References Ireland, K, Southgate, E, Knox, S, Van de Ven, P, Howard, J & Kippax, S (1999). Using and 'The Scene': Patterns and Contexts of Drug Use Among Sydney Gay Men [Research Monograph] (Vol. 7). Sydney, Australia: National Centre in HIV Social Research. RE: References Kalant, O J. (1966). The Amphetamines: Toxicity and Addiction. Toronto, Ontario, Canada: University of Toronto. RE: References Kalichman, S C, Heckman, T & Kelly, J A (1996). Sensation seeking as an explanation for the association between substance use and HIV-related risky sexual behavior. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 25, 141-154. RE: References Kirsch, M M. (1986). Designer Drugs. Minneapolis, MN: CompCare Publications. RE: References Klitzman, R L, Pope, H G Jr & Hudson, J I (2000). MDMA (``ecstasy'') abuse and high-risk sexual behaviors among 169 gay and bisexual men. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1162-1164. RE: References Krueger, R A. (1993). Quality control in focus group research. In D. L. Morgan (Ed.), Successful Focus Groups: Advancing the State of the Art (pp. 65-85). Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications. RE: References Kurtz, S P. (1999a). Without Women: Masculinities, Gay Male Sexual Culture and Sexual Behaviors in Miami, Florida. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Dissertation Services. RE: References Kurtz, S P. (1999b). Butterflies under cover: Cuban and Puerto Rican gay masculinities in Miami. The Journal of Men's Studies, 7, 371-390. RE: References Kurtz, S P & Inciardi, J A (2003). Crystal meth, gay men, and circuit parties. Law Enforcement Executive Forum, 3, 97-114. RE: References Leap, W L. (1996). Word's Out: Gay Men's English. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Leigh, B C & Stall, R (1993). Substance use and risky sexual behavior for exposure to HIV: Issues in methodology, interpretation, and prevention. American Psychologist, 1993, 1035-1045. RE: References Levin, J. (1996, November 3). Gay identity, defined with defiance. Miami Herald, pp. I1-I5. RE: References Levine, M P. (1979). Gay ghetto. Journal of Homosexuality, 4, 363-377. RE: References Levine, M P. (1998). Gay Macho: The Life and Death of the Homosexual Clone. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Lewis, L A & Ross, M W (1995). A Select Body: The Gay Dance Party Subculture and the HIV/AIDS Pandemic. London: Cassell. RE: References Li, J, Stokes, S A & Woeckener, A (1998). A tale of novel intoxication: Seven cases of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid overdose. Annals of Emergency Medicine, 31, 723-728. RE: References Mattison, A M, Ross, M W, Wolfson, T & Franklin, D (2001). Circuit party attendance, club drug use, and unsafe sex in gay men. Journal of Substance Abuse, 13, 119-126. RE: References McKirnan, D J, Vanable, P A, Ostrow, D G & Hope, B (2001). Expectancies of sexual `escape' and sexual risk among drug and alcohol-involved gay and bisexual men. Journal of Substance Abuse, 13, 137-154. RE: References McNall, M & Remafedi, G (1999). Relationship of amphetamine and other substance use to unprotected intercourse among young men who have sex with men. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 153, 1130-1135. RE: References Miami-Dade County Health Department. (2003). Surveillance Profile June 2002/HIV. Miami, FL. RE: References Miles, M B & Huberman, M (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. RE: References Molitor, F, Truax, S, Ruiz, J D & Sun, R K (1998). Association of methamphetamine use during sex with sexual behaviors and HIV infection among non-injection drug users. Western Journal of Medicine, 168, 93-97. RE: References Morgan, D L. (1997). Focus Groups as Qualitative Research (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. RE: References Ostrow, D G. (2000). The role of drugs in the sexual lives of men who have sex with men: Continuing barriers to researching this question. AIDS and Behavior, 4, 205-219. RE: References Paul, J P, Stall, R & Davis, F (1993). Sexual risk for HIV transmission among gay/bisexual men in substance-abuse treatment. AIDS Education and Prevention, 5, 11-24. RE: References Paul, J P, Stall, R, Crosby, G M, Barrett, D C & Midanik, L T (1994). Correlates of sexual risk-taking among gay male substance abusers. Addiction, 89, 971-983. RE: References Perry, M J, Soloman, L, Winett, R, Kelly, J, Roffman, R, Desiderato, L, Kalichman, S, Sikkema, K, Norman, A, Short, B & Stevenson, Y (1994). High risk sexual behavior and alcohol consumption among bar-going gay men. AIDS, 8, 1321-1324. RE: References Reback, C J. (1997). The social construction of a gay drug: Methamphetamine use among gay and bisexual males in Los Angeles, Executive Summary, City of Los Angeles, AIDS Coordinator. RE: References Semple, S J, Patterson, T L & Grant, I (2002). Motivations associated with methamphetamine use among HIV+ men who have sex with men. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 22, 149-156. RE: References Semple, S J, Patterson, T L & Grant, I (2003). Binge use of methamphetamine among HIV-positive men who have sex with men: Pilot data and HIV prevention implications. AIDS Education and Prevention, 15, 133-147. RE: References Signorile, M. (1997). The Signorile Report on Gay Men: Sex, Drugs, and the Passages of life. New York: Harper Collins Publishers. RE: References Silcott, M. (1999). Rave America: New School Dancescapes. Toronto, Ontario, Canada: ECW Press. RE: References Stall, R & Wiley, J (1988). A comparison of alcohol and drug use patterns of homosexual and heterosexual men: The San Francisco men's health study. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 22, 63-73. RE: References Stall, R D & Purcell, D W (2000). Intertwining epidemics: A review of research on substance use among men who have sex with men and its connection to the AIDS epidemic. AIDS and Behavior, 4, 181-192. RE: References Stepick, A, Kurtz, S P, Stepick, C D & Stepick, A IV (2003). Syphilis and men who have sex with men: Miami-Dade county [Research Monograph]. The Immigration & Ethnicity Institute, Florida International University. RE: References Webster, R D, Darrow, W W, Buckley, A & Kurtz, S P (1998). The South Beach Health Survey: HIV Infection and Risky Sexual Behaviors Among Men Who Have Sex and Men. Miami, FL: Florida International University, Department of Public Health. RE: References Zule, W A & Desmond, D P (1999). An ethnographic comparison of HIV risk behaviors among heroin and methamphetamine injectors. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 25, 1-23. Record 20 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Youth Subcultural Theory: A Critical Engagement with the Concept, Its Origins and Politics, from the Chicago School to Postmodernism AU: Author Blackman, Shane AF: Affiliation Dept Media, Canterbury Christ Church University Coll, Kent, UK SO: Source Journal of Youth Studies, 2005, 8, 1, Mar, 1-20 IS: ISSN 1367-6261 DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Postmodernism; *Concepts; *Sociological Theory; *Subcultures; *Social Structure AB: Abstract Initially, I will suggest that the postmodernist understanding of youth subculture relies on a determinist interpretation of the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies (CCCS) position, which denies the immense diversity in the CCCS theorization that draws on Barthes, Gramsci, Althusser, Levi-Strauss & Lacan. I shall critically examine the development of postmodern subcultural theory, which is premised on the work of three key social theorists: Max Weber, Jean Baudrillard & Michel Maffesoli. Postmodernists have extracted ideas from these thinkers & combined them to argue against what is described as CCCS' 'theoretical orthodoxy' & also to construct new terms such as 'neo-tribe' & 'lifestyle' to replace the concept of subculture. I suggest that postmodernism's reluctance to focus on social structure promotes an individualistic understanding of the social. The work of the Chicago School & the CCCS gave priority to the collective, whereas postmodern subcultural writing is preoccupied with the individual resulting in a weak understanding of the group context of youth cultural practices. The postmodern interventions offer some useful critical insights, but their new theorization lacks substance & critical application to young people's social, economic & cultural realities. Furthermore, I will argue that under postmodern analysis, subculture returns to a conservative Mertonian interpretation of individual adaptation that corresponds to recent political neo-liberal economic & social policies. I will demonstrate that a contradiction is apparent between the postmodern dismissal of the CCCS' model of resistance & their own argument that youth are engaged in creative & emancipatory activities. 93 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:sjb9@cant.ac.uk] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 0207 sociology: history and theory; theories, ideas, & systems UD: Update 200512 AN: Accession Number 200522137 JV: Journal Volume 8 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 1-20 RE: References Ahmad, A. (1995). `The politics of literary postcolonality'. Race and Class, vol. 36, pp. 1-20. RE: References Bagot, J H. (1941). Juvenile Delinquency, Liverpool University Press, Liverpool. RE: References Baudrillard, J. (1983). Simulation, Semiotext(e), New York. RE: References Baudrillard, J. (1988). The Ecstasy of Communication, Semiotext(e), New York. RE: References Bennett, A. (1999). `Subcultures of Neo-Tribes: rethinking the relationship between youth, style and musical taste'. Sociology, vol. 33, no. 3, pp. 599-617. RE: References Bennett, A. (2000). Popular Music and Youth Culture: music identity and place, Macmillan, London. RE: References Bennett, A & Kahn-Harris, K (2004). After Subculture, Palgrave, London. RE: References Bidder, S. (2001). Pump Up the Volume, Channel 4 Books, London. RE: References Blackman, S J. (1995). Youth: Positions and Oppositions--Style, Sexuality and Schooling, Avebury Press, Aldershot. RE: References Blackman, S J. (1997). ` ``Destructing a Giro'': a critical and ethnographic study of the youth ``underclass'' ', in Youth, the Underclass and Social Exclusion, ed. R. MacDonald, Routledge, London. RE: References Blackman, S J. (1998). ` ``Poxy Cupid'': an ethnographic and feminist account of a resistant female youth culture--the New Wave Girls', in Cool Places: Geographies of Youth Cultures, eds T. Skelton & G. Valentine, Routledge, London. RE: References Blackman, S J. (2000). ` ``Decanonised knowledge'' and the radical project: towards an understanding of cultural studies in British universities'. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 43-67. RE: References Blackman, S J. (2004). Chilling Out: The Cultural Politics of Substance Consumption, Youth and Drug Policy, Open University Press, Maidenhead. RE: References Bowlby, J. (1946). Forty Four Juvenile Thieves, Tindall and Cox, London. RE: References Bowlby, J. (1953). Childcare and the Growth of Love, Penguin, London. RE: References Brake, M. (1980). The Sociology of Youth Culture and Youth Sub-cultures, Routledge Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Bulmer, M. (1984). The Chicago School of Sociology, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. RE: References Burgess, E. (1923). `The study of the delinquent as a person'. American Journal of Sociology, vol. 28, pp. 657-680. RE: References Burt, C. (1925). The Young Delinquent, University of London Press, London. RE: References Cieslik, M. (2001). `Researching youth cultures: some problems with the cultural turn in British youth studies'. Scottish Youth Issues Journal, vol. 2, pp. 27-48. RE: References Clarke, G. (1982). Defending Ski-Jumpers: A Critique of Theories of Youth Subcultures, Stencilled Paper, Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies, University of Birmingham. RE: References Cohen, A. (1956). Delinquent Boys--The Subculture of the Gang, Collier-Macmillan, London. RE: References Cohen, P. (1972). `Subcultural conflict and working class community', Working Papers in Cultural Studies, CCCS, University of Birmingham, pp. 5-51. RE: References Cohen, P. (1997). Rethinking the Youth Question, Macmillan, London. RE: References Downes, D. (1966). The Delinquent Solution, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Downes, D & Rock, P (1982). Understanding Deviance, Clarendon Press, Oxford. RE: References Eagleton, T. (1995). `Where do postmodernists come from?'. July-August, Month Review, vol., pp. 59-70. RE: References Eagleton, T. (2000). The Idea of Culture, Blackwell, Oxford. RE: References Ferguson, T. (1952). The Young Delinquent in his Social Setting, Oxford University Press, London. RE: References Ford, C S. (1942). `Culture and human behaviour'. Scientific Monthly, vol. 44, pp. 546-557. RE: References Friedlander, K. (1947). The Psycho-analytical Approach to Juvenile Delinquency, Routledge Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Frith, S. (1984). The Sociology of Youth, Causeway Books, Ormskirk. RE: References Fyvel, T R. (1961). The Insecure Offenders, Chatto and Windus, London. RE: References Gordon, M. (1947). `The concept of subculture and its application'. October, Social Forces, vol., pp. 40-42. RE: References Gramsci, A. (1971). Selections from the Prison Notebooks, Lawrence and Wishart, London. RE: References Hall, S. (1980). `Cultural studies and the Centre: some problematics and problems', in Culture, Media and Language, eds S. Hall, P. Hobson, A. Lowe & P. Willis, Hutchinson, London. RE: References Hebdige, D. (1979). Subculture: The Meaning of Style, Methuen, London. RE: References Hetherington, K. (2000). New Age Travellers, Cassells, London. RE: References Hollands, R. (2002). `Divisions in the dark: youth cultures, transitions and segmented consumption spaces in the night-time economy'. Journal of Youth Studies, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 153-172. RE: References Humphries, S. (1981). Hooligans or Rebels?, Blackwell, Oxford. RE: References Hutnyk, J. (2000). Critique of Exotica, Pluto, London. RE: References Jackson, P. (2004). Inside Clubbing, Berg, Oxford. RE: References Jephcott, P. (1954). Some Young People, Allen and Unwin, London. RE: References Kerr, M. (1958). The People of Ship Street, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Klein, M. (1965). Samples From English Culture, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Levi-Strauss, C. (1962/1966). The Savage Mind, Weidenfield and Nicholson, London. RE: References Lipsitz, G. (1994). Dangerous Crossroads, Verso, London. RE: References MacDonald, R, Mason, P, Shildrick, T, Webster, C, Johnston, L & Ridley, L (2000). `Snakes and ladders: in defence of studies of transition'. Sociological Research On-line, vol. 5, pp. 4. RE: References Maffesoli, M. (1996). The Time of the Tribes, Sage, London. RE: References Malbon, B. (1998). `Clubbing: consumption, identity and the spatial practice of every-night life', in Cool Places: Geographies of Youth Culture, eds T. Skelton & G. Valentine, Routledge, London. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing: Dancing, Ecstasy and Vitality, Routledge, London. RE: References Mays, J B. (1954). Growing Up in the City, Liverpool University Press, Liverpool. RE: References McKay, G. (1998). DiY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain, Verso, London. RE: References Melechi, A. (1993). `The ecstasy of disappearance', in Rave Off, ed. S. Redhead, Avebury, Aldershot. RE: References Merton, R K. (1938). `Social structure and anomie'. American Sociological Review, vol. 3, pp. 672-682. RE: References Merton, R K. (1957). Social Theory and Social Structure, John Wiley, New York. RE: References Miles, S. (1995). `Towards an understanding of the relationship between youth identities and consumer culture'. Youth and Policy, vol. 51, pp. 35-45. RE: References Miles, S. (1998). Consumerism, Sage, London. RE: References Miles, S. (2000). Youth Lifestyles in a Changing World, Open University Press, Buckingham. RE: References Mintel. (1988). Youth Lifestyles, KAE House, London. RE: References Mitchell, J. (1975). Feminism and Psychoanalysis, Penguin, London. RE: References Morley, D. (1995). `Theories of consumption in media studies', in Acknowledging Consumption, ed. D. Miller, Routledge, London. RE: References Morris, T. (1958). The Criminal Area, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Muggleton, D. (1997). `The post-subculturalists', in The Club Culture Reader, ed. S. Redhead, Blackwell, Oxford, pp. 185-203. RE: References Muggleton, D. (2000). Inside Subcultures: The Postmodern Meaning of Style, Berg, London. RE: References Muggleton, D & Weinzier, R (2004). Post-subculturalist Reader, Berg, London. RE: References Palmer, V. (1928). Field Studies in Sociology: A Student's Manual, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. RE: References Polsky, N. (1967). Hustlers, Beats and Others, Penguin, London. RE: References Redhead, S. (1990). The End of the Century Party: Youth and Pop Towards 2000, University of Manchester Press, Manchester. RE: References Redhead, S. (1993). Rave Off: Politics and Deviance in Contemporary Youth Culture, Avebury Press, Aldershot. RE: References Redhead, S. (1995). Unpopular Cultures, Manchester University Press, Manchester. RE: References Redhead, S. (1997). The Club Culture Reader, Blackwell, Oxford. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1998). Energy Flash, Picador, London. RE: References Rietveld, H. (1993). `Living the dream', in Rave Off: Politics and Deviance in Contemporary Youth Culture, ed. S. Redhead, Avebury Press, Aldershot. RE: References Rietveld, H. (1998). This is Our House, Ashgate, Aldershot. RE: References Scruton, R. (1998). `Youth culture's lament'. City Journal, vol. 8, no. 4. RE: References Shaw, C. (1930). The Jackroller: A Delinquent Boy's Own Story, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. RE: References Shields, R. (1996). `Foreword: masses or tribes', in The Time of the Tribes, ed. M. Maffesoli, Sage, London. RE: References Shildrick, T. (2002). `Trackers', `Spectaculars', and `Ordinary Youth': Youth Culture, Illicit Drugs and Social Class', Ph.D. Thesis, University of Teesside. RE: References Short, J. (1960). `Introduction', in Juvenile Delinquency and Urban Areas (rev. edn), eds C. Shaw & H. McKay, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL. RE: References Smart, B. (1990). `On the disorder of things: sociology, postmodernity and the ``end of the social'' '. Sociology, vol. 24, no. 3, pp. 397-416. RE: References Sontag, S. (1979). Introduction, in One-Way Street, ed. W. Benjamin, Verso, London. RE: References Spinley, M. (1953). The Deprived and the Privileged, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Susser, M W. (1962). `Social medicine in Britain', in Society, eds A. T. Welford, M. Argyle, D. V. Glass & J. Morris, Routledge Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Thrasher, F. (1927). The Gang, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club Culture: Music, Media and Subcultural Capital, Polity, Cambridge. RE: References Thornton, S. (1997). `General introduction', in The Subcultures Reader, eds K. Gelder & S. Thornton, Routledge, London. RE: References Toop, D. (1995). Ocean of Sound, Serpent's Tail, London. RE: References Trasler, G. (1962). The Explanation of Criminality, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Williamson, H. (1997). `Status zero youth and the underclass', in Youth, the Underclass and Social Exclusion, ed. R. MacDonald, Routledge, London. RE: References Willis, P. (1972). Pop Music and Youth Groups, Ph.D. Thesis, Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies, University of Birmingham. RE: References Willis, P. (1977). Learning to Labour, Gower, Farnborough. RE: References Young, T. (1985). `The shock of the old'. 14 Feb., New Society, pp. 246-247. Record 21 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Roots, Rock, Breizh: Music and the Politics of Nationhood in Contemporary Brittany AU: Author Gemie, Sharif AF: Affiliation Centre Border Studies, U Glamorgan, UK SO: Source Nations and Nationalism, 2005, 11, 1, Jan, 103-120 IS: ISSN 1354-5078 DE: Descriptors *Nationalism; *Sociocultural Factors; *Social Movements; *Music; *Festivals AB: Abstract The three terms Roots, Rock, & Breizh (or 'Brittany') seem to make unlikely companions: their meeting looks more like a collision than a confluence. However, these disparate forces have fashioned a unique cultural dynamic in Brittany. This paper analyses this cultural-nationalist movement. It considers its socio-cultural context, presents some case studies of particular singers & festivals, & evaluates the movement's significance. 79 References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN NANAFB LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 0995 political sociology/interactions; nationalism. 1331 sociology of language and the arts; sociology of art (creative & performing) UD: Update 200505 AN: Accession Number 200509023 JV: Journal Volume 11 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 103-120 RE: References Anderson, Benedict. (1991). Imagined Communities (revised edn). London: Verso. RE: References Anonymous. (1999). 'Guide de fete', Ouest-France 31 July. RE: References Anonymous. (1999). 'Catherine Trautmann a l' Interceltique', Ouest-France 30 July. RE: References Anonymous. (2000). 'Emgann manifeste seul a Lorient', Liberation 7 August. RE: References Anonymous. (2000). 'Gilles Servat, Breton dans l'ame', Ouest-France 27 July. RE: References Anonymous. (2000). 'Tayfa: retour de noces Berbreizh', Ouest-France 1 March. RE: References Anonymous. (2001). 'Jeunes Charrues', Le Telegramme 16 April. RE: References Anonymous. (2002). 'Rave-party: les elus chez Ie prefet', Ouest-France I1 April. RE: References Anonymous. (2002). 'Lorient: un nouveau record d'affluence', Ouest-France 12 August. RE: References Appadurai, Arjun. (1996). Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Aucher, Celine. (2001). 'lls ont sonne toute la journee', Ouest-France 30 April. RE: References Baudais, Pierrick. (2002). 'Au Cabaret on se met un pen tout nu', Ouest-France 6 February. RE: References Berger, Suzanne. (1972). Peasants against Politics. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Bras, Jean-Laurent. (2001). 'Jean-Pierre Pichard, le Celte sans frontieres', Ouest-France 10 Dec. RE: References Broudic, Fanch. (1999). Qui parle breton aujourd'hui? Brest: Brud Nevez. RE: References Capdevila, Luc. (1999). Les Bretons au lendemain de /'Occupation: imaginaire et comportement dune sortie de guerre 1944-45. Rennes: Presses Universitaires de Rennes. RE: References Cayrol, Catherine. (2002). 'Plus de 10,000 raveurs investissent Gael', Ouest-France 8 April. RE: References Chartier, Erwan. (2000). 'Les Vielles charrue', Ar Men 113, July: 36-43. RE: References Chartier, Erwan. (2001). 'Gilles Servat, le barde imagine', Ar Men 123, August: 22-9. RE: References Cherel, Jacques. (2001). 'A propos du Festival Interceltique de Lorient: celtitude, incertitude', Hopola 8: 15-18. RE: References Constantine, Mary-Ann. (1996). Breton Ballads. Aberystwyth: CMCS. RE: References Cousin, Philippe. (2001). 'Un Jour avec . . Kornog; le retour des musiciens prodigues', Peuple Breton 448: 24-6. RE: References Crie, Helene. (1999). 'Un festival qui ne manque pas de celtes', Liberation 12 August. RE: References Crie, Helene. (1999). 'Christian Troudec', Liberation 13 July. RE: References Crie, Helene. (1999). 'Dix jours et dix nuits', Liberation 12 August. RE: References Crie, Helene. (2000). 'Celtes de tons les pays', Liberation 4 August. RE: References Delbreil, Jean-Claude. (1990). Centrisme et Democratic Chretienne en France: le Parti Democrate Populaire: des origines au MRP. Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne. RE: References Failler, Jean. (1999). A l'aube du troisieme jour. Quimper: Palemon. RE: References Farcey, Jean-Claude. (2001). 'Le temps libre au village (1830-1930)' in A. Corbin (ed.), L'Avenement des loisirs. Paris: Flammarion, 227-74. RE: References Fretigne, Laurent. (2002). 'Les Vieilles Charrues fertilisent le pays', Ouest-France 25 July. RE: References Fretigne, Laurent. (2002). 'Des comites de vigilance contre la rave', Ouest-France 19 July. RE: References Fretigne, Laurent, Richard, Philippe, Cabioch, Lionel & Bredin, Christophe (2002). 'Les Vieilles Charrues donnent la note', Ouest-France 22 July. RE: References Gazeau, Jerome. (2002). 'Defile: encore plus fort!', Telegramme 5 August. RE: References Gellner, Ernest. (1997). Nationalism. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson. RE: References Gemie, Sharif. (2001). The Maree noire, vintage 1999: ecology, regional identity and politics in contemporary France. Modern and Contemporary France, 9, 1, 71-86. RE: References Gemie, Sharif. (2002). The politics of language: debates and identities in contemporary Brittany. French Cultural Studies, 13, 2, 145--64. RE: References Gildea, Robert. (2000). 'Les annees noires?-Clandestine dancing in Occupied France' in M. Cornick and C. Crossley (eds.), Problems in French History. Basingstoke: Palgrove, 196-212. RE: References Grindon, Gavin. (2004). 'Carnival Against Capital: a Comparison of Bahktin, Vaneigem and Bey', Anarchist Studies 12(2): forthcoming. RE: References Guellec, Alain. (1999). 'Le chant de marin va faire tanguer Paimpol', Ouest-France 28 July. RE: References Hamon, Kristian. (2001). Les nationalistes bretons sous /'occupation. Le Relecq-Kerhuon: An Here. RE: References Hinault, Jean-Yves. (2000). 'Gilles Servat, pa va comme it veut', Ouest-France 13 April. RE: References Hunter, Andrew. (1993). 'The role of the Breton folk revival in sustaining the national cultural identity. .' in M. Kelly and R. Bock (eds.), France: Nation and Regions. Southampton: University of Southampton Press, 223-8. RE: References Hutin, Frangois Regis. (1999). 'Retrouvailles d'&6% Ouest-France 31 July. RE: References I.B. (2000). 'Comment naissent les festivals a succes?', Le Monde 9 June. RE: References Jay, Nathalie. (2001). 'Redon: Servat soutient les sinistres', Ouest-France 5 March. RE: References Jezequel, Bruno. (2000). 'Erdeven: un maire face a une rave', Ouest-France 16 May. RE: References Jones, Mari C. (1998). Death of a language, birth of an identity: Brittany and the Bretons. Language Problems and Language Planning, 22, 2, 129-42. RE: References Kerdreux, Gilles. (2002). 'La techno-manif s'est terminee calmement', Ouest-France 22 April. RE: References Kerdreux, Gilles. (2003). 'Etre raveur, c'est se singulariser', Ouest-France 4 January. RE: References Lagree, Michel. (1992). Religion et cultures en Bretagne, 1850-1950. Paris: Fayard. RE: References Le Coadic, Ronan. (1998). L'Identite bretonne. Rennes: Terre de Brume/Presses Universitaires de Rennes. RE: References Le Corre, Guy. (2000). 'Les freres Morvan', ArMen 111, April: 24-31. RE: References Le Couedic, Daniel & Veillard, Jean-Yves (2000). Ar Seiz Breur, 1923-47. Rennes: Musee de Bretagne/Terre de Brume. RE: References Le Gars, Annaig. (1998). Les Breton par eux-mimes. Kergluez: An Here. RE: References McMillan, James F. (1996). 'Catholicism and nationalism in France: the case of the Federation Nationale Catholique, 1924-39' in Frank Tallet and Nicholas Atkin (eds.), Catholicism in Britain and France since 1789. London: Hambledon Press, 151-63. RE: References Mathieson, Keeny. (2002). Celtic Music. San Francisco: Backbeat. RE: References Miller, Agnes. (2000). 'Rock aux champs', Figaro 24 July. RE: References MLD. (2001). 'Servat contre Jossic', Ouest-France 2 March. RE: References Monnier, Jean-Jacques. (1994). Le comportement politique des Bretons. Rennes: Presses Universitaires de Rennes. RE: References Monnier, Jean-Jacques. (1999). La Mouette et 1'Ajone; on demi-siecle de combats pour la Bretagne. Rennes: Terre de Brume. RE: References Nairn, Tom. (1981). The Break-Up of Britain. London: Verso. RE: References Paxton, Robert O. (1997). French Peasant Fascism; Henry Dorgeres's Greenshirts and the Crises of French Agriculture, 1929-1939. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Peer, Shanny. (1999). Les provinces a Paris: le centre regional a ('Exposition internationale de 1937. Mouvement social, 186, 45-67. RE: References Pichard, Jean-Pierre. (1999). Interview on Ouest-France web-site, www,france-ouest.com, dated February. RE: References Pichard, Jean-Pierre. (2001). La reappropriation de la musique bretonne. People Breton, 451, 21-3. RE: References Premel, Gerard. (1995). 'Anamnese d'un dommage, on comment le franpais est venu aux bretons', Langage et Societe 72: 51-95. RE: References Scaglia, Olivier. (2000). 'Le festival interceltique leve le voile A Paris', Telegramme 17 March. RE: References Scaglia, O. (2000). 'Gilles Servat en militant de 1'emotion', Telegramme 21 February. RE: References Servat, Gilles. (1972). 'Les Proletaires', Gilles Servat. Mercury France. RE: References Stephens, Meic. (2000). 'An empty chair in Lorient; the thirtieth Interceltic Festival', Planet 143, October: 86-91. RE: References Stivell, Alan. (2003). 'Besoins et Enjeux de la reconnaissance' in Ronan Le Coadic and Christian Demeure-Vallee (eds.), Identites et Democratic. Rennes: Presses Universitaires de Rennes, 195-204. RE: References Street, John. (2003). 'Fight the power': the politics of music and the music of politics. Government and Opposition, 38, 1, 112-30. RE: References Taylor, Timothy D. (1997). Global Pop: World Music, World Markets. London: Routledge. RE: References Telfer, ]an. (1999). A load of Celts. Folk Roots, 194-5, 73-5. RE: References Thomas, Alain. (2001). 'Rave geante pour 15,000 jeunes', Ouest-France 3 December. RE: References Wilkinson, Desi. (2003). ''Celtitude', professionalism and the Fest Noz in traditional music in Brittany' in M. Stokes and P. V. Bohlman (eds.), Celtic Modern. Lanham, Maryland and Oxford: Scarecrow, 219-56. RE: References Williams, Raymond. (1983). Keywords. London: Fontana. RE: References Winick, Stephen D. (1995). Breton folk music, Breton identity, and Alan Stivell's Again. Journal of American Folklore, 108, 334-54. Record 22 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Good-bye Kitty, Hello War: The Tactics of Spectacle and New Youth Movements in Urban Japan AU: Author Hayashi, Sharon; McKnight, Anne AF: Affiliation Center International Studies, Rikkyo U, Tokyo SO: Source Positions, 2005, 13, 1, spring, 87-113 IS: ISSN 1067-9847 DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Japan; *Mass Media Effects; *Protest Movements; *War; *Iraq; *Global Local Relationship; *Music; *Commodification AB: Abstract Describes recent political demonstrations waged by "economically oriented" members of a loosely organized youth culture in urban Japan in protest against the war in Iraq. Focus is on the "tactical" use of media in antiwar efforts, particularly in the form of "rave demos," so-called because of their use of large sound systems, live bands, large-screen video projections, & disc jockeys to broadcast their message in public spaces. Political events that formed the background to these protest movements are reviewed & the roots of such forms of "virtual protest" are traced, locating them in the context of personal relationships to technological development, cultural commodification & alienation, & the symbolic use of material structures, & youth's desire for exhibitionism, community, & social action. Ways that these elements work to allow rave demos to situate international affairs in the context of their audiences' everyday lives & local culture are emphasized. 14 Figures. K. Hyatt Stewart. CD: CODEN POSIFA LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 0826 mass phenomena; social movements. 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200511 AN: Accession Number 200521405 JV: Journal Volume 13 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 87-113 Record 23 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Emerging Adults' Substance Use and Risky Behaviors in Club Settings AU: Author Miller, Brenda A; Furr-Holden, Debra; Voas, Robert B; Bright, Kristin AF: Affiliation Prevention Research Center, Pacific Instit Research & Evaluation, Berkeley, CA SO: Source Journal of Drug Issues, 2005, 35, 2, spring, 357-378 IS: ISSN 0022-0426 DE: Descriptors *Clubs; *Risk; *Substance Abuse; *Adults; *Life Stage Transitions; College Students AB: Abstract This article explores the prevalence of drug & alcohol use & related risks by attendees at electronic music dance events (EMDEs) in club settings. From six events located on the East & West Coasts, anonymous data were collected via self-report questionnaires, drug bioassays, & alcohol breath tests prior to entry (N = 240) & upon exit from the venues (N = 219). EMDEs were locations for identifying young adults who were aged 18 to 25(70%), not college students (54%), & at risk for substance use. Nearly half of the sample (45%) were positive for drug use, & 60% were positive for alcohol use at entrance. Slightly more than one third (38%) were positive for drug use, & 59% were positive for alcohol use at exit. Only a small percentage of the sample converted from no use to drug use on premises (5.4%). Future investigations need to explore targeted substance use prevention strategies within this context. 1 Table, 4 Figures, 35 References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN JDGIA6 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200511 AN: Accession Number 200521797 JV: Journal Volume 35 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 357-378 RE: References Abbey, A, Buck, P O, Zawacki, T & Saenz, C (2003). Alcohol's effects on perceptions of a potential date rape. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 64, 5, 669-677. RE: References Arnett, J J. (2000). Emerging adulthood: A theory of development from the late teens through the twenties. American Psychologist, 55, 5, 469-480. RE: References Arria, A, Yacoubian, G, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Ecstasy use among club rave attendees. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 156, 295-296. RE: References Bachman, J G, PO'Malley, P M, Schulenberg, J E, Johnston, L D, Bryant, A L & Merline, A C (2002). The decline of substance use in young adulthood: Changes in social activities, roles, and beliefs. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Pub. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). The pursuit of ecstasy: The MDMA experience. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. RE: References Becker, H. (1967). History, culture and subjective experience: An exploration of the social bases of drug-induced experiences. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 8, 162-176. RE: References Cavan, S. (1966). Liquor license: An ethnography of a bar. Chicago: Aldine. RE: References Dawson, D, Grant, B, Stinson, F & Chou, P (2004). Another look at heavy episodic drinking and alcohol use disorders among college and noncollege youth. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 65, 477-488. RE: References Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). (2003). Dawn Series D-24 ((SMA)03-3780). Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Golub, A, Johnson, B, Sifaneck, S, Chesluk, B & Parker, H (2001). Is the US experiencing an incipient epidemic of hallucinogen use. Substance Use and Misuse, 36, 1699-1729. RE: References Graham, K, West, P & Wells, S (2000). Evaluating theories of alcohol-related aggression using observations of young adults in bars. Addiction, 95, 6, 847-863. RE: References Gross, S R, Barrett, S P, Shestowsky, J S & Pihl, R O (2002). Ecstasy and drug consumption patterns: A Canadian rave population study. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 6, 546-551. RE: References Hunt, G & Evans, K (2003). Dancing and drugs: A cross-national perspective. Contemporary Drug Problems, 30, 4, 779-814. RE: References RE: References Johnston, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2003). Illicit Drug Anti-Proliferation Act 2003 21 U.S.C. 856(a) (S 151), 108th Cong. RE: References Lange, J, Voas, R B & Johnson, M (2002). South of the border: A legal haven for underage drinking. Addiction, 97, 9, 1195-1203. RE: References Lange, J E, Lauer, E & Voas, R B (1999). A survey of the San Diego-Tijuana cross-border binging: Methods and analysis. Evaluation Review, 23, 4, 378-398. RE: References Leigh, B C & Aramburu, B (1996). The role of alcohol and gender in choices and judgments about hypothetical sexual encounters. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1, 20-30. RE: References Lenton, S, Boys, A & Norcross, K (1997). Raves, drugs and experience: Drug use by a sample of people who attend raves in Western Australia. Addiction, 92, 10, 1327-1337. RE: References Leonard, K E, Quigley, B M & Collins, R L (2002). Physical aggression in the lives of young adults: Prevalence, location, and severity among college and community samples. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 17, 5, 533-550. RE: References Leonard, K E, Quigley, B M & Collins, R L (2003). Drinking, personality, and bar environmental characteristics as predictors of involvement in barroom aggression. Addictive Behaviors, 28, 9, 1681-1700. RE: References Listiak, A. (1974). ``Legitimate deviance'' and social class: Bar behavior during Grey Cup Week. Sociological Focus, 7, 3, 13-43. RE: References MacAndrew, C & Edgarton, R B (1969). Drunken comportment: A social explanation. New York: Aldine Publishing Co. RE: References Measham, F, Parker, H & Aldridge, J (1998). The teenage transition: From adolescent recreational drug use to the young adult dance culture in Britain in the mid-1990s. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 1, 9-32. RE: References Riley, S C E, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of recreational drug use at dance events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, 7, 1035-1047. RE: References Scott, M S. (2002). Rave parties. Problem-oriented guides for police series, No. 14. Washington, DC: US Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services. RE: References Shildrick, T. (2002). Young people, illicit drug use and the question of normalization. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 35-48. RE: References Straus, M A, Hamby, S L, Boney-McCoy, S & Sugarman, D B (1996). The revised conflict tactics scales (CTS2) - Development and preliminary psychometric data. Journal of Family Issues, 17, 3, 283-316. RE: References Testa, M, Livingston, J A & Collins, R L (2000). The role of women's alcohol consumption in evaluation of vulnerability to sexual aggression. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 2, pp. 185-191. RE: References Voas, R B, Furr-Holden, D, Lauer, B, Bright, K, Johnson, M & Miller, B A (In press). Portal surveys of time-out drinking locations: A tool for studying binge drinking and AOD use. Evaluation Review. RE: References Weil, A. (1972). The natural mind: A new way of looking at drugs and the higher consciousness. Boston: Houghton MIfflin. RE: References Wells, S, Graham, K & West, P (1998). ``The good, the bad, and the ugly'': Responses by security staff to aggressive incidents in public drinking settings. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 4, 817-836. RE: References Wells-Parker, E & Williams, M (2002). Enhancing the effectiveness of traditional interventions with drinking drivers by adding brief individual intervention components. Journal of Studies in Alcohol, 63, 6, 655-664. RE: References Yacoubian, G S, Boyle, C L, Harding, C A & Loftus, E A (2003). It's a rave new world: Estimating the prevalence and perceived harm of ecstasy and other drug use among club rave attendees. Journal of Drug Education, 33, 2, 187-196. RE: References Zun, L S & Rosen, J M (2003). Psychosocial needs of young persons who are victims of interpersonal violence. Pediatric Emergency Care, 19, 1, 15-19. Record 24 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Criminal Involvement among Young Male Ecstasy Users AU: Author Hendrickson, James C.; Gerstein, Dean R. AF: Affiliation Substance Abuse/Mental Health/Criminal Justice Studies Division, National Opinion Research Center, Washingto SO: Source Substance Use & Misuse, vol. 40, no. 9-10, pp. 1557, 2005 IS: ISSN 1082-6084 DE: Descriptors *Males; *Drug Abuse; *Juvenile Offenders; *Offenders; *Crime AB: Abstract Ecstasy (MDMA) use increased rapidly in the U.S. between about 1995 & 2001. Most research on the drug focused on its psychopharmacological & public health contexts. Previous research on drugs-crime linkages suggests that there may have been a concommitant rise in ecstasy-related crimes. We explore this dimension here using data from 7794 arrested men, age 16 to 25, in the 2001 Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring (ADAM) sample & 9764 male respondents of similar age in the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse (NHSDA). Our results using a variety of bivariate & regression methods indicate that ecstasy use is less prevalent among young male arrestees than young men in general & that ecstasy use among arrestees is positively associated with various measures of drug market participation but negatively related to violent & property offenses. We recommend further investigation of ecstasy use in drug-oriented data sets & longitudinal studies to evaluate the link between ecstasy use & overall drug marketing. Tables, References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:hendrickson-james@norc.net] CD: CODEN SUMIFL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords ecstasy; MDMA; arrestee; ADAM; NHSDA; illicit drug markets CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605905 JV: Journal Volume 40 JI: Journal Issue 9-10 JP: Journal Pages 1557-1575 DO: DOI 10.1081/JA-200066893 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Drug Use & Related Matters Among Adult Arrestees (2001). Chicago, IL: National Opinion Research Center. http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/nij/adam/welcome.html. RE: References RE: References Baggot, M, Heifets, B, Jones, R, Mendelson, J, Sferios, E & Zehnder, J (2000). Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring. Journal of the American Medical Association, 284, 17, 2190 Annualized Site Reports 2001: Adult Male Weighted Data, Adult Female Unweighted Data, Juvenile Unweighted Data. Chicago, IL: National Opinion Research Center. RE: References Baumer, E, Lauritsen, J L, Rosenfeld, R & Wright, R (1998). The influence of crack cocaine on robbery, burglary and homicide rates: a cross-city, longitudinal analysis. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 35, 3, 316-340. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). Pursuit of Ecstasy: The MDMA Experience. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. RE: References Blumstein, A. (1995). Youth violence, drugs and the illicit-drug industry. In: Block C., Block R., eds. Trends, risks, and interventions in lethal violence. Proceedings of the third annual spring symposium of the Homicide Research Working Group. NIJ Research Report, Publication Number NCJ 154254. Washington DC: U.S. Department of Justice. RE: References Brownstein, H H & Goldstein, P J (1993). A typology of drug related homicide. In: Weisheit, R. A., ed. Drugs, Crime and the Criminal Justice System, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics. pp. 171-192. RE: References Cloud, J. (2001). Ecstasy crackdown. Time, 157, 14, 62-64. RE: References Cottler, L B, Womack, S B, Compton, W M & Ben-Abdallah, A (2001). Ecstasy abuse and dependence among adolescents and young adults: Applicability and reliability of DSM-IV criteria. Human Psychopharmacology, 16, 599-606. RE: References Dunlop, E & Johnson, B D (1999). Gaining access to hidden populations: Strategies for gaining cooperation of drug sellers/dealers and their families in ethnographic research. Drugs and Society, 14, 1/2, 127-149. RE: References Fritz, J. (1999). Rave Culture; An Insiders Overview. Quebec: Small Fry Press. RE: References Goldstein, P J. (1985). The drugs/violence nexus: A tripartite conceptual framework. fall, The Journal of Drug Issues, 15, 493-506. RE: References Goldstein, P J. (1997). The relationship between drugs and violence in the United States of America. In: World Drug Report: United Nations International Drug Control Program. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Hayner, G. (2002). MDMA Misrepresentation: An unresolved problem for ecstasy users. The Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 195-198. RE: References Hoffman, N G, Hunt, D E, Rhodes, W H & Riley, J K (2003). UNCOPE: A brief substance dependence screen for use with arrestees. The Journal of Drug Issues, 3, 1, 29-44. RE: References Jansen, K L R. (1999). Ecstasy (MDMA) dependence. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 53, 121-124. RE: References Johnson, R A, Gerstein, D R & Rasinski, K A (1998). Adjusting survey estimates for response bias: An application for trends in alcohol and marijuana use. Public Opinion Quarterly, 62, 354-377. RE: References Johnston, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2003). Ecstasy use falls for second year in a row, overall teen drug use drops. National press release, University of Michigan News and Information Services, Ann Arbor, MI, December 19, 2003. RE: References Kalant, H. (2001). The pharmacology and toxicology of ''ecstasy'' (MDMA) and related drugs. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 165, 7, 917-928. RE: References Krohn, M D, Lizotte, A J & Perez, C M (1997). The interrelationship between substance use and precocious transitions to adult statues. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 38, March, 87-103. RE: References Lenton, S & Davidson, P (1999). Raves, drugs, dealing and driving: Qualitative data from a West Australian sample. Drug and Alcohol Review, 18, 153-161. RE: References Liester, M B, Grob, C S, Bravo, G L & Walsh, R N (1992). Phenomenology and sequelae of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine use. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 180, 6, 345-352. RE: References Logan, B K & Couper, F J (2001). 3, 4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, ecstasy) and driving impairment. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 46, 6, 1426-1433. RE: References McDowell, D M & Kleber, H D (1994). MDMA: Its history and pharmacology. Psychiatric Annals, 24, 3 March, 127-130. RE: References McNulty, P J & Carr, T H (2002). Washington/Baltimore HIDTA Ecstasy Situation Report, 2002. Greenbelt, MD: Washington Baltimore HIDTA. RE: References Menard, S & Mihalic, S (1995). The tripartite conceptual framework in adolescence and adulthood: Evidence from a national sample. Journal of Drug Issues, 31, 4, 905-940. RE: References Nagourney, E. (2001). The fight against ecstasy. The New York Times Upfront, 134, 7, 8-11. RE: References National Drug Intelligence Center. (2003). National Drug Treat Assessment, 2003. U.S. DOJ Product Number 2003-Q0317-001. Washington, DC: Department of Justice. RE: References National Institute of Justice (NIJ). (2003). 2000 Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring: Annual Report. Research Report NCJ 193013. Washington D.C.: Department of Justice. RE: References Office of Applied Studies. (2002). Summary of Findings from the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse: Vol. II. Technical Appendices and Selected Data Tables. NHSDA Series H-18, DHHS Publication No. SMA 02-3759). Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. RE: References Office of Applied Studies (OAS). (2000). The Dawn Report: Club Drugs. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. http://dawninfo.samhsa.gov/. RE: References Office of Applied Studies (OAS). (2002). The Dawn Report: Club Drugs, 2001. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. http://dawninfo.samhsa.gov/. RE: References Office of Applied Studies (OAS). (2002). Results from the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse, Vol. 1, Summary of National Findings. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 02-3758. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. RE: References Office of National Drug Control Policy. (2001). Pulse Check: Special Topics: Synthetic Opioids. NCJ 191248. Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President. RE: References Office of National Drug Control Policy. (2002). Pulse Check: Special Topics: A Look at Local Drug Markets. NCJ 197242. Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President. RE: References Pennell, S, Ellett, J, Rienick, C & Grimes, J (1999). Meth Matters: Report on Methamphetamine Use in Five Western Cities. Research Report NCJ 176331. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice. RE: References Ragavan, C. (2001). Cracking down on ecstasy. U.S. News & World Report, 130, 5, 14-17. RE: References Saunders, N & Doblin, R (1996). Ecstasy: Dance, Trance and Transformation. San Francisco, CA: Quick American Archives. RE: References Smith, D E, Galloway, G P & Seymour, R B (1997). Methamphetamine abuse, violence and appropriate treatment. Valparaiso University Law Review, 31, 2, 661-667. RE: References Taylor, B & Brownstein, H H (2003). Toward the operationalization of drug market stability: An illustration using arrestee data from crack cocaine markets in four urban communities. The Journal of Drug Issues, 3, 1, 73-98. RE: References United States Sentencing Commission. (2001). A Report to the Congress: MDMA Drug Offenses: Explanation of Recent Guideline Amendments. Washington DC: United States Sentencing Commission, May 2001. RE: References Von Sydow, K, Leib, R, Pfister, H, Hofler, M & Wittchen, H U (2002). Use, abuse and dependence of ecstasy and related drugs in adolescents and young adults-a transient phenomenon? Results from a longitudinal community study. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 66, 147-159. RE: References Weir, E. (2000). Raves: A review of the culture, the drugs and the prevention of harm. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162, 13, 1843-1848. RE: References White, H R & Gorman, D M (2000). Dynamics of the drug-crime relationship. In: Gary LaFree, ed. The Nature of Crime: Continuity and Change, Criminal Justice 2000. NIJ Publication NCJ-182408. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice. RE: References Yacoubian, G S. (2002). Estimating the prevalence of recent ecstasy use among national arrestees. Federal Probation, 66, 3, 17-18. Record 25 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title The Rise of Club Drugs in a Heroin Society: The Case of Hong Kong AU: Author Joe Laidler, Karen A. AF: Affiliation Sociology Dept, Centre Criminology, U Hong Kong, Hong Kong SO: Source Substance Use & Misuse, vol. 40, no. 9-10, pp. 1257, 2005 IS: ISSN 1082-6084 DE: Descriptors *Hong Kong; *Heroin; *Drug Abuse; *Eating and Drinking Establishments; *Motivation AB: Abstract Although the contemporary dance drug scene is a global phenomenon, with many countries & cultures reporting similar developments with ecstasy & other club drug use, the scene, in many respects, is a reflection & expression of local culture. This article examines the rise of the dance drug scene in a society long associated with opiate use. After briefly describing Hong Kong's drug history, this article describes the diversification of its drug market to include ecstasy & ketamine in the context of a distinctive dance setting. The paper examines the trends in club drug use, particularly with the emergence of the dance scene, motivations to use, types of users, & the problems they experience with club drugs. The paper discusses the reasons for the rise & popularity of club drugs in the context of other locally available drugs, in particular, heroin. This discussion draws from three studies that tracked drug use trends from 1995 to 2002 through a variety of data sources, including official statistics, field observations, individual interviews with 20 law enforcement officials, 16 focus groups with outreach & drug treatment workers, teachers, & representatives from different communities, & in-depth interviews with 27 club drug users. Tables, References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:kjoe@hkucc.hku.hk] CD: CODEN SUMIFL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords "club drugs"; ecstasy; heroin; ketamine; discos CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605907 JV: Journal Volume 40 JI: Journal Issue 9-10 JP: Journal Pages 1257-1278 DO: DOI 10.1081/JA-200066788 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Allaste, A & Lagerspetz, M (2002). Recreational drug use in Estonia: The context of club culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 183-200. RE: References Booth, M. (1996). Opium: A History. London: Simon and Schuster, p. 139. RE: References Calafat, A. (1998). Nightlife in Europe and Recreative Drug Use. Palma de Majorca: SONAR 98 IREAFREA/European Commission. RE: References Central Registry of Drug Abuse. (2003). Fifty Second Report (Jan. 1994-June 2003). Hong Kong: Narcotics Division, Hong Kong Government. RE: References Cheung, D, Cheung, K K, Lai, S S, Leung, S P & Yu, C M (2001). A Study on the Treatment and Rehabilitation for Psychotropic Substance Abusers. Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Narcotics Dvision. RE: References Collin, M & Godfrey, J (1997). Altered States: The Story of Ecstasy Culture and Acid House. London: Serpent's Tail. RE: References Corkery, J. (2000). Snowed under: Is it the real thing. Druglink, 15, 3, 12-16. RE: References Hess, A. (1965). Chasing the Dragon: A Report on Drug Addiction in Hong Kong. Amsterdam: North Holland Publishing Company. RE: References Heywood, C. (2001). A History of Childhood: Children and Childhood in the West from Medieval to Modern Times. Cambridge: Polity Press. RE: References Hong Kong Government Laboratory. (2003). Selected Abused Drugs in Hong Kong. Hong Kong: Government Laboratory. RE: References Hong Kong Narcotics Division. (2002). Report of the Task Force on Psychotropic Substance Abuse. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Government Security Bureau. RE: References Joe Laidler, K. (2002). Sharp rise in amphetamine use among Hong Kong clubbers. October 18, South China Morning Post, ?p. 20. RE: References Joe Laidler, K, Day, J & Hodson, D (2001). A Study on the Psychotropic Substance Abuse Problem in Hong Kong. Final Report to the Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Centre for Criminology. RE: References Joe Laidler, K, Hodson, D & Traver, H (2001). The Hong Kong Drug Market. A Report for UNICRI on the UNDCP Global Study in Illicit Drug Markets. Hong Kong: Centre for Criminology. RE: References Joe Laidler, K, Hodson, D & Day, J (2004). A Study on the Initiation, Continuation, and Impact of Drug Use Among Females. Final Report to the Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Centre for Criminology. RE: References Kirk, J & Miller, M (1986). Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. RE: References Lau, J. (2002a). The 2000 Survey of Drug Use Among Students. Executive Report. Hong Kong: Narcotics Division, Hong Kong Government. RE: References Lau, J. (2002b). Research Report on Cross Boundary Substance Abuse Problem among Youths in Hong Kong. Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Narcotics Division. RE: References Lee, Dominic. (2001). An In-Depth Study on the Psychotropic Substance Abuse Problem in Hong Kong. Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Narcotics Division. RE: References Lofland, J & Lofland, L (1995). Analyzing Social Settings: A Guide to Qualitative Observation and Analysis. Belmont, CA.: Wadsworth. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing: Dancing, Ecstasy and Vitality. London: Routledge. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1994). Postmodernism and Popular Culture. London: Routledge. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on Drugs: Risk, Health and Hedonism in the British Club Scene. London: Free Association Press. RE: References Miners, M. (1983). The Hong Kong government opium monopoly. The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History, 1, 275-299. RE: References Morris, S. (1998). Clubs, Drugs and Doormen. Police Research Group-Crime Detection and Prevention Series. No. 86. UK: Home Office. RE: References Ng, H Y, Cheung, D & Ng, L (2001). A Focus Group Study on Psychotropic Substance Abuse. Action Committee Against Narcotics. Hong Kong: Narcotics Dvision. RE: References Parker, H, Aldridge, J & Measham, F (1998). Illegal Leisure: The Normalization of Adolescent Recreational Drug Use. Basingstoke: MacMillian. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1998). Rave culture: Living dream or living death? In: Redhead, S., et al., eds. The Club Cultures Reader. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 84-93. RE: References South China Morning Post. (1993). Black watch drug abuse ''widespread.'' August 29, pp. 1, 4. RE: References South China Morning Post. (1996). Police, medics on ecstasy alert at rave. October 13, p. 2. RE: References South China Morning Post. (2002). Ketamine takes over from ecstasy. March 19, p. 6. RE: References South China Morning Post. (2003). High rate of party drug users caught in Guangdong. December 23, p. 3. RE: References South China Morning Post. (2004). Teens head to Shenzhen for cheap, easy drugs. April 30, p. 3. RE: References Traver, H. (1992). Opium to heroin: Restrictive opium legislation and the rise of heroin consumption in Hong Kong. Journal of Policy History, 4, 3, 307-324. RE: References ter Bogt, T, Engels, R, Hibbel, B, Van Wel, F & Verhagen, S (2002). 'Dancestasy': Dance and MDMA use in Dutch youth culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 157-181. Record 26 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Club Drug Use among Delinquent Youth AU: Author Krebs, Christopher P.; Steffey, Danielle M. AF: Affiliation RTI International, Research Triangle Park, NC SO: Source Substance Use & Misuse, vol. 40, no. 9-10, pp. 1363, 2005 IS: ISSN 1082-6084 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Eating and Drinking Establishments; *Adolescents; *Juvenile Offenders; *Oregon; *Risk; *Age Differences; *Home Environment; *Victims AB: Abstract The availability & use of club drugs have increased in the last decade. Media & researchers have responded with increased coverage & a variety of studies. Despite the increased attention, some of these drugs & the rave/club scene in which they seemingly gained popularity are relatively new. Questions remain about the people who use club drugs, how best to go about preventing or dealing with the use of these substances, & the social contexts, subcultures, & manner in which club drugs are used. Complicating matters, the use & users of club drugs seem to be continually evolving. Club drugs are reportedly now available & used in a wide variety of locations, & the users are changing demographically. Members of racial/ethnic groups who previously avoided club drugs are beginning to use these substances, & the average age of onset appears to be decreasing. Additional research on the epidemiology of club drug use among samples that are demographically & geographically diverse is needed. This study is an analysis of factors associated with several measures of club drug use among a sample of delinquent youth in Oregon. Descriptive, bivariate, & multivariate analyses are used to identify factors associated with club drug use & determine whether the current grouping of club drugs is appropriate. Findings indicate that users of club drugs are significantly different from delinquent youth who have not used club drugs on a number of dimensions, including age, engagement in risk behaviors, victimization, home environment, & rave attendance. Tables, Figures, References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:krebs@rti.org] CD: CODEN SUMIFL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords club drugs; methamphetamine; youth substance use; delinquency; rave CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605910 JV: Journal Volume 40 JI: Journal Issue 9-10 JP: Journal Pages 1363-1379 DO: DOI 10.1081/JA-200066907 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Anglin, M D, Burke, C B, Perrochet, B, Stamper, E & Dawud-Noursi, S (2000). History of the methamphetamine problem. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32, 2, 137-141. RE: References Boyd, C J, McCabe, S E & d'Arcy, H (2003). Ecstasy use among college undergraduates: Gender, race and sexual identity. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 24, 209-215. RE: References Boys, A, Marsden, J & Strang, J (2001). Understanding reasons for drug use amongst young people: A functional perspective. Health Education Research, 16, 457-469. RE: References Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN). (2001). The DAWN Report: Year-End 2000 ED DAWN Data. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Office of Applied Studies. RE: References Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN). (2000). The DAWN Report: Club Drugs. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Office of Applied Studies. RE: References Gibson, D R, Leamon, M H & Flynn, N (2002). Epidemiology and public health consequences of methamphetamine use in California's central valley. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 3, 313-319. RE: References Hammersley, R, Ditton, J, Smith, I & Short, E (1999). Patterns of ecstasy use by drug users. British Journal of Criminology, 39, 4, 625-647. RE: References Henderson, L A & Glass, W J (1994). LSD: Still With Us After All These Years. New York: Lexington Books. RE: References Klitzman, R L, Greenberg, J D, Pollack, L M & Dolezal, C (2002). MDMA ('ecstasy') use, and its association with high risk behaviors, mental health, and other factors among gay/bisexual men in New York City. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 66, 115-125. RE: References Koesters, S C, Rogers, P D & Rajasingham, C R (2002). MDMA ('ecstasy') and other 'club drugs.' The new epidemic. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 49, 415-433. RE: References Landry, M J. (2002). MDMA: A review of epidemiologic data. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 163-169. RE: References Mattison, A M, Ross, M W, Wolfson, T, Franklin, D & HNRC Group (2001). Circuit party attendance, club drug use, and unsafe sex in gay men. Journal of Substance Abuse, 13, 119-126. RE: References Maxwell, J C. (2003). The response to club drug use. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 279-289. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2000). Dancing on Drugs: Risk, Health and Hedonism in the British Club Scene. London: Free Association Books. RE: References Milroy, C M. (1999). Ten years of 'ecstasy.'. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 92, 68-72. RE: References National Institute on Drug Abuse Community Epidemiology Work Group. (2000). Epidemiologic Trends in Drug Abuse: Advance Report. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health. RE: References National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). (1999). Community drug alert bulletin: Club drugs. http://165.112.78.61/ClubAlert/Clubdrugalert.html (accessed 12/19/2003). RE: References Nicholson, K L & Balster, R L (2001). GHB: A new and novel drug of abuse. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 63, 1-22. RE: References Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP). (2001a). Pulse Check: Trends in Drug Abuse, Mid-Year 2000. Washington, DC: NCJ 186747. RE: References Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP). (2001b). Pulse Check: Trends in Drug Abuse. Washington, DC: NCJ 191248. RE: References Pedersen, W & Skrondal, A (1999). Ecstasy and new patterns of drug use: A normal population study. Addiction, 94, 11, 1695-1706. RE: References Rawson, R A, Anglin, M D & Ling, W (2002). Will the methamphetamine problem go away. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 21, 1, 5-19. RE: References Rawson, R A, Gonzales, R & Brethen, P (2002). Treatment of methamphetamine use disorders: An update. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 23, 145-150. RE: References Rieder, M J. (2000). Some light from the heat: Implications of rave parties for clinicians. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162, 13, 1829-1830. RE: References Romanelli, F, Smith, K M & Pomeroy, C (2003). Use of club drugs by HIV-seropositive and HIV-Seronegative gay and bisexual men. Topics in HIV Medicine, 11, 1, 25-32. RE: References Rome, E S. (2001). It's a rave new world: Rave culture and illicit drug use in the young. Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, 68, 6, 541-550. RE: References Schwartz, R H & Miller, N S (1997). MDMA (ecstasy) and the rave: A review. Pediatrics, 100, 4, 705-708. RE: References Sloboda, Z. (2002). Changing patterns of ''drug abuse'' in the United States: Connecting findings from macro- and microepidemiologic studies. Substance Use & Misuse, 37, 8-10, 1229-1251. RE: References Smith, K M, Larive, L L & Romanelli, F (2002). Club drugs: Methylenedioxymethamphetamine, flunitrazepam, ketamine hydrochloride, and hydroxybutyrate. American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy, 59, 1067-1076. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2002). Results from the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Rockville, MD: SAMHSA. RE: References U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2003). Tips for teens: The truth about club drugs. http://www.health.org/govpubs/phd852/ (accessed 12/10/2003). RE: References von Mayrhauser, C, Brecht, M L & Anglin, M D (2002). Use ecology and drug use motivations of methamphetamine users admitted to substance abuse treatment facilities in Los Angeles: An emerging profile. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 21, 1, 45-60. RE: References Weir, E. (2000). Raves: A review of the culture, the drugs and the prevention of harm. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162, 13, 1843-1848. Record 27 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Ecstasy Use among Hispanic and Black Substance Users in New York City AU: Author Ompad, Danielle C.; Galea, Sandro; Fuller, Crystal M.; Edwards, Vincent; Vlahov, David AF: Affiliation Center Urban Epidemiologic Studies, New York Academy Medicine, NY SO: Source Substance Use & Misuse, vol. 40, no. 9-10, pp. 1399, 2005 IS: ISSN 1082-6084 DE: Descriptors *New York City, New York; *Drug Abuse; *Epidemiology; *Drug Injection; *Racial Differences; *Age Differences; *Homelessness; *Immigration AB: Abstract Surveillance data suggests that use of ecstasy in the U.S. is predominantly among white adolescent & young adults. To investigate ecstasy use among substance users in New York City we added questions to ongoing efforts to recruit heroin & cocaine users. Of 715 participants recruited, 58.3% were injection dug users (IDUs). The median age was 32 (range 17-64), 76.4% were male, 49.0% were currently homeless, 62.4% were Hispanic, 27.3% were black, & 34.5% were born outside the United States. Overall, 23.4% used ecstasy in their lifetime & 11.9% had used in the last-6 months. In multivariate logistic regression, correlates of lifetime ecstasy use included younger age, being born in the U.S., & current homelessness. We observed a significant interaction between injection drug use & race where, compared to black non-IDUs, Hispanic non-IDUs, & white IDUs were significantly more likely to have a history of lifetime ecstasy use while black IDUs were significantly less likely. These findings are limited to persons who use other drugs, but suggest that further investigation of ecstasy use in minority populations is warranted. Tables, References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:dompad@nyam.org] CD: CODEN SUMIFL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords MDMA; ecstasy; minority health; substance use; epidemiology CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605923 JV: Journal Volume 40 JI: Journal Issue 9-10 JP: Journal Pages 1399-1407 DO: DOI 10.1081/JA-200066960 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Arria, A M, Yacoubian, G S Jr, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). The pediatric forum: Ecstasy use among club rave attendees. Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 156, 295-296. RE: References Boyd, C J, McCaben, S E & d'Arcy, H (2003). Ecstasy use among college undergraduates: Gender, race and sexual identity. J. Subst. Abuse. Treat., 24, 209-215. RE: References Brindis, C, Wolfe, A L, McCarter, V, Ball, S & Starbuck-Morales, S (1995). The associations between immigrant status and risk-behavior patterns in Latino adolescents. J. Adolesc. Health, 17, 99-105. RE: References Buka, S L. (2002). Disparities in health status and substance use: Ethnicity and socioeconomic factors. Public Health Rep., 117, Suppl 1, S118-S125. RE: References Colfax, G N, Mansergh, G, Guzman, R, Vittinghoff, E, Marks, G & Rader, M (2001). Drug use and sexual risk behavior among gay and bisexual men who attend circuit parties: A venue-based comparison. J. Acquir. Immune. Defic. Syndr., 28, 373-379. RE: References Community Epidemiology Work Group. (2001). Epidemiologic trends in drug abuse, Volume 1. Proceedings from the Community Epidemiology Work Group. National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Diaz, T, Des Jarlais, D, Vlahov, D, Perlis, T E, Edwards, V & Friedman, S R (2001a). Factors associated with prevalent hepatitis C: Differences among young adult injection drug users in lower and upper Manhattan, New York City. Am. J. Public. Health, 91, 23-30. RE: References Diaz, T, Vlahov, D, Greenberg, B, Cuevas, Y & Garfein, R (2001b). Sexual orientation and HIV infection prevalence among young Latino injection drug users in Harlem. J. Womens. Health Gend. Based Med., 10, 371-380. RE: References Galea, S, Ahern, J, Tardiff, K, Leon, A C, Coffin, P O & Derr, K (2003). Racial/ethnic disparities in overdose mortality trends in New York City, 1990-1998. J. Urban. Health, 80, 201-211. RE: References Harlow, K C. (1990). Patterns of rates of mortality from narcotics and cocaine overdose in Texas, 1976-1987. Public Health Rep., 105, 455-462. RE: References Johnson, T P, VanGeest, J B & Cho, Y I (2002). Migration and substance use: Evidence from the U.S. Subst. Use Misuse, 37, 941-972 National Health Interview Survey. RE: References Johnston, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2002). Monitoring the Future National Survey Results on Drug Use, 1975-2001. Volume I: Secondary School Students (NIH Publication No. 02-5106). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Johnston, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2002). Ecstasy use among American teens drops for the first time in recent years, and overall drug and alcohol use also decline in the year after 9/11. Ann Arbor, MI, University of Michigan News and Information Services. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/pressreleases/02drugpr_complete.pdf (accessed 12-16-2002). RE: References Klitzman, R L, Pope, H G Jr & Hudson, J I (2000). MDMA (''ecstasy'') abuse and high-risk sexual behaviors among 169 gay and bisexual men. Am. J. Psychiatry, 157, 1162-1164. RE: References Mansergh, G, Colfax, G N, Marks, G, Rader, M, Guzman, R & Buchbinder, S (2001). The Circuit Party Men's Health Survey: Findings and implications for gay and bisexual men. Am. J. Public. Health, 91, 953-958. RE: References Mattison, A M, Ross, M W, Wolfson, T & Franklin, D (2001). Circuit party attendance, club drug use, and unsafe sex in gay men. J. Subst. Abuse, 13, 119-126. RE: References Strote, J, Lee, J E & Wechsler, H (2002). Increasing MDMA use among college students: Results of a national survey. J. Adolesc. Health, 30, 64-72. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr. (2002). Assessing the temporal relationship between race and ecstasy use among high school seniors. J. Drug. Educ., 32, 213-225. Record 28 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Beyond Color and Culture: Feminist Contributions to Paradigms of Human Difference AU: Author Brown, Laura S.; Riepe, Laurie E.; Coffey, Rochelle L. AF: Affiliation Argosy U Seattle, WA SO: Source Women & Therapy, vol. 28, no. 3-4, pp. 63, 2005 IS: ISSN 0270-3149 DE: Descriptors *Feminist Theory; *Handicapped; *Sex Role Orientations; *Social Class; *Aging; *Refugees; *Immigrants AB: Abstract This article reviews the work of important feminist theorists and contributors in several areas of human diversity. Work on the topics of women and disability, women's sexual orientations, women and social class, women's aging, and women's experiences as refugees and immigrants is reviewed and discussed. We propose future directions for feminist therapy theory and practice that integrates this expanded body of knowledge about women's lives. References. Adapted from the source document. COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: HAWORTH DOCUMENT DELIVERY CENTER, The Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580 EA: Email Address [mailto:lsbrownphd@cs.com] CD: CODEN WOTHDJ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Women, aging, disability, social class, sexual orientation, refugee, immigration, bisexuality, lesbianism CL: Classification 2959 feminist/gender studies; feminist studies PB: Publisher Haworth Press, Binghamton NY UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200611118 JV: Journal Volume 28 JI: Journal Issue 3-4 JP: Journal Pages 63-92 DO: DOI 10.1300/J015v28n03_04 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Aron, A. (1992). Testimonio, a bridge between psychotherapy and sociotherapy. Women & Therapy, 13, 3, 173-189. RE: References Aron, A, Corne, S, Fursland, A & Zelwer, B (1991). The gender-specific terror of El Salvador and Guatemala: Post-traumatic stress disorder in Central American refugee women. Women's Studies International Forum, 14, 37-47. RE: References Asch, A. (1984a). Personal reflections. American Psychologist, 39, 551-552. RE: References Asch, A. (1984b). The experience of disability: A challenge for psychology. American Psychologist, 39, 529-536. RE: References Asch, A. (1989). Reproductive technology and disability. In S. Cohen & N. Taub (Eds.), Reproductive laws for the 1990s (pp. 69-124). Clifton, NJ: Humana Press. RE: References Asch, A. (1990). Surrogacy and the family: Social and value considerations. In D. Bartels, R. Priester, D. Vawter, & A. Caplan (Eds.), Beyond Baby M: Ethical issues in new reproductive techniques (pp. 243-259). Clifton, NJ: Humana Press. RE: References Asch, A. (1995). Some thoughts for practicing bioethics: Extending the feminist critique. In M. Grodin (Ed.), Meta medical ethics: The philosophical foundations of bioethics (pp. 149-155). Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic. RE: References Asch, A. (1997). Women with disabilities: What do we know? What must we learn. Journal of Disability Policy Studies, 8, 239-242. RE: References Asch, A & Fine, M (1984). Shared dreams: A left perspective on disability rights and reproductive rights. Radical America, 18, 51-58. RE: References Asch, A & Fine, M (1986). Women and disability: Setting an agenda. Disability Studies Ouarterly, 6, 1-2. RE: References Asch, A & Fine, M (1988). Introduction: Beyond pedestals. In M. Fine & A. Asch (Eds.), Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture and politics (pp. 1-37). Philadelphia: Temple University Press. RE: References Asch, A & Geller, G (1996). Feminism, bioethics and genetics. In S.M. Wolf (Ed.), Feminism and bioethics: Beyond reproduction (pp. 318-350). New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Asch, A. (1984). Building community: A manual exploring issues of women and disability. New York: Educational Equity Concepts, Inc. RE: References Asch, A & Rousso, H (1985). Therapists with disabilities: Theoretical and clinical issues. Psychiatry, 48, 1-12. RE: References Asch, A & Sacks, L (1983). Lives without, lives within: Autobiographies of blind women and men. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness, 77, 242-247. RE: References Baker, N L. (1996). Class as a construct in a 'classless' society. In M. Hill & E.D. Rothblum (Eds.) Classism and feminist therapy: Counting costs (pp. 13-23). New York: Harrington Park Press. RE: References Ballou, M. (1990). Approaching a feminist-principled paradigm in the construction of personality theory. In L.S. Brown & M. P. P. Root (Eds.) Diversity and complexity in feminist therapy (pp 23-40). New York: Haworth. RE: References Barshay, J. (1993). Another strand of our diversity: Some thoughts from a feminist therapist with severe chronic illness. Women & Therapy, 14, 159-170. RE: References Belle, D. (1990). Poverty and women's mental health. American Psychologist, 45, 385-389. RE: References Belle, D, Doucet, J, Harris, J, Miller, J & Tan, E (2000). Who is rich? Who is happy. American Psychologist, 55, 1160-1161. RE: References Brabeck, M. (1999). Practicing feminist ethics in psychology. Washington DC: American Psychological Association. RE: References Bragg, M, Dalton, R D, Dunker, B, Fisher, P, Garcia, N, Obler, L K, Orwoll, L, Paiser, P, Pearlman, S F & Boston lesbian psychologies collective (1987). Lesbian psychologies: Explorations and challenges. Chicago IL: U. of Illinois Press. RE: References Brown, L S. (1989). New voices, new visions: Toward a lesbian/gay paradigm for psychology. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 13, 445-458. RE: References Brown, L S. (1992). Until the revolution comes: Towards a lesbian feminist psychotherapy. Feminism and Psychology, 2, 239-254. RE: References Brown, L S. (1994). Subversive dialogues: Theory in feminist therapy. New York: Basic. RE: References Brown, L S. (1995). Lesbian identities: Concepts and issues. In a. D'Augelli & C. Patterson (Eds.) Lesbian, gay and bisexual identities over the lifespan. (pp. 3-23) New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Brown, L S. (1996). Preventing heterosexism and bias in psychotherapy. In E.D. Rothblum & L.A. Bond (Eds.) Preventing heterosexism and homophobia. (pp. 36-58). Thousand Oaks CA: Sage. RE: References Brown, L S. (1999). Dangerousness, impotence, silence and invisibility: Heterosexism in the construction of women's sexuality. In C. B. Travis & J. W. White (Eds.) Sexuality, society, and feminism. (pp. 273-298). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. RE: References Brown, L S & Root, M P P. RE: References Brown, R M. (1974). Diversity and complexity in feminist therapy. New York: Haworth. RE: References Bunch, C & Myron, N (1974). Class and Feminism. Baltimore MD: Diana Press. RE: References Datan, N. (1986). Corpses, lepers, and menstruating women: Tradition, transition, and the sociology of knowledge. Sex Roles, 14, 693-703. RE: References Datan, N, Antonovsky, A & Maoz, B (1981). A time to reap: The middle age of women in five Israeli subcultures. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. RE: References Dews, C L & Law, C L (1995). This fine place so far from home: Voices of academics from the working-class. Philadelphia: Temple University. RE: References Espin, O M. (1987). Psychological impact of migration on Latinas: Implications for psychotherapeutic practice. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 11, 489-503. RE: References Espin, O M. (1992). Roots uprooted: The psychological impact of historical/political dislocation. Women & Therapy, 13, 9-20. RE: References Espin, O M. (1993). Giving voice to silence: The psychologist as witness. American Psychologist, 48, 408-414. RE: References Espin, O M. (1995). ''Race,'' racism, and sexuality in the life narratives of immigrant women. Feminism and Psychology, 5, 223-238. RE: References Espin, O M. (1996). Leaving the nation and joining the tribe: Lesbian immigrants crossing geographical and identity borders. Women & Therapy, 19, 99-107. RE: References Fine, M & Asch, A (1981). Disabled women: Sexism without the pedestal. Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare, 8, 233-248. RE: References Fine, M & Asch, A (1982). The question of disability: No easy answers for the women's movement. Reproductive Rights National Newsletter, 4, 19-20. RE: References Fine, M & Asch, A (1984). Amniocentesis, treatment of newborns with disabilities and women's choices. CARASA News, 8, 2-6. RE: References Fine, M & Asch, A (1988). Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. RE: References Firestein, B A. (1996). Bisexuality: The psychology and politics of an invisible minority. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage. RE: References Giesen, C B & Datan, N (1980). The competent older woman. In N. Datan & N. Lohmann, (Eds.), Transitions of aging: Proceedings of the West Virginia University gerontology conference. New York: Academic Press. RE: References Goodenow, C & Espin, O M (1993). Identity choices in immigrant adolescent females. Adolescence, 28, 12-31. RE: References Greene, B. (1986). When the therapist is white and the patient is Black: Considerations for psychotherapy in the feminist heterosexual and lesbian communities. Women & Therapy, 5, 41-65. RE: References Greene, B. (1993). Human diversity in clinical psychology: Lesbian and gay sexual orientations. The Clinical Psychologist: Publication of the Division of Clinical, 46, 74-82. RE: References Greene, B. (1994a). Ethnic minority lesbians and gay men: Mental health and treatment issues. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 62, 243-251. RE: References Greene, B. (1994b). Lesbian women of color. In L. Comas-Diaz & B. Greene (Eds.), Women of color (pp. 389-427). New York: Guilford. RE: References Greene, B. (1995). Addressing racism, sexism and heterosexism in psychodynamic psychotherapy. In J. Glassgold & S. Iasenza (Eds.), Lesbians and psychoanalysis: Revolutions in theory and practice (pp. 145-159). New York: Free Press. RE: References Greene, B. (1997a). Lesbian women of color: Triple jeopardy. Journal of Lesbian Studies-Special issue: Classics in Lesbian Studies, 1, 49-60. RE: References Greene, B. (1997b). Psychological perspectives on lesbian and gay issues Vol. 3: Ethnic and cultural diversity among lesbians and gay men. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Greene, B. (1998a). Ethnic identity and family dynamics: African American lesbians and gay men. In C. Patterson & A. D'Augelli (Eds.), Lesbian, gay and bisexual identity: Psychological research and social policy (pp. 40-52). New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Greene, B. (1998b). Stereotypes and erroneous presumptions: Barriers to effective practice with lesbian and gay patients of color. Medical Encounter: A Publication of the American Academy on Physician and, 14, 15-17. RE: References Greene, B. (2000a). African American lesbian and bisexual women. Journal of Social Issues, 56, 239-249. RE: References Greene, B. (2002). Older lesbians' concerns in psychotherapy: Beyond a footnote to the footnote. In F. Trotman & C. Brody (Eds.), Women therapists working with older women: Cross cultural family and end of life issues (pp. 161-174). New York: Springer. RE: References Greene, B. (2000b). African American Lesbian and Bisexual Women in feminist-psychodynamic psychotherapy: Surviving and thriving between a rock and a hard place. In L. Jackson & B. Greene (Eds.), Psychotherapy with African American women: Innovations in Psychodynamic perspectives and practice (pp. 82-125). New York: Guilford Publications. RE: References Greene, B. (In press- a). Heterosexism and internalized racism among African Americans: The connections and considerations for African American lesbians and bisexual women. A clinical psychological perspective. Rutgers University Law Review, 54,4 LatCrit Symposium VI. RE: References Greene, B. (In press -b). African American lesbians and other culturally diverse people in psychodynamic psychotherapies: Useful paradigm or oxymoron. Journal of Lesbian Studies-An Update on Psychoanalysis and Lesbians. RE: References Greene, B & Boyd-Franklin, N (1996). African American lesbian couples: Ethnocultural considerations in psychotherapy. Women & Therapy, 19, 53-64. RE: References Greene, B & Croom, G L (2000). Psychological perspectives on lesbian, gay and bisexual issues Vol. 5: Education, Practice and Research in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgendered Psychology: A Resource Manual. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Hall, M. (1991). Ex-therapy to sex therapy: Notes from the margins. In C. Silverstein, (Ed.) Gays, lesbians and their therapists. (pp. 84-97). New York: W.W. Norton. RE: References Hall, M. (1993). Why limit me to ecstasy? Toward a positive model of genital incidentalism among friends and other lovers. In E. Rothblum and K. Brehony, (Eds.) Boston marriages: Romantic but asexual relationships among contemporary lesbians (pp. 41-61). Amherst MA: U. of Massachusetts Press. RE: References Hall, M. (1995a). Clit notes. In K. Jay (Ed.) Dyke life: From growing up to growing old, a celebration of the lesbian experience (pp. 195-215). New York: Basic Books. RE: References Hall, M. (1995b). Not tonight dear, I'm deconstructing a headache: Confessions of a lesbian sex therapist. In K. Jay (Ed.) Lesbian erotics. (pp. 15-27). New York: NYU Press. RE: References Hall, M. (1996). Unsexing the couple. Women & Therapy, 19, 12-25. RE: References Hall, R L & Greene, B (2002). Not any one thing: The complex legacy of social class on African American Lesbians' Relationships. Journal of Lesbian Studies, 6, 65-74. RE: References Hare-Mustin, R & Marecek, J (1990). Making a difference: Psychology and the construction of gender. New Haven: Yale University Press. RE: References Hays, P. (2001). Addressing cultural multicultural complexities in practice: A framework for clinicians and counselors. Washington DC: American Psychological Association. RE: References Healey, S. (1991). Growing to be an old woman: Aging and ageism. In J. Alexander, D. Berrow, L. Domitrovich, M. Donnelly & C. McLean (Eds.) Women and aging: An anthology by women. Corvallis OR: Calyx Books. RE: References Healy, S. (1993). The common agenda between old women, women with disabilities, and all women. Women & Therapy, 14, 65-77. RE: References Healey, S. (1994). Diversity with a difference: On being old and lesbian. Journal of Gay and Lesbian Social Service, 1, 109-117. RE: References Healey, S. (1999). Untitled Keynote Speech. Old Lesbians Organizing for Change conference, San Diego CA. RE: References Hill, M & Rothblum, E D (1996). Classism and feminist therapy: Counting costs. New York: Harrington Park Press. RE: References hooks, b. (2000). Where we stand: Class Matters. New York: Routledge. RE: References Johnson, J. (2002). Getting by on the minimum: The lives of working-class women. New York: Routledge. RE: References Lerman, H. (1987). A mote in Freud's eye. New York: Springer. RE: References Lott, B. (2001). Low income parents and the public schools. Journal of social issues, 57, 247-259. RE: References Lott, B. (2002). Cognitive and behavioral distancing from the poor. American Psychologist, 57, 100-110. RE: References Lott, B. (2003). Psychologists and the disruption of classism. American Psychologist, 58, p. 145. RE: References Lott, B & Saxon, S (2002). The influence of ethnicity, social class and context on judgments about U.S. Journal of Social Psychology, 142, 481-499 women. RE: References Mairs, N. (1995). Remembering the bone house: An erotics of space and place. Boston: Beacon. RE: References Mairs, N. (1996). Carnal acts. Boston: Beacon. RE: References Mairs, N. (1998). Waist high in the world: A life among the nondisabled. Boston: Beacon. RE: References Marecek, J. (2002). Post-modern feminism in personality psychology. In M. Ballou & L.S. Brown (Eds.). Rethinking mental health and disorder: Feminist perspectives (pp. 3-28). New York: Guilford. RE: References McBryde Johnson, H. (2003). Unspeakable conversations. February 16, 2003, New York Times Sunday Magazine. RE: References Murphy, M. (1983). Califia community. In C. Bunch & S. Pollack (Eds.) Learning our way: Essays in feminist education (pp. 138-153). New York: Crossing Press. RE: References Murphy, M. (n.d.). Did your mother do volunteer work? Unpublished manuscript. RE: References Myron, N. (1974). Class beginnings. In C. Bunch & N. Myron, (Eds.) Class and Feminism (pp. 36-41). Baltimore: Diana Press. RE: References Olkin, R. (1999). What psychotherapists should know about disability. New York: Guilford. RE: References Olkin, R. (2003). Women with physical disabilities who want to leave their partners: A feminist and disability-affirmative perspective. Women & Therapy, 23, 237-246. RE: References Olkin, R. (In press). Women with disabilities. In J. C. Chrisler, C. Golden, & P. D. Rozee (Eds.), Lectures on the psychology of women (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill. RE: References Penelope, J. (1994). Class and consciousness. In J. Penelope (Ed.) Out of the class closet: Lesbians speak (pp. 2-15). Freedom, CA: Crossing Press. RE: References Rodeheaver, D & Datan, N (1988). The challenge of double jeopardy: Toward a mental health agenda for aging women. American Psychologist, 43, 648-654. RE: References Sennett, R & Cobb, J (1973). The hidden injuries of class. New York: Vintage. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1982). A midlife journey from housewife to psychotherapist. Voices: The Art and Science of Psychotherapy, 18, 29-33. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1983). Change and creativity at midlife. In Robbins, J.H. & Siegel, R.J. (Eds.), Women changing therapy: New assessments, values, and strategies in feminist therapy. New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1990a). Old women as mother figures: Ageism and mother blaming. In E. Cole and J. Knowles (Eds.), Woman defined motherhood (pp. 89-97). New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1990b). Love and work after 60: An integration of personal and professional growth within a long-term marriage. In E. Rosenthal (Ed.) Women, aging and ageism (pp. 69-79). New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1990c). We are not your mothers: Report on two groups for women over sixty. In E. Rosenthal (Ed.) Women, aging and ageism (pp. 81-89). New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1990d). Turning the things that divide us into the strengths that unite us. In L. S. Brown & M. P. P. Root (Eds.) Diversity and complexity in feminist therapy (pp. 327-336). New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J. (1993). Between midlife and old age: Never too old to learn. In N.D. Davis, E. Cole & E.D. Rothblum (Eds.), Faces of women and aging. (pp. 173-181). New York: Haworth. RE: References Siegel, R J & Sonderegger, T B (1990). Ethical considerations in feminist psychotherapy with women over sixty. In H. Lerman & N. Porter (Eds.), Feminist ethics in psychotherapy (pp. 176-184). New York: Springer. RE: References Sonderegger, T B & Siegel, R J (1995). Conflicts in care: Later years of the lifespan. In E. J. Rave & C. C. Larsen (Eds.), Ethical decision making in therapy: Feminist perspectives (pp. 223-246). New York: Guilford. RE: References Tokarczyk, M M & Fay, E A (1993). Working-class women in the academy: Laborers in the knowledge factory. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts. RE: References Van Boemel, G B & Rozee, P D (1992). Treatment for psychosomatic blindness among Cambodian refugee women. Women & Therapy, 13, 239-266. RE: References Walkerdine, V, Lucey, H & Melody, J (2001). Growing up girl: Psychosocial explorations of gender and class. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Wyche, K F. (1996). Conceptualizations of social class in African American women: Congruence of client and therapist definitions. In Hill, M. & Rothblum, E.D. (Eds.) Classism and feminist therapy: Counting costs (pp. 35-43). New York: Harrington Park Press. Record 29 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Role of the Symbolic Protester in the Aggregation of the Youth Culture. The Case of Free-Parties OT: Original Title Role de la symbolique contestataire dans l'agregation d'une culture jeune. Le cas des free-parties AU: Author Dupouy, Severin AF: Affiliation Centre Sociologie Prtiques Representatios Politiques, U Paris 7 -- Denis Diderot SO: Source Societes, no. 4, pp. 9, 2005 IS: ISSN 0765-3697 DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Cultural Identity; *Countercultures; *Life Stage Transitions; *Youth AB: Abstract When on the one-hand, "coming to age" procedures which provide young people with position in the social & cultural system of adulthood have lost in efficiency, & on the other hand references to classes of ages grow unclear, young people tend to unite less around the age factor, than around identity & cultural attributes. Faced with the ambiguous attitudes of the global society, between idolatrous fascination & panic fear, the construction of a culture of youth is largely determined by its relationship to the older age classes. Young adults who participate in free parties form a specific group in the population of young people, & this group displays this process noisily: attempts to create a "young" cultural identity, looking for social innovation, pushed by a transgress opposition to the "Adult Society," organized as a state nation, & backed by a symbolic system with its sacredness. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN SOCTET LA: Language French PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Youth, rave party, social transgression, sacredness CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200613513 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 9-24 CP: Country of Publication Belgium Record 30 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title The Diffusion of Ecstasy through Urban Youth Networks AU: Author Schensul, Jean J.; Diamond, Sarah; Disch, William; Bermudez, Rey; Eiserman, Julie AF: Affiliation Instit Community Research, Hartford, CT SO: Source Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 39, 2005 IS: ISSN 1533-2640 DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Urban Population; *Drug Abuse; *Diffusion; *Social Networks; Drug Trafficking AB: Abstract Ecstasy is a drug commonly associated with all-night, or all-weekend electronic dance events known as raves. Upperand middleclass clubs, gay bars & clubs, & party venues are other common public settings where ecstasy use occurs. During the mid to late 1990s its use was reported in locations as distant as Australia & New Zealand, England & Scotland, & North America. In the United States, use increased dramatically at the end of the millennium, & drug monitoring systems began to report its presence among urban youth. Using social influence, social marketing & diffusion theory, this paper outlines the micro-level processes through which ecstasy traveled from downtown clubs catering to suburban young adults through urban youth networks through distributors & users. The paper is based on participant observation, & in-depth interviews with dealers & users collected during the period of peak diffusion 1999-2001, & survey data collected from 401 poly-drug users between the ages of 16 & 24 & collected at two time points from 1999-2002. Tables, Figures. Adapted from source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:jean.schensul@icrweb.org] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Ecstasy, inner city youth, African American, Latino, drug selling CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) PB: Publisher Haworth Press, Binghamton NY UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200613900 JV: Journal Volume 4 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 39-71 DO: DOI 10.1300J233v04n02_03 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Agar, M & Reisinger, H S (2003). Going for the global: The case of ecstasy. Human Organization, 62, 1, 1-11. RE: References Bearison, D J. (1982). New directions in studies of social interaction and cognitive growth. In F. C. Serafica (Ed.), Social-cognitive development in context (pp. 199-221). New York: Guilford Press. RE: References Bellis, M A, Hughes, K, Bennett, A & Thomson, R (2003). The role of an international nightlife resort in the proliferation of recreational drugs. Addiction, Vol. 98, pp. 1713-1721. RE: References Berger, P L & Luckmann, T (1966). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge (1st ed.). Garden City, NY: Doubleday. RE: References Black, D, Blue, C L & Coster, D C (2001). Using social marketing to develop and test tailored health messages. American Journal of Health Behavior, Vol. 25, pp. 260-271. RE: References Boyd, C J, McCabe, S E & d'Arcy, H (2003). Ecstasy use among college undergraduates: Gender, race and sexual identity. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 24, 3, 209-215. RE: References Brecht, M L & von Mayrhauser, C (2002). Differences between Ecstasy-using and non-using methamphetamine users. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, Vol. 34, pp. 215-223. RE: References Breslau, K. (2002). The 'sextasy' craze. Clubland's dangerous party mix: Viagra and ecstasy. Newsweek, 139, 22, 30. RE: References Calafat, A, Fernandez, C, Juan, M, Bellis, M A, Bohrn, K & Hakkarainen, P (2001). Risk and control in the recreational drug culture. Palma de Mallorca: Irefrea. RE: References Calafat, A & Stocco, P (2000). Recreational life and ecstasy use. In J. Fountain (Ed.), Understanding and responding to drug use: The role of qualitative research. EMCDDA Scientific Monograph Series (No 4). Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. RE: References Colfax, G N, Mansergh, G, Guzman, R, Vittinghoff, E, Marks, G & Rader, M (2001). Drug use and sexual risk behavior among gay and bisexual men who attend circuit parties: A venue-based comparison. Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes. RE: References Diamond, S, Bermudez, R & Schensul, J (In review). What's the rap about ecstasy?: Popular song lyrics and drug trends among American youth. Journal of Adolescent Research. RE: References Donaldson, S I, Graham, J W & Hansen, W B (1994). Testing the generalizability of intervening mechanism theories: Understanding the effects of adolescent drug-use prevention interventions. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 17, 2, 195-216. RE: References Eiserman, J, Singer, M, Schensul, J & Broomhall, L (2003). Methodological challenges in club drug research. Practicing Anthropology, 25, 3, 19-22. RE: References Elliott, L, Morrison, A, Ditton, J, Farrall, S, Short, E & Cowan, L (1998). Alcohol, drug use and sexual behavior of young adults on a Mediterranean dance holiday. RE: References Fan, D P & Holway, W B (1994). Media coverage of cocaine and its impact on usage patterns. International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 6, 2, 139-162. RE: References Fitzgerald, J & Hamilton, M (1994). An exploratory study of hallucinogen use in Melbourne. University of Melbourne, Melbourne. RE: References Flocks, J, Clarke, L, Albrecht, S, Bryant, C, Monaghan, P & Baker, H (2001). Implementing a community-based social marketing project to improve agricultural worker health. Environmental Health Perspectives, 109, Suppl 3, 461-468. RE: References Forsyth, A J M. (1996). Places and patterns of drug use in the Scottish dance scene. Addiction, 91, 4, 511-521. RE: References Forsyth, A J M, Barnard, M & McKeganey, N P (1997). Musical preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction, 92, 10, 1317-1325. RE: References Friedman, S R, DesJarlais, D C & Ward, T P (1994). Social models for changing health-relevant behavior. In R. J. DiClemente & J. L. Peterson (Eds.), Preventing AIDS: Theories and methods of behavioral interventions (pp. 95-116). New York: Plenum Press. RE: References Guisinger, S & Blatt, S J (1994). Individuality and relatedness: Evolution of a fundamental dialectic. American Psychologist, 49, 2, 104-111. RE: References Harter, S. (1990a). Developmental differences in the nature of self-representations: Implications for the understanding, assessment, and treatment of maladaptive behavior. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 14, 2, 113-142. RE: References Harter, S. (1990b). Self and identity development. In S. S. Feldman & G. R. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The developing adolescent (pp. 352-387). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Hawkins, J, Hill, K G, Guo, J & Battin-Pearson, S R (2002). Substance use norms and transitions in substance use: Implications for the Gateway Hypothesis. In D. B. Kandel (Ed.), Stages and pathways of drug involvement: Examining the Gateway Hypothesis (pp. 42-64). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Hunt, G & Evans, K (2003). Dancing and drugs: A cross-national perspective. Contemporary Drug Problems, 30, 4, 779-814. RE: References Kaufer, D S & Carley, K M (1993). Communication at a distance: The effect of print on socio-cultural organization and change. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. RE: References Latane, B, Liu, J H, Nowak, A, Bonevento, M & Zheng, L (1995). Distance matters-physical space and social impact. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 8, 795-805. RE: References Latane, B, Nowak, A & Liu, J H (1994). Measuring emergent social phenomenadynamism, polarization, and clustering as order parameters of social-systems. Behavioral Science, 39, 1, 1-24. RE: References Latane, B B. (1995). Minority influence and dynamic social impact. Review of Social Psychology, Vol. 10, pp. 105-109. RE: References Latkin, C A. (1995). A personal network approach to AIDS prevention: An experimental peer group intervention for street-injecting drug users: The SAFE study. NIDA Research Monograph, 151, 181-195. RE: References Lee, S J, Galanter, M, Dermatis, H & McDowell, D (2003). Circuit parties and patterns of drug use in a subset of gay men. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 22, 4, 47-60. RE: References Lenton, S, Boys, A & Norcross, K (1997). Raves, drugs and experience: Drug use by a sample of people who attend raves in Western Australia. Addiction, 92, 10, 1327-1337. RE: References Lewis, L A & Ross, M W (1995). The gay dance party culture in Sydney: A qualitative analysis. Journal of Homosexuality, 29, 1, 113-142. RE: References Mattison, A M, Ross, M W, Wolfson, T, Franklin, D & San Diego, H I V N R C G (2001). Circuit party attendance, club drug use, and unsafe sex in gay men. Journal of Substance Abuse, Vol. 13, pp. 119-126. RE: References Maxwell, J C. (2003). The response to club drug use. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 3, 279-289. RE: References Maxwell, J C. (2004). Patterns of club drug use in the U.S., 2004: Ecstasy, GHB, Ketamine, LSD, Methamphetamine, Rohypnol. Austin, TX: The Center for Excellence in Drug Epidemiology, The Gulf Coast Addiction Technology Transfer Center, The University of Texas at Austin. RE: References Maxwell, K A. (2002). Friends: The role of peer influence across adolescent risk behaviors. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 31, 4, 267-277. RE: References Merchant, J & Macdonald, R (1994). Youth and rave culture, ecstasy and health. Youth and Policy: The Journal of Critical Analysis, 45, 16-38. RE: References Newmeyer, J A, Feldman, H W, Biernacki, P & Watters, J K (1989). Preventing AIDS contagion among intravenous drug users. Medical Anthropology, 10, 2-3, 167-175. RE: References Nowak, A, Szamrej, J & Latane, B (1990). From private attitude to public-opinion-A dynamic theory of social impact. Psychological Review, 97, 3, 362-376. RE: References Parker, H, Aldridge, J & Measham, F (1998). Illegal leisure: The normalization of adolescent recreational drug use. London & New York: Routledge. RE: References Riley, S C E & Hayward, E (2004). Patterns, trends, and meanings of drug use by dance-drug users in Edinburgh, Scotland. Drugs-Education Prevention and Policy, 11, 3, 243-262. RE: References Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Romanelli, F, Smith, K M & Pomeroy, C (2003). Use of club drugs by HIV-seropositive and HIV-seronegative gay and bisexual men. Topics in HIV Medicine, Vol. 11, pp. 25-32. RE: References Ross, M W, Mattison, A M & Franklin, D R (2003). Club drugs and sex on drugs are associated with different motivations for gay circuit party attendance in men. Substance Use and Misuse, 38, 8, 1173-1183. RE: References Sale, E W. (1999). Toward an integrative model of substance use among high-risk youth populations. University of Missouri-Saint Louis, US, 1. RE: References Schensul, J J. (2001, July 20). The diffusion of MDMA use among urban youth in Hartford, CT: Implications for drug and HIV prevention in club drug users and their networks. Paper presented at the NIDA Conference, Ecstasy: MDMA/Ecstasy research: Advances, challenges, future directions, Bethesda, MD. RE: References Schensul, J J, Huebner, C, Singer, M, Snow, M, Feliciano, P & Broomhall, L (2000). The high, the money, and the fame: The emergent social context of ''new marijuana'' use among urban youth. Medical Anthropology, 18, 4, 389-414. RE: References Singer, M & Weeks, M R (1992). Hartford Target Sampling Plan: Community Alliance for AIDS Programs. Hartford, CT: Hispanic Health Council. RE: References Solowij, N, Hall, W & Lee, N (1992). Recreational MDMA use in Sydney: A profile of 'Ecstacy' users and their experiences with the drug. British Journal of Addiction, 87, 8, 1161-1172. RE: References Tong, T & Boyer, E W (2002). Club drugs, smart drugs, raves, and circuit parties: An overview of the club scene. Pediatric Emergency Care, Vol. 18, pp. 216-218. RE: References Vygotsky, L S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. RE: References Wallace, J M Jr, Bachman, J G, O'Malley, P M, Johnston, L D, Schulenberg, J E & Cooper, S M (2002). Tobacco, alcohol, and illicit drug use: Racial and ethnic differences among U.S. Public Health Reports, 117, Supplement 1, S67-75 high school seniors, 1976-2000. RE: References Watters, J K & Biernacki, P (1989). Targeted sampling: Options for the study of hidden populations. Social Problems, 36, 4, 416-430. RE: References Weir, E. (2000). Raves: A review of the culture, the drugs and the prevention of harm [see comment]. CMAJ Canadian Medical Association Journal, Vol. 162, pp. 1843-1848. RE: References Wertsch, J V. (1991). Voices of the mind: A sociocultural approach to mediated action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Yacoubian, G S. (2003). Tracking ecstasy trends in the United States with data from three national drug surveillance systems. Journal of Drug Education, Vol. 33, pp. 245-258. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr. (2002a). Assessing the temporal relationship between race and ecstasy use among high school seniors. Journal of Drug Education, Vol. 32, pp. 213-225. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr. (2002b). Correlates of Ecstasy use among tenth graders surveyed through monitoring the future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, Vol. 34, pp. 225-230. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr. (2003). Correlates of ecstasy use among students surveyed through the 1997 College Alcohol Study. Journal of Drug Education, Vol. 33, pp. 61-69. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr, Arria, A M, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Estimating the prevalence of Ecstasy use among juvenile offenders. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, Vol. 34, pp. 209-213. RE: References Yacoubian, G S Jr, Boyle, C, Harding, C A & Loftus, E A (2003). It's a rave new world: Estimating the prevalence and perceived harm of ecstasy and other drug use among club rave attendees. Journal of Drug Education, Vol. 33, pp. 187-196. Record 31 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Ambiguous Masculinities, Appealing Sexualities OT: Original Title Tvetydige maskuliniteter, appellerende seksualitet AU: Author Pedersen, Willy; Vestel, Viggo SO: Source Tidsskrift for samfunnsforskning, vol. 46, no. 1, pp. 3, winter 2005 IS: ISSN 0040-716X DE: Descriptors *Netherlands; *Masculinity; *Arab Cultural Groups; *Sex Role Identity; *Opposite Sex Relations AB: Abstract An ethnographic fieldwork was conducted in a working-class district of Oslo during which several young Muslim men of Pakistani origin were interviewed in depth about clothes, music, body, sexuality, love & marriage. Projecting a hyper-macho image, they seem to "do manhood" in a relatively traditional way. On closer inspection, however, the picture is less straightforward. Their style is influenced by gangsta rap, with expensive clothes, cars & a general macho attitude, but also by House & Techno with their more "unisex" & even feminine style elements. Training regimes are associated with body sculpturing, spinning & yoga, with an emphasis on fitness & aesthetic appearance. With regard to sexuality, attitudes seem to reveal what might pass for an old-fashioned double standard, far from the ideals of gender equality generally shared by the ethnic Norwegian majority. For instance, while wishing to marry a virgin from Pakistan, they are themselves sexually active. However, their sexual experiences were described in a self-critical manner, & they emphasised the importance of "real love." The ethnography shows that respondents are often considered sensitive & attractive by ethnic majority girls. Discussing the findings in light of theories of identity, masculinity & sexuality, the authors argue that the masculinities of these young men are challenging in their complex & ambiguous character & resist easy compartmentalization by schemes of so-called hegemonic masculinity. Borrowing a concept coined by Dick Hebdige, the authors approach these masculinities in terms of sociocultural "noise" & conclude that constructions of masculinity encountered in multiethnic & -cultural contexts will often display elements of competition & fluidity. References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:willy.pedersen@sosiologi.uio.no] CD: CODEN TSMFA4 LA: Language Norwegian PY: Publication Year 2005 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords youth of immigrant background, ambiguous masculinities, gender relations, style CL: Classification 2983 feminist/gender studies; sociology of gender & gender relations PB: Publisher Universitetsforlaget, Oslo Norway UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200614494 JV: Journal Volume 46 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 3-34 CP: Country of Publication Norway RE: References alexander, c. (2000). The Asian gang. Oxford: Berg. RE: References asbjornsen, d. (2003). Det hysteriske melodrama. Z: Filmtidsskrift, 85, 32-39. RE: References baumann, z. (2003). Liquid love. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References bech, h. (1997). When men meet: Homosexuality and modernity. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References beck, u & beck-gernsheim, e (2002). Individualization: Institutionalized individualism and its social and political consequences. London: Sage. RE: References bolding, g & sherr, l (1999). HIV risk behaviours among gay men who use anabolic steroids. Addiction, 94, 1829-1835. RE: References brandth, b & kvande, e (2003). Fleksible fedre: maskulinitet, arbeid, velferdsstat. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. RE: References brox, o & skirbekk, s (2003). Gode formal - gale folger. Oslo: Cappelen Akademisk. RE: References collier, r. (1998). Masculinities, crime and criminology. London: Sage. RE: References collins, r. (1988). Theoretical Sociology. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. RE: References connell, r w. (2001). The social organization of masculinity. I: S.M. Whitehead & F. Barrett (red.), The Masculinities Reader. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References connell, r w. (2002). Gender. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References dahl, t s. (1992). Den muslimske familie. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. RE: References ehrenreich, b & hess, e (1997). Beatlemania. A sexually defiant consumer subculture. I: K. Gelder & S. Thornton (red.), The Subcultures Reader. London: Routledge, 523-536. RE: References ewing, k. (1990). The Illusion of Wholeness: Culture, Self and the Experience of Inconsistency. Ethos, 18, 251-278. RE: References faludi, s. (1999). Stiffed. The betrayal of modern man. London: Chatto & Windus. RE: References fuglerud, o. (2001). Migrasjonsforstaelse: Flytteprosesser, rasisme og globalisering. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. RE: References george, n. (1998). Hip Hop America. New York: Penguin. RE: References goffman, e. (1967). Interaction Ritual. New York: Doubleday. RE: References gullestad, m. (2002). Det norske sett med nye oyne. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. RE: References hebdige, d. (1997 [1979]). Subculture. The meaning of style. I: K. Gelder & S. Thornton (red.), The Subcultures Reader. London: Routledge, 130-145. RE: References huq, r. (2003). From the margins to the mainstream? Representations of British Asian youth musical cultural expression from bhangra to Asian underground music. Young. Nordic Journal of Youth Research, 11, 1, 29-49. RE: References jefferson, t. (2002). Subordinating hegemonic masculinities. Theoretical Criminology, 6, 63-88. RE: References krange, o & skogen, k (2003). Skudd i lose lufta. I: F. Engelstad & G. Odegard (red.), Ungdom, makt og mening. Oslo: Gyldendal Akademisk, 255-283. RE: References lien, i l. (2002). AEre, vold og kulturell endring i Oslo indre by. Nytt Norsk Tidskrift, 19, 27-41. RE: References mac an ghaill, m. (1994). The making of men: Masculinities, sexualities and schooling. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References milhausen, r & herold, e (1999). Does the sexual double standard still exist. Journal of Sex Research, 36, 361-369. RE: References mosse, g i. (1996). The image of man. Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References nissen, n a. (2001). Homo/hetero. Oslo: Gyldendal. RE: References pedersen, w. (2002). Dyd i ars erotica. Sosiologisk tidsskrift, 10, 209-238 Forelskelse og seksualitet blant muslimske jenter i Norge. RE: References pedersen, w. (2004). Nye kjonn, nye seksualiteter. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. RE: References pedersen, w & blekesaune, m (2003). Sexual satisfaction in young adulthood: Cohabitation, committed dating, or unattached life. Acta Sociologica, 46, 179-195. RE: References pedersen, w & samuelsen, s o (2003). Nye monstre av seksualatferd blant norsk ungdom. Tidsskrift for Den norske laegeforening, 123, 3006-3009. RE: References phoenix, a. (1997). The place of 'race' and ethnicity in the lives of children and young people. Educational and Child Psychology, 14, 5-25. RE: References reynolds, s. (1998). Generation ecstasy. Into the world of techno and rave culture. London: Little, Brown & Company. RE: References sharma, a & hutnyk, j (1996). Dis-Orienting Rhytms: The politics of the new Asian dance music. London: Zed Press. RE: References skogen, k. (1999). Cultures and natures. Oslo: NOVA. RE: References ssb. (2004). http://www.ssb.no/emner/02/01/fobinv. RE: References vestel, v. (2002). Moteplasser i grasonen - musikk, dans og stil i et flerkulturelt miljo, Oslo ost. I: S. Bjorkas (red.), Individ, identitet og kulturell erfaring. Kristiansand: Hogskoleforlaget. RE: References vestel, v. (2004a). Napapijri Geographic, norske flagg og wolla-stilen: semiotisk kreativitet blant unge menn i et flerkulturelt ungdomsmiljo pa Rudenga, Oslo ost. I: O. Fuglerud (red.), Andre bilder av de andre. Transnasjonale liv i Norge. Oslo: Pax. RE: References vestel, v. (2004b). A community of differences. Hybridization, popular culture and the making of social relations among multicultural youngsters in Rudenga, East side Oslo. Nova Rapport 15/04, Oslo (Dr.avhandling). RE: References walle, t m. (1999). Sa god som en mann kan hli. Maskuline idealer og mannlig praksis i Lahore, Pakistan. Oslo: Institutt og museum for antropologi, Universitetet i Oslo. RE: References walle, t m. (2004). Menn og maskuliniteter i en minoritetskontekst. I: O. Fuglerud (red.), Andre bilder av de andre. Transnasjonale liv i Norge. Oslo: Pax. RE: References west, c. (1994). Race matters. New York: Vintage. RE: References willis, p. (1977). Learning to labour. Aldershot: Glover. Record 32 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Counter-Tribes, Global Protest and Carnivals of Reclamation AU: Author St John, Graham AF: Affiliation Centre Critical & Cultural Studies, U Queensland, St. Lucia, Australia SO: Source Peace Review, 2004, 16, 4, Dec, 421-428 IS: ISSN 1040-2659 DE: Descriptors *Subcultures; *Youth Culture; *Protest Movements; *Globalization; *Neoliberalism; London, England; Automobiles AB: Abstract Following some remarks on the Birmingham school's inability to properly theorize the cultures of resistance & youth activism emerging in the multitudinous antiglobalization "movement of movements," John Jacobs's notion of "protestival" is offered as a way to look at the Reclaim the Streets movement that originated in London, England, as an offshoot of the rave subculture seen here as a manifestation of the global do-it-yourself culture, which allows for significant North-South alliances in global networks of reclamational cultural formations. The Reclaim the Streets movement is described in terms of its underpinnings & actions, demonstrating how it evolved into a form of protest carnival. 1 Bibliog. J. Zendejas. EA: Email Address [mailto:g.stjohn@uq.edu.au] CD: CODEN PEAREC LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture. 0826 mass phenomena; social movements UD: Update 200505 AN: Accession Number 200508871 JV: Journal Volume 16 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 421-428 RE: References Bey, H. (1991). TAZ The Temporary Autonomous Zone-Ontological Anarchy and Poetic Terrorism. New York: Autonomedia. RE: References Ferrell, J. (2001). Tearing down the Streets: Adventures in Urban Anarchy. New York: Palgrave. RE: References Goldman, E. (1969). Anarchism and Other Essays. Mineola, NY: Dover. RE: References Jordan, J. (1998). 'The Art of Necessity: The Subversive Imagination of Anti-Road Protest and Reclaim the Streets.' in G. McKay (ed.), DiY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain. London: Verso. RE: References Klein, N. (2000). No Logo: Taking Aim at the Brand Bullies. Lake San Marcos, CA: Flamingo Press. RE: References Martin, G. (2002). Conceptualizing Cultural Politics in Subcultural and Social Movement Studies. Social Movement Studies, 1, 1, 73-88. RE: References (2003). Notes from Nowhere. (2003) We Are Everywhere: The Irresistible Rise of Global Anticapitalism. London: Verso. RE: References Scott, A & Street, J. (2001). 'From Media Politics to E-Protest? The Use of Popular Culture and New Media in Parties and Social Movements.' in Frank Webster (ed.), Culture and Politics in the Information Age. London: Routledge. RE: References Shantz, J. (1999). 'The New World in the Shell of the Old.' Arachne 6(2): 59-75. RE: References Kingsnorth., P. (2003). One No, Many Yeses: A Journey to the Heart of the Global Resistance Movement. Free Press. Record 33 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Young People, Dance and the Sub-Cultural Consumption of Drugs AU: Author Moore, Karenza; Miles, Steven AF: Affiliation Information Systems Instit, U Salford, Greater Manchester, England SO: Source Addiction Research & Theory, vol. 12, no. 6, pp. 507, Dec 2004 IS: ISSN 1606-6359 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Consumption; *Dance; *Subcultures; *Youth Culture; *United Kingdom; *Clubs AB: Abstract This article discusses the role of drug consumption in the lives of young "clubbers." Arguing that debates over the consumption of drugs & youth transitions both serve to "problematise" young people the suggestion is made that the role of drug consumption in dance-related settings remains largely misunderstood. As such, the article discusses qualitative data that taps into the nature of drug consumption in the pre, in & post-clubbing experience. This data reflects the way in which drug consumption provides a stabilising force in young people's lives. Drugs provide a resource through which young people create "parallel lives" that counter-balance the uncertainties of everyday life. Research into young people & drugs continues to be dominated by epidemiology, medicine & psychology. In contrast, this article advocates a meaning-centred approach which prioritises an analysis of the specific & apparently mundane cultural contexts in which young people consume drugs. References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:k.moore@salford.ac.uk] CD: CODEN AREREQ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Drug consumption; Dance; Sub-culture; Young people CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605920 JV: Journal Volume 12 JI: Journal Issue 6 JP: Journal Pages 507-523 DO: DOI 10.1080/16066350412331323083 CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). Pursuit of Ecstasy: The MDMA Experience. Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References Bennett, A. (2000). Popular Music and Youth Culture: Music, Identity and Place. New York: St Martin's Press. RE: References Boys, A, Marsden, J, Griffiths, P, Fountain, J, Stillwell, G & Strang, J (1999). Substance use among young people: the relationship between perceived functions and behavioural intentions. Addiction, 94, 7, 1043-1050. RE: References Centre for Addiction Studies. (2001). Drug-related Deaths as Reported by Coroners in England and Wales, Centre for Addiction Studies, London: St George's Hospital Medical School. RE: References Coles, B. (1995). Youth and Social Policy: Youth Citizenship and Young Careers, London: UCL Press Limited. RE: References Curran, H V & Morgan, C (2001). In and out of the K-hole: Acute and residual effects of ketamine in recreational users. Addiction, 96, 749-760. RE: References Degenhardt, L, Darke, S & Dillon, P (2002a). GHB use among Australians: characteristics, use patterns and associated harm. Drugs and Alcohol Dependence, Vol. 67, pp. 89-94. RE: References Degenhardt, L, Darke, S & Dillon, P (2002b). The prevalence and correlates of gamma-hydroxybuytrate (GHB) overdose amongst Australian users. Addiction, 98, 199-204. RE: References Drugscope. (2000). UK Drug Situation 2000: The UK Report to the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA), London: Drugscope, November. RE: References DrugScope. (September 2003). Ecstasy, www.drugscope.org. RE: References Drug Enforcement Administration. (2000). DEA Testimony of Richard A. Fiano before the Caucus on International Narcotics Control on July 25th 2000. Accessed at www.usdoj.gov/dea/pubs/engrtest/ct072500.htm, on September 20, 2000. RE: References European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiciton (EMCDDA). (December 1999). Methodological Guidelines to Estimate the Prevalence of Problem Drug Use on the Local Level. Lisbon: EMCDDA. RE: References Forsyth, A J M. (1996). Places and patterns of dance drug use in the Scottish dance scene. Addiction, 91, 511-521. RE: References Forsyth, A J M, Barnard, M & McKegany, N P (1997). Musical preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction, 92, 10, 1317-1325. RE: References France, A. (2000). Towards a sociological understanding of youth and their risk-taking. Journal of Youth Studies, 3, 3, 301-316. RE: References Furlong, A & Cartmel, F (1997). Young People and Social Change: Individualization and Risk in Late Modernity, Maidenhead: Open University Press. RE: References Hammersley, R, Maycock, B & Lower, T (1999). Patterns of ecstasy use by drug users'. British Journal of Criminology, 39, 625-647. RE: References Harding, W & Zinberg, N E (1977). The effectiveness of the subculture in developing rituals and social sanctions for controlled drug use. In: B.M. DuToit (Ed.) Drugs, Rituals and Altered States of Consciousness, Balkema: Rotterdam. RE: References Haslam, D. (1999). Manchester, England: the story of the pop cult city, London: Fourth Estate. RE: References Henderson, S. (1993). Women, Sexuality and Ecstasy Use - The Final Report, Manchester: Lifeline Publications. RE: References Henry, J. (2001). Illicit drugs today, 4th Annual Conference on Modern Management of Acute Medical Emergencies, 26-27th February 2001, London: Royal College of Physicians. RE: References Hunt, G & Evans, K (2003). Dancing and drugs: a cross-national exploration, Scenes, Subcultures and Tribes: Youth Culture in the 21st Century, British Sociological Association Youth Study Group Conference unpublished paper, University College Northampton, 11th-13th September 2003. RE: References Kelly, P. (2000). Youth as an artefact of expertise: problematizing the practice of youth studies in an age of uncertainty. Journal of Youth Studies, 3, 3, 301-316. RE: References Lalander, P. (2002). Who directs whom? Films and reality for young heroin users in a Swedish town. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 65-90. RE: References Lifeline. (1992). The Big Blue Book of Dance Drugs, Manchester: Lifeline. RE: References Macdonald, M. (2001). The Graffiti Subculture: Youth, Masculinity in London and New York. Basingstoke: Palgrave. RE: References Malbon, B. (1998). Clubbing: consumption, identity and the spatial practices of every-night life. In: Skelton, T. and G. Valentine (Eds) Cool Places: Geographies of Youth Cultures. 266-288 London: Routledge. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing: Dancing, Ecstasy and Vitality. London: Routledge. RE: References Martin, D. (1999). Power play and party politics: the significance of raving. Journal of Popular Culture, 32, 4, 77-99. RE: References McKay, G. (1998). DIY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain. New York: Verso. RE: References McElrath, K & McEnvoy, K (Forthcoming). Negative experiences on Ecstasy: The role of drug, set and setting. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs. RE: References McKay, G. (1998). DIY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain, London: Verso. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1994). Postmodernism and Popular Culture. London: Routledge. RE: References Measham, F, Parker, H & Aldridge, J (1998). The teenage transition: from adolescent recreational drug use to the young adult dance culture in Britain in the mid-1990s. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 1, 9-32. RE: References Measham, F, Alridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on Drugs: Risk, Health and Hedonism in the British Club Scene. New York: Free Association Books. Miles, S. (2000) Youth Lifestyles in a Changhing World. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Miles, S. (2000). Youth Lifestyles in a Charging World, Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Moore, K. (2003). The MASH research report: April 2003-October 2003, Centre for Research on Innovation and Competition (CRIC), University of Manchester, unpublished research report. RE: References Murray, K. (1989). The construction of identity in the narratives of romance and comedy. In J. Shotter and K. Gergen (Eds) Texts of Identity. London: Sage. RE: References Observer & ICM (April 2002). Dugs Uncovered: Observer Special. RE: References Parker, H, Alridge, J & Measham, F (1998). Illegal Leisure: The Normalisation of Adolescent Recreational Drug Use, Adolescence and Society. London: Routledge. RE: References Redhead, S. (1997). Subcultures to Clubcultures: An Introduction to Popular Cultural Studies. Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Redhead, S, Wynne, D & O'Conner, J (1998). The Clubcultures Reader: Readings in Popular Cultural Studies. Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1998). Rave culture: Living dream or living death? 84-93. In: S. Redhead (Ed.) The Clubcultures Reader, Malden, MA: Blackwell. RE: References Rietveld, H C. (1998). This is Our House: House Music, Cultural Spaces and Technologies. Brookfield: Ashgate. RE: References Roberts, K. (1995). Youth and Employment in Modern Britain, Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Shildrick, T. (2002). Young people, illicit drug use and the question of normalization theory. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 1, 35-48. RE: References Ter bogt, T, Engels, R, Hibbel, B, Van Wel, F & Verhagen, S (2002). Dancestasy: Dance and MDMA use in Dutch youth culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 157-82. RE: References Thomas, H. (1997). Dance in the City, MacMillan: London. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club Cultures: Music, Media and Subcultural Capital. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References Topp, L, Hando, J, Dillon, P, Roche, A & Solowij, N (1999). Ecstasy use in Australia: Patterns of use and associated harm. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 55, 105-115. RE: References UK Home Office. (2003). Prevalence of drug use: key findings from the 2002/03 British Crime Survey (Electronic), http://www.drugs.gov.uk/ReportsandPublications/ResearchDevelopmentStatisticsRDS /1070528652/RF229.pdf. RE: References Wright, M A W. (1999). The Symbolic Challenge of a New Cultural Movement: Ecstasy Use and the British Dance Scene, 1988-1998, Unpublished Doctoral thesis, Sociology Department, City University, London. Record 34 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Gender and Class in the Lives of Young Hairdressers: From Serious to Spectacular AU: Author Lindsay, Jo AF: Affiliation School Political & Social Inquiry, Monash U, Melbourne, Vic., Australia SO: Source Journal of Youth Studies, 2004, 7, 3, Sept, 259-277 IS: ISSN 1367-6261 DE: Descriptors *Sex; *Social Class; *Service Industries; *Australia; *Youth; *Wages; *Work Environment; *Sexual Division of Labor AB: Abstract This paper discusses the class & gender experiences of young Australian hairdressers at work, at leisure, & in relationships. Based on focus group data it was found that these young people negotiate a continuum between security ('the serious') & fun ('the spectacular') in both their work & social lives. The findings illustrate the dynamic nature of gender & class relations. I argue that relations of 'production' are more important than 'consumption' in shaping their lives. Difficult work conditions & low pay substantially constrain their participation in consumer culture & the opportunity for class mobility. Gender relations are in a state of flux; some take up new possibilities while others hold to traditional forms of femininity & masculinity. However, these diverse ways of doing gender are also constrained by a wider context that trivializes 'women's work' such as hairdressing. The serious to spectacular continuum is a useful way of describing the different ways these young people perform class & gender in their local context. It allows us to specify the possibilities for creativity & action within the constraints imposed by the wider gender & class order. 24 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:Jo.Lindsay@arts.monash.edu.au] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 1020 social differentiation; sociology of occupations & professions UD: Update 200503 AN: Accession Number 200504600 JV: Journal Volume 7 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 259-277 RE: References ABS. (1995). Australian Social Trends, Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra. RE: References ABS. (1997). Labour Statistics, Australia, Catalogue 6101.0, Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra. RE: References ABS. (2000). Labour Force Survey, Australia, Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra. RE: References Barret, M. (1992). `Words and things: materialism and method in contemporary feminist analysis', in Destabalizing Theory, eds M. Barret & A. Phillips, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Bradley, H. (1996). Fractured Identities: Changing Patterns of Inequality, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Cheal, D. (1999). New Poverty: Families in Postmodern Society, Greenwood Press, Westport, CT. RE: References Connell, R W. (1995). Masculinities, Allen and Unwin, Sydney. RE: References Connell, R W. (2002). Gender, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Crompton, R. (1998). Class and Stratification: An Introduction to Current Debates, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Dusseldorp Skills Forum. (1999). Australia's Young Adults: The Deepening Divide, Dusseldorp Skills Forum, Sydney. RE: References Eayrs, M A. (1993). Time, trust and hazard: hairdressers' symbolic roles. Symbolic Interaction, 16, 1, 19-37. RE: References Gimlin, D. (1996). Pamela's place: power and negotiation in the hair salon. Gender and Society, 10, 5, 505-523. RE: References Hochschild, A. (1983). The Managed Heart: Commercialisation of Human Feeling, University of California Press, Berkely. RE: References Jarvis, M & Wardle, J (1999). `Social patterning of individual health behaviours: the case of cigarette smoking', in Social Determinants of Health, eds M. Marmot & R. Wilinson, Oxford University Press, Oxford. RE: References Lash, S & Urry, J (1994). Economies of Signs and Space, Sage, London. RE: References Lindsay, J. (2001). Sex, drugs and drinking: health risks in the social lives of young workers. Youth Studies Australia, 20, 4, 11-18. RE: References Lindsay, J. (2003). "Partying hard", "partying sometimes" or "shopping": young workers socialising patterns and sexual, alcohol and illicit drug risk taking. Critical Public Health, 13, 1, 1-14. RE: References Marmot, M. (1997). Inequality, deprivation and alcohol use. Addiction, 1, S13-S20. RE: References Morgan, D & Krueger, R (1993). `When to use focus groups and why', in Successful Focus Groups, ed. D. Morgan, Sage, Thousand Oaks, CA. RE: References Pakulski, J & Waters, M (1996). The Death of Class, Sage, London. RE: References Siokou, C. (2002). Seeking the vibe: the Melbourne rave scene. Youth Studies Australia, 21, 1, 11-18. RE: References VicWRAPS ITB. (2002). Hairdressing Destination Survey of Hairdressing Graduates from Full Time and Apprenticeship Training, Victorian Wholesale, Retail & Personal Industry Training Board, Melbourne. RE: References Warr, D. (2001). The Practical Logic of Intimacy: An Analysis of Class Context for (Hetero)Sex-Related Health Issues, La Trobe University, Melbourne. RE: References Wilinson, R & Marmot, M (1998). Social Determinants of Health: The Solid Facts, World Health Organisation, Copenhagen. Record 35 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title 'Up for It, Mad for It? Women, Drug Use and Participation in Club Scenes' AU: Author Hutton, Fiona C AF: Affiliation Instit Criminology, School Social & Cultural Studies, Victoria U Wellington, New Zealand SO: Source Health, Risk & Society, 2004, 6, 3, Sept, 223-237 IS: ISSN 1369-8575 DE: Descriptors *Eating and Drinking Establishments; *Females; *Opposite Sex Relations; *Drug Abuse; *Sexual Behavior; *Risk; *Lifestyle; Femininity; Sexual Harassment AB: Abstract In this paper the meanings that participating in contemporary club scenes have for women are analysed in terms of risk & pleasure. The notion that club spaces provide an equal environment where women are free to participate without encountering sexual harassment from men is questioned, as is the assumption that all club spaces are the same. The differences between club spaces are discussed in terms of mainstreams & undergrounds & the implications that these different spaces have an impact on the women who choose a clubbing lifestyle. Previous accounts of women's sexual behaviour have focused on risk & danger. This extended analysis, by putting this behaviour into the context of drug use, risk and pleasure allows for a different reading of women's experiences. An ethnographic study using in-depth interviews, focus groups & participant observations was carried out to ascertain how women viewed their own participation in club scenes. The data suggests that women feel more comfortable in underground club spaces as they encounter less sexual harassment there, & that factors such as alcohol use & self- esteem are crucial in determining risk taking behaviour. The use of ecstasy itself was not seen as a precursor to risk taking behaviour. The negotiation of femininity & sexuality in club spaces is highlighted as problematic for the women concerned. In constructing identities within club spaces however, a positive femininity can be produced in opposition to traditional, passive images of femininity & sexuality. 24 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:fiona.hutton@vuw.ac.nz] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200506 AN: Accession Number 200511360 JV: Journal Volume 6 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 223-237 RE: References BECK, U. (1992). Risk Society: Towards a New Modernity (London, Sage). RE: References BUDGEON, S. (1998). 'I'll tell you what I really, really want': girl power and self-identity in Britain', in: S. INNESS (Ed) Millennium Girls, Today's Girls Around The World, pp. 115 143 (Oxford, Rowman and Littlefield). RE: References CHAN, W & RiGAKOS, G (2002). Risk, crime and gender, British Journal of Criminolgy, 42, pp. 743- 761. RE: References COLLIN, M. (1997). Altered State: The Story of Ecstasy Culture and Acid House, (London, Serpents Tail). RE: References FIELDING, N. (1993). Ethnography, in: N. GILBERT (Ed) Researching Social Life, pp. 145-163 (London, Sage). RE: References FINCH, J. (1993). It's great to have someone to talk to: the ethics of interviewing women, in: M. HAMMERSLEY (Ed) Social Research: Philosophy, Politics and Practice, pp. 166-180 (London, Sage). RE: References GIDDENS, A. (1991). The Consequences of Modernity, (Cambridge, Polity). RE: References GLASER, B & STRAUSS, A (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research, (Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company). RE: References HART, G. (1999). Risk and health: challenges and opportunity, Guest Editorial, Health, Risk and Society, 1, pp. 7-10. RE: References HENDERSON, S. (1992). Luved up and de-elited, in P. AGGLETON and G. HART (Eds) AIDS: Facing the Second Decade, pp. 119-130 (London, Falmer Press). RE: References HOLLAND, J, RAMAZANOGLU, C, SHARPE, S & THOMSON, R (1999). Feminist methodology and young people's sexuality, in: R. PARKER, and P. AGGLETON (Eds) Culture, Society and Sexuality: A Reader, pp. 457-473 (London, UCL Press). RE: References HOLLAND, J. (1992). Pressured Pleasure: Young Women and The Negotiation of Sexual Boundaries, (London: Tufnell Press (WRAP paper series;7)). RE: References KHON, M. (1992). Dope Girls; the Birth of the British Drug Underground, (London, Lawrence and Wishart). RE: References LEES, S. (1997). Ruling Passions Sexual Violence Reputations and the Law, (Buckingham, Open University Press). RE: References LovATT, A & PURKis, J (1996). Shouting in the street: popular culture, values and the new ethnography, in: J. O'CONNOR and D. WYNNE (Eds) From the Margins to the Centre: Cultural Production and Consumption in the Post Industrial City, pp. 249-274 (Aldershot, Arena). RE: References LUPTON, D & TULLOCK, J (2002). Life would be pretty dull without risk: voluntary risk taking and its pleasures, Health. Risk and Society, 4, 113-124. RE: References MCROBBIE, A. (1994). Shut up and dance: youth culture and changing modes of femininity, in: A. MCROBBIE (Ed.) Post Modernism and Popular Culture, pp 155-176 (London, Routledge). RE: References MERRYWEATHER, D. (2003). I Will If You Will The Performativity of Risk in the Construction of Youth Identities unpublished conference paper given to the BSA annual conference 2003. RE: References REDHEAD, S. (1993). Rave Off.- Politics and Deviance in Contemporary Youth Culture, (Avebury, Popular Cultural Studies) 1. RE: References SHARPE, S. (1976). 'Just Like a Girl': How Girls Learn to be Women, (New York, Penguin). RE: References SKEGGS, B. (2001). The Toilet Paper: Femininity, Class and Mis-Recognition, Women's Studies International Forum, 24, pp. 295-307. RE: References SKELTON, T & VALENTINE, G (1998). Cool Places: Geographies of Youth Cultures, (London, Routledge). RE: References STANKO, E. (1990). Everyday Violence: How Women and Men Experience Sexual and Physical Danger (London, Pandora). RE: References THORNTON, S. (1995). Club Cultures, (Cambridge, polity press). Record 36 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Trends in Adolescent Alcohol and Other Drug Use: Findings from Three Sentinel Sites in South Africa (1997-2001) AU: Author Parry, Charles D H; Myers, Bronwyn; Morojele, Neo K; Flisher, Alan J; Bhana, Arvin; Donson, Hilton; Pluddemann, Andreas AF: Affiliation Alcohol & Drug Abuse Research Group, Medical Research Council South Africa, Tygerberg, Cape Town SO: Source Journal of Adolescence, 2004, 27, 4, Aug, 429-440 IS: ISSN 0140-1971 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Alcohol Abuse; *Adolescents; *South Africa AB: Abstract This paper aims to provide surveillance information about the extent & consequences of alcohol & other drug (AOD) use by adolescents for three sentinel sites in South Africa (Cape Town, Durban & Gauteng province). From 1997 to 2001, data were gathered from multiple sources, including specialist treatment centres, trauma units, school students, rave party attenders, & arrestees. Since the start of surveillance, an increasing proportion of South African adolescents are using AODs. Surveys point to high levels of alcohol misuse among high school students, with alcohol being the most common substance of abuse. Cannabis is the most frequently reported illicit drug of abuse among adolescents. This is reflected in the large proportion of adolescents receiving treatment for cannabis, cannabis-positive arrestees, & cannabis-positive trauma patients. Cannabis smoked together with methaqualone is the second most common primary drug of abuse in Cape Town. Arrestee data highlights the potentially negative effect of adolescent methaqualone use. Cocaine & heroin are emerging as problem drugs of abuse among adolescents in large metropolitan centres. Ecstasy (MDMA) use occurs mainly among adolescents who attend rave parties & clubs. The study points to the need for AOD intervention programmes that target young people & the need for continued monitoring of adolescent AOD use in the future. 4 Tables, 20 References. [Copyright 2004 Association for Professionals in Services for Adolescents. Published by Elsevier Ltd.]. EA: Email Address [mailto:charles.parry@mrc.ac.za] CD: CODEN JOADE8 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Netherlands CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth. 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200501 AN: Accession Number 200502459 JV: Journal Volume 27 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 429-440 RE: References Bhana, A, Flisher, A J & Parry, C D H (1998). School survey of substance use among students in Grades 8 and 11 in the Durban metro region. Southern African Journal of Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 11, 131. RE: References Flisher, A J, Parry, C D H, Evans, J, Muller, M & Lombard, C (2003). Substance use by adolescents in Cape Town: Prevalence and correlates. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 58-65. RE: References Flisher, A J, Ziervogel, C F & Charlton, D O (1996). Risk taking behaviour of Cape Peninsula High School students. South African Medical Journal, 86, 1094-1098 Part X. Multivariate relationships among behaviours. RE: References Gilramy, E. (2000). Substance abuse in young people. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 55-80. RE: References Johnson, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2001). Monitoring the future. National results on adolescent drug use. Overview of key findings, 2000. Bethesda: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Ladikos, T. (2000). Views of learners on drugs and related matters in the Pretoria area. In A. Pluddemann, P. Cerff, C.D.H. Parry, & A. Bhana (Eds.), South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): Monitoring alcohol and drug abuse trends in South Africa. Proceedings of SACENDU report back meetings, October 2000 (Phase 8), January to June 2000. Parow: Medical Research Council. RE: References Leggett, T. (1999). Youth and club drugs: The need for a national drug database. Crime and Conflict, 16, 5-11. RE: References Leggett, T. (2000). Global study on drug markets: the drug markets of Johannesburg. Pretoria, United Nations Office of Drug Control and Crime Prevention. RE: References Miller, T R, Lesting, D C & Smith, G S (2001). Injury risk among medically identified alcohol and drug abusers. Alcohol: Clinical and Experimental Research, 25, 54-59. RE: References Oosthuysen, G. (1998). South Africa in the global drug network. In The South African Institute of International Affairs (Ed.), The illegal drug trade in Southern Africa: International dimensions to a local crisis. Johannesberg: SAIIA. RE: References Parry, C D H & Bennetts, A L (1998). Alcohol policy and public health in South Africa. Cape Town: Oxford University Press. RE: References Parry, C D H, Bhana, A, Myers, B, Pluddemann, A, Siegfried, N, Morojele, N, Flisher, A J & Kozel, N J (2002). The South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): description, findings (1997-1999), and policy implications. Addiction, 97, 969-976. RE: References Parry, C D H & Karim, Q A (1999). Country Report: Substance abuse and HIV/AIDS in South Africa. 1999 Global Research Network Meeting on HIV prevention in drug-using populations. Second Annual Report Meeting. August 26-28, 1999. Atlanta: Georgia. RE: References Peden, M, Van der Spuy, J & Smith, P (2000). Substance abuse and trauma in Cape Town. The South African Medical Journal, 90, 251-255. RE: References Rocha-Silva, L & Stahmer, I (1996). Nature, extent and development of alcohol/drug-related crime. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council. RE: References Statistics South Africa. (1998). The people of South Africa: population census, 1996. Census in brief. Pretoria: Statistics South Africa. RE: References Stoelb, M. (1998). A process model for assessing adolescent risk for suicide. Journal of Adolescence, 21, 359-370. RE: References Sutherland, I & Shepherd, J P (2001). Social dimensions of adolescent substance use. Addiction, 96, 445-458. RE: References Wilmers, A. (1999). Ecstasy use in the Johannesburg rave culture. In C.D.H. Parry, M. Lowri, & A. Bhana, (Eds.), South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): monitoring alcohol and drug abuse trends. Proceedings of report back meetings, October 1999 (Phase 6), January to June 1999 (pp. 15-20). Parow: Medical Research Council. RE: References Zhang, L & Wieczorek, W (1997). The impact of age of onset of substance use on delinquency. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 34, 253-270. Record 37 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Betwixt and Be Tween: Age Ambiguity and the Sexualization of the Female Consuming Subject AU: Author Cook, Daniel Thomas; Kaiser, Susan B AF: Affiliation Dept Advertising, U Illinois, Urbana-Champaign SO: Source Journal of Consumer Culture, 2004, 4, 2, July, 203-227 IS: ISSN 1469-5405 DE: Descriptors *Children; *Females; *Clothing; *Consumption; *Sexuality; *Consumerism; Post World War II Period AB: Abstract In this article, we argue that what is now known as the 'tween' cannot be understood apart from its inception in, & articulation with, the market exigencies of childhood - specifically girlhood - as they have emerged since the Second World War. Drawing upon trade discourses from the children's clothing industry since the 1940s, interviews with children & views expressed by children's market observers, we demonstrate how 'the tween' (or subteen/preteen) has been constructed & maintained as an ambiguous, age-delineated marketing & merchandising category. This category tends to produce & reproduce a 'female consuming subject' who has generally been presumed to be white, middle or upper middle class & heterosexual. Building upon historical materials, we focus much of our efforts on analyzing contemporary cultural commercial iterations of the tween as they have arisen since the early 1990s, a time when clothing makers & entrepreneurs of childhood redoubled their efforts to define a market semantic space for the Tween on the continuum of age-based goods & meanings. 1 Figure, 61 References. [Reprinted by permission of Sage Publications Ltd., copyright 2004.]. EA: Email Address [mailto:dtcook@uiuc.edu] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 0749 social change and economic development; market structures & consumer behavior. 1938 the family and socialization; sociology of the child UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200422938 JV: Journal Volume 4 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 203-227 RE: References Acuff, Dan. (1997). What Kids Buy and Why. New York: Free Press. RE: References Akst, Daniel. (1999). Caught with Their Pants on. 7 Feb., New York Times, BU4. RE: References Albert, Helen. (1967). The Cosmetic Whirl: How It's Reaching Children. Aug., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 127. RE: References Aries, Philippe. (1962). Centuries of Childhood. New York: Vintage. RE: References Azoulay, Julia Fein. (2001). Retail Watch: Rave Girl, Zutopia, Limited Too. Feb., Tween Business: Supplement to Children's Business, 8-11. RE: References Bell, Quentin. (1978). On Human Finery (2nd edn). New York: Schocken Books. RE: References Bourdieu, Pierre. (1983). Distinction. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Breen, Mildred. (1955). What Is the Retailer Doing for the Subteen. Jan., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 83. RE: References Brumberg, Joan. (1997). The Body Project: An Intimate History of American Girls. New York: Random House. RE: References Burton, Susan. (2002). Questions for Barbara Segal: About a Doll. 19 Dec., New York Times, 11. RE: References Chin, Elizabeth. (2001). Purchasing Power: Black Kids and American Consumer Culture. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Condor, Bob. (1996). Reflections: Obsession with Body Image Usually the Working of Girls' Self-esteem. 28 Apr., Chicago Tribune Womannews, 1, 6. RE: References Cook, Daniel Thomas. (2004). The Commodification of Childhood: The Children's Wear Industry and the Rise of the Child Consumer. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Cool, Lisa Collier. (2001). The Secret Sex Lives of Kids. Mar., Ladies Home Journal, 156-9. RE: References Davis, Fred. (1992). Fashion, Culture, and Identity. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Day, Julia. (2002). `Cosmo Girl Makes Successful Debut', URL: http://media.guardian.co.uk. 15 Feb., Guardian Unlimited. RE: References Dechter, Martin. (1961). Subteens: How They Grew. Mar., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 48. RE: References Donnally, Trish. (1999). In Tune with Tweens. 24 Aug., San Francisco Chronicle, E1-2. RE: References Dumbar, Flanders. (1962). Why Teens Dress that Way. Parents, 37, 8, 43, 80. RE: References Ebenkamp, Becky. (1998). Sara Lee Repackages Youthful Underwear to Better Draw Juniors. Brandweek, 39, 1, 36. RE: References Egan, Jennifer. (1996). James Is a Girl. 4 Feb., New York Times, 26-35, 38-9, 51-2, 63. RE: References Elkind, David. (1981). The Hurried Child: Growing Up Too Fast Too Soon. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. RE: References Ewing, Elizabeth. (1987). Dress and Undress. New York: Drama Book Specialists. RE: References Fairchild Teens and Tweens Conference White Paper. (2002). Le Meridien, Beverly Hills, CA. 21-2 March, New York: Fairchild Summits. RE: References Fitzgerald, Mark. (1992). Targeting Tweens. Editor and Publisher, 124, 34, 22-3. RE: References Ford, E A. (1960). Organizational Pattern of the Nation's Public Secondary Schools. May, School Life, 42, 1-14. RE: References Giroux, Henry. (2000). Stealing Innocence: Corporate Culture's War on Children. New York: Palgrave. RE: References Guber, Selina & Berry, Jon (1993). Marketing To and Through Kids. New York: McGraw-Hill. RE: References Hall, Carol. (1987). Tween PowerZ: Youth's Middle Tier Comes of Age. Oct., Marketing and Media Decisions, 56-62. RE: References Hethorn, Janet & Kaiser, Susan (1998). Youth Style: Articulating Cultural Anxiety. Visual Sociology, 14, 109-25. RE: References Higonnet, Anne. (1998). Pictures of Innocence: The History and Crisis of Ideal Childhood. New York and London: Thames and Hudson. RE: References Hymowitz, Kay. (2000). Ready or Not: What Happens When We Treat Children as Small Adults. San Francisco, CA: Encounter Books. RE: References Jarrell, Anne. (2000). The Face of Teenage Sex Grows Younger. 3 Apr., New York Times, B1, B8. RE: References Kuczynski, Alex. (2002). She's Got to Be a Macho Girl. 3 Nov., New York Times Sunday Styles, ST1, 12. RE: References Lynott, Patricia Passuth & Logue, Barbara (1993). The ``Hurried Child'': The Myth of Lost Childhood in Contemporary American Society. Sociological Forum, 8, 3, 471-91. RE: References McNeal, James. (1992). Kids as Customers: A Handbook of Marketing to Children. New York: Lexington Books. RE: References McRobbie, Angela & Garber, Jenny (1997). `Girls and Subcultures', in Ken Gelder and Sarah Thornton (eds) The Subcultures Reader, London and New York: Routledge. 112-20. RE: References Marr, O J. (1954). Good Subteen Selections Are a Scission Specialty. May, Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 65. RE: References Merton, Robert K. (1957). Social Theory and Social Structure. London: Collier-Macmillan. RE: References Meyrowitz, Joshua. (1985). No Sense of Place. New York: Oxford University Press. RE: References Nieder, Alison & Figueroa, Claudia (2001). `Tweens Take off', URL (consulted March 2004): http://www.apparelnews.net/Archive/050401/News/newsfeat.html. 4 May, California Apparel News. RE: References Olds, Sally Wendkos & Papalia, Diane (1990). Are Kids Growing up too Fast. Mar., Redbook, 174, 91-8. RE: References Packard, Vance. (1983). Our Endangered Children. Boston, MA: Little, Brown. RE: References Palladino, Grace. (1996). Teenagers. New York: Basic Books. RE: References Paoletti, Jo & Kregloh, Carol (1989). `The Children's Department', in Claudia Kidwell and Valerie Steele (eds) Men and Women: Dressing the Part, Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. 22-41. RE: References Paturis, Cleo. (1961). Are Subteen Dresses Becoming too Sophisticated. Sept., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 76. RE: References Phillipps, Debra. (1999). Tween Beat. Sept., Entrepreneur, 126-32. RE: References Postman, Neil. (1982). The Disappearance of Childhood. New York: Laurel. RE: References Reimann, Marge. (1955). Dual Purpose Costumes Please the Subteen. Dec., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 70, 72. RE: References Rogers, M. (1999). Barbie Culture. London: Sage. RE: References Russel, Rachel & Tyler, Melissa (2004). `Branding and Bricolage: Gender and Tweenage Consumption in Transitional Spaces', unpublished manuscript presented at `Pluridisciplinary Perspectives on Child and Teen Consumption', University of Poitiers, France. March. RE: References Schneider, Virginia. (1958). Subteen Space Holds Them Longer. Jan., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 88-9. RE: References Simmel, Georg. (1971[1903]). `Fashion', in On Individuality and Social Forms (ed. 294-323 Donald Levine), Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Stone, Gregory. (1965). `Appearance and the Self', in Mary Ellen Roach and Joanne Eicher (eds) Dress, Adornment, and the Social Order, New York: John Wiley. 216-45. RE: References Suransky, Valerie. (1982). The Erosion of Childhood. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Tucker, Lauren. (1998). The Framing of Calvin Klein: A Frame Analysis of Media Discourse about the August 1995 Calvin Klein Jeans Advertising Campaign. Critical Studies in Mass Communication, 15, 141-57. RE: References Veblen, Thorstein. (1967[1899]). The Theory of the Leisure Class. New York: Penguin. RE: References Waldrop, Judith. (1992). The Tween Scene. Sept., American Demographics, 4. RE: References Walkerdine, Valerie. (1998). `Popular Culture and the Eroticization of Little Girls', in Henry Jenkins (ed.) The Children's Culture Reader, New York: New York University Press. 254-64. RE: References Youman, Irene. (1956). How to Fit a Subteen's Bra. Jan., Earnshaw's Infants' and Children's Merchandiser, 30. RE: References Zamichow, Nora. (1999). Flap over the Strap. 24 Aug., San Francisco Chronicle, E8. Record 38 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Women's Experiences of Cervical Cellular Changes: An Unintentional Transition from Health to Liminality? AU: Author Forss, Anette; Tishelman, Carol; Widmark, Catarina; Sachs, Lisbeth AF: Affiliation Dept Nursing, Karolinska Instit, Huddinge, Sweden SO: Source Sociology of Health and Illness, 2004, 26, 3, Apr, 306-325 IS: ISSN 0141-9889 DE: Descriptors *Cancer; *Females; *Tests; *Liminality; *Medical Technology; *Womens Health Care; *Prevention; Sweden AB: Abstract Cervical cancer screening is a preventive intervention directed toward women to both detect cervical cancer & identify those at risk for developing this disease. It has been argued that participation in screening programs & early detection situations may lead to new kinds of sickness experiences. This article is based on qualitative phenomenological hermeneutical analysis of interviews with women who have received abnormal Pap smear test results through a population-based, outreach screening program in urban Sweden. The aim of this article is to illuminate the meaning, for the participating women, of the lived experience of receiving notification about an abnormal Pap smear result. The data are presented in terms of two themes: Pap smear for routine & recurrent confirmation of health & unexpected & ambiguous communication about Pap smear results. The findings are discussed as an unintentional transition from confirmation of health to liminality. Whereas medical diagnosis has been discussed as structuring the inchoate, an abnormal Pap smear did not create order for the interviewed women. On the contrary, the notification of an abnormal Pap smear created disorder as the women had expected to be confirmed as healthy but instead neither health nor disease were confirmed or excluded. Even 'simple' technology is shown to have an ontological dimension, with the ability to transform daily taken-for-grantedness of ourselves as primarily healthy to (potentially) unhealthy. 57 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:anette.forss@phs.ki.se] CD: CODEN SHILDJ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 2045 sociology of health and medicine; sociology of medicine & health care UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200413440 JV: Journal Volume 26 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 306-325 RE: References Armstrong, D. (1995). The rise of surveillance medicine. Sociology of Health and Illness, 17, 393-404. RE: References Barrett, R J. (1998). The `schizophrenic' and the liminal persona in modern society. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 22, 465-94. RE: References Bell, S, Porter, M, Kitchener, H, Fraser, C, Fisher, P & Mann, E (1995). Psychological response to cervical screening. Preventive Medicine, 24, 610-16. RE: References Benner, P. (1994). The tradition and skill of interpretive phenomenology in studying health, illness and caring practices. In Benner, P. (ed.) Interpretive Phenomenology: Embodiment, Caring and Ethics in Health and Illness. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage Publications, Inc. RE: References Beresford, J & Gervaize, P (1986). The emotional impact of abnormal Pap smears on patients referred for colposcopy. Colposcopy and Gynecologic Laser Surgery, 2, 83-7. RE: References Beronius, M. (1994). Bidrag till de sociala undersokningarnas historia -- eller till den vetenskapliggjorda moralens genealogi (Contribution to the History of Social Inquiries -- or to the Genealogy of the Scientified Morals). Stockholm: Brutus Ostlings Bokforlag Symposion. RE: References Bjork, S & Hagstrom, H G (2001). Vad betyder cellforandringarna? Dalig infomation om avvikande cytologprov skapar onodig oro (Anxiety caused by abnormal results of cervical smear test: two groups of women studied). Lakartidningen, 98, 2796-800. RE: References Bush, J. (2000). `It's just part of being a woman': cervical screening, the body and femininity. Social Science and Medicine, 50, 429-44. RE: References Eaker, S, Adami, H O & Sparen, P (2001a). Attitudes to screening for cervical cancer: a population-based study in Sweden. Cancer Causes and Control, 12, 519-28. RE: References Eaker, S, Adami, H O & Sparen, P (2001b). Reasons women do not attend screening for cervical cancer: a population-based study in Sweden. Preventive Medicine, 32, 482-91. RE: References Fisher, S. (1986). In the Patient's Best Interest: Women and the Politics of Medical Decisions. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers Univ. Press. RE: References Forss, A, Tishelman, C, Widmark, C, Lundgren, E L, Sachs, L & Tornberg, S (2001). `I got a letter ...' A qualitative study of women's reasoning about attendance in a cervical cancer screening programme in urban Sweden. Psycho-Oncology, 10, 76-87. RE: References Foster, P & Anderson, M (1998). Reaching targets in the national cervical screening programme: are current practices unethical. Journal of Medical Ethics, 24, 151-57. RE: References Fylan, F. (1998). Screening for cervical cancer: a review of women's attitudes, knowledge and behaviour. British Journal of General Practice, 48, 1509-14. RE: References Van Gennep, A. (1960/1909). The Rites of Passage. [Les Rites de Passage]. Introduction by Kimball, S.T. Translated by Vizedom M.B. and Caffee, G.L. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. RE: References Gerholm, T. (1988). On ritual: a postmodernist view. Ethnos, 53, 3/4, 190-203. RE: References Gifford, S M. (1986). The meaning of lumps: a case study of the ambiguities of risk. In Janes, C.R., Stall, R. and Gifford, S.M. (eds) Anthropology and Epidemiology: Interdisciplinary Approaches to the Study of Health and Disease. Dordrecht: Reidel Publishing Co. RE: References Greimel, E R, Gappmayer-Locker, E, Girardi, F L & Huber, H P (1997). Increasing women's knowledge and satisfaction with cervical cancer screening. Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynecology, 18, 273-79. RE: References Howson, A. (1999). Cervical screening, compliance and moral obligation. Sociology of Health and Illness, 21, 401-25. RE: References Howson, A. (2001). Locating uncertainties in cervical screening. Health, Risk and Society, 3, 167-79. RE: References Ibbotson, T & Wyke, S (1995). A review of cervical cancer and cervical screening: implications for nursing practice. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 22, 745-52. RE: References Idestrom, M, Milsom, I & Andersson-Ellstrom, A (2002). Knowledge and attitudes about the Pap-smear screening program: a population-based study of women aged 20-59 years. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavia, 81, 962-67. RE: References Karlsson, G. (1993). Psychological Qualitative Research from a Phenomenological Perspective. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell International. RE: References Kaufert, P A. (2000). Screening the body: the Pap smear and the mammogram. In Lock, M., Young, A. and Cambrosio, A. (eds) Living and Working with the New Medical Technologies: Intersections of Inquiry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Kavanagh, A M & Broom, D H (1997). Women's understanding of abnormal cervical smear test results: a qualitative interview study. British Medical Journal, 314, 1388-91. RE: References Kavanagh, A M & Broom, D H (1998). Embodied risk: my body, myself. Social Science and Medicine, 46, 437-44. RE: References Kirmayer, L J. (1994). Improvisation and authority in illness meaning. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 18, 183-214. RE: References Lauver, D R, Kruse, K & Baggot, A (1999). Women's uncertainties, coping, and moods regarding abnormal Papanicolaou results. Journal of Women's Health and Gender-Based Medicine, 8, 1103-12. RE: References Leonard, V W. (1994). A Heideggerian phenomenological perspective on the concept of the person. In Benner, P. (ed.) Interpretive Phenomenology: Embodiment, Caring and Ethics in Health and Illness. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage Publications, Inc. RE: References Lerman, C, Miller, S, Scarborough, R, Hajani, P, Nolte, S & Smith, D (1991). Adverse psychologic consequences of positive cytologic cervical screening. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 165, 658-62. RE: References Little, M, Jordens, C, Paul, K, Montgomery, K & Philipson, B (1998). Liminality: a major category of the experience of cancer illness. Social Science and Medicine, 47, 1485-94. RE: References Lundgren, E L, Tishelman, C, Widmark, C, Forss, A, Sachs, L & Tornberg, S (2000). Midwives' descriptions of their familiarity with cancer: a qualitative study of midwives working with population-based cervical cancer screening in urban Sweden. Cancer Nursing, 23, 392-400. RE: References McKie, L. (1995). The art of surveillance or reasonable prevention? The case of cervical screening. Sociology of Health and Illness, 17, 441-57. RE: References National Board of Health and Welfare. (1982). Principles and Routines for Gynaecological Screening. 1 [Socialstyrelsen. Principer och rutiner for Gynekologisk halsokontroll. Rapport fran Socialstyrelsens expertgrupp, Remisshandling] Stockholm: PM 1982. RE: References National Board of Health and Welfare. (1998). Gynaecological Smear Control. 15 Proposition for a Screening Program [Socialstyrelsen. Gynekologisk cellprovskontroll. Forslag till screeningprogram] SoS-rapport 1998. RE: References Olin Lauritzen, S & Sachs, L (2001). Normality, risk and the future: implicit communication of threat in health surveillance. Sociology of Health and Illness, 23, 497-516. RE: References Pettersson, F. (1991). Efficacy of cervical cancer screening. Medical Oncology and Tumor Pharmacotherapy, 8, 175-81. RE: References Posner, T. (1993). Ethical issues and the individual woman in cancer screening programmes. Journal of Advances in Health and Nursing Care, 2, 55-69. RE: References Posner, T & Vessey, M (1988). Prevention of Cervical Cancer: the Patient's View. London: King Edward's Hospital Fund for London. RE: References Rajaram, S S, Hill, J, Rave, C & Crabtree, B F (1997). A biographical disruption: the case of an abnormal Pap smear. Health Care for Women International, 18, 521-31. RE: References Sachs, L. (1995). Is there a pathology of prevention? The implications of visualizing the invisible in screening programs. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 19, 503-25. RE: References Sarkadi, A, Widmark, C, Tornberg, S & Tishelman, C The `hows', `whos', and `whens' of screening: gynaecologists' perspectives on cervical cancer screening in urban Sweden, Social Science and Medicine. in press. RE: References Singleton, V. (1995). Networking constructions of gender and constructing gender networks: considering definitions of woman in the British cervical screening programme. In Grint, K. and Gill, R. (eds) The Gender-technology Relation: Contemporary Theory and Research. Bristol, PA: Taylor and Francis. RE: References Singleton, V. (1996). Feminism, sociology of scientific knowledge and postmodernism: politics, theory and me. Social Studies of Science, 26, 445-68. RE: References Somerset, M & Peters, T J (1998). Intervening to reduce anxiety for women with mild dyskaryosis: do we know what works and why. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 28, 563-70. RE: References Swedish Council on Technology Assessment in Health Care (SBU). (1996). Screening as technology. International Journal of Cancer, Suppl. 9, 13-7 In Mass screening for prostate cancer. RE: References Ten Have, H M J. (1995). Medical technology assessment and ethics: ambivalent relations. Hastings Center Report, 25, 5, 13-9. RE: References Tishelman, C & Sachs, L (1992). Hopes and expectations of Swedish cancer patients: contradictions surrounding patient satisfaction with care. Psycho-Oncology, 1, 253-68. RE: References Tishelman, C, Forss, A, Sachs, L, Lundgren, E L, Widmark, C & Tornberg, S (1999). Research on risk and risk in research: theoretical and practical experiences from a multi-disciplinary study on cervical cancer screening in urban Sweden. Qualitative Health Research, 9, 45-60. RE: References Tishelman, C, Lundgren, E L, Skald, A, Tornberg, S & Wilde Larsson, B (2002). Quality of care from a patient perspective in population-based cervical cancer screening. Acta Oncologica, 41, 253-61. RE: References Tornberg, S. (2001). Personal communication. RE: References Turner, V. (1967). Betwixt and between: the liminal period in rites de passage. In The Forest of Symbols: Aspects of Ndembu Ritual. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press. RE: References Turner, V. (1995/1969). Liminality and communitas, In The Ritual Process: Structure and Anti-Structure. New York: Aldine de Gruyter. RE: References Waldenstrom, U. (1981). Gynekologisk halsokontroll -- hur tar vi hand om den oro vi skapar? (Cervical cancer screening -- how do we take care of anxiety caused by false positive test results?). Lakartidningen, 78, 3255. RE: References Wardle, J & Pope, R (1992). The psychological costs of screening for cancer. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 36, 609-24. RE: References Widmark, C, Tishelman, C, Lundgren, E L, Forss, A, Sachs, L & Tornberg, S (1998). Opportunities and burdens for nurse-midwives working in primary health care: an example from population-based cervical cancer screening in urban Sweden. Journal of Nurse-Midwifery, 43, 530-40. RE: References Wilkinson, C, Jones, J M & McBride, J (1990). Anxiety caused by abnormal result of cervical smear test: a controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 300, 440. Record 39 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title When Politics Goes Pop: On the Intersections of Popular and Political Culture and the Case of Serbian Student Protests AU: Author Steinberg, Marc W AF: Affiliation Smith Coll, Northampton, MA SO: Source Social Movement Studies, 2004, 3, 1, Apr, 3-29 IS: ISSN 1474-2837 DE: Descriptors *Popular Culture; *Music; *Social Movements; *Serbia, Yugoslavia; *Protest Movements; *College Students; *Political Culture AB: Abstract Drawing from work in dialogic theory & cultural studies, this paper provides a perspective on how popular music becomes a facet of social movements. It critiques current work in the social movement literatures analyzing the role of pop in mobilization & collective action, & explores how dialogic analysis & selected work in cultural studies can expand extant perspectives on the role of framing, collective identity, emotions, & narrative to include pop music. The perspective is illustrated through an analysis of the use of rock music in episodes of student protest against the Milosevic regime in Serbia in 1996/97 & 2000. 118 References. Adapted from the source document. LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 0826 mass phenomena; social movements UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200417088 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 3-29 RE: References Aminzade, R & McAdam, D (2001). `Emotions in Contentious Politics', R. 14-50 A. Aminzade, J. A. Goldstone, D. McAdam, E. J. Perry, W. H. Sewell Jr, S. Tarrow and C. Tilly, Silence and Voice in Contentious Politics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Babovic, M. (1999). `Potential for an Active Society', in M. 33-59 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Babovic, M, Cvejic, S & Vuletic, V (1997). Belgrade Protest 96/97. Sociolojija, 39, 1, 15-29. RE: References Bakhtin, M M. (1986). Speech Genres and Other Late Essays, trans. V. W. McGee, ed. C. Emerson M. Holquist, Austin: University of Texas Press. RE: References Bakic-Hayden, M. (1995). Nesting Orientalisms: The Case of Former Yugoslavia. Slavic Review, 54, 4, 917-31. RE: References Bakic-Hayden, M & Hayden, R M (1992). Orientalist Variations on the Theme "Balkans": Symbolic Geography in Recent Yugoslav Cultural Politics. Slavic Review, 51, 1, 1-15. RE: References Barker, C. (2001). `Fear, Laughter, and Collective Power: The Making of Solidarity at the Lenin Shipyard in Gdansk, Poland, August 1980', in J. 175-94 Goodwin, J. Jasper F. Polletta (eds) Passionate Politics: Emotions and Social Movements, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Bayton, M. (1998). Frock Rock: Women Performing Popular Music, Oxford: Oxford University Press. RE: References Benford, R D & Snow, D A (2000). Framing Processes and Social Movements: An Overview and Assessment. Annual Review of Sociology, 26, 611-39. RE: References Bennett, A. (1999). Subcultures or Neo-tribes?: Rethinking the Relationship between Youth, Style, and Musical Taste. Sociology, 33, 3, 599-617. RE: References Bennett, A, Frith, S, Grossberg, L, Shepherd, J & Turner, G (1993). Rock and Popular Music: Politics, Policies, Institutions, London: Routledge. RE: References Binder, D. (1997). Belgrade Student Demonstrators. South Slav Journal, 18, 1-2, 78-81. RE: References Blagojevic, M. (1999). `The Walks in a Gender Perspective', in M. 113-27 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Brandist, C. (1996a). Gramsci, Bakhtin and the Semiotics of Hegemony. New Left Review, 246, 94-109. RE: References Brandist, C. (1996b). The Official and the Popular in Gramsci and Bakhtin. Theory, Culture and Society, 13, 2, 59-74. RE: References Brankovic, S. (1995). `Social Class and Political Affiliation', in V. 69-91 Goati (ed.) Challenges of Parliamentarianism: The Case of Serbia in the Early Nineties, Belgrade: Institute of Social Sciences. RE: References Burkitt, I. (1998). `The Death and Rebirth of the Author: The Bakhtin Circle and Bourdieu on Individuality, Language and Representation', in M. 163-80 Mayerfield Bell M. Gardiner (eds) Bakhtin and the Human Sciences, London: Sage. RE: References Cickaric, L. (1997). A Contribution to the Socio-cultural Analysis of the Student Movement. Sociologica, 39, 1, 51-71. RE: References Cloonan, M. (1997). State of the Nation; "Englishness", Pop and Politics in the Mid-1990s. Popular Music, 21, 2, 47-70. RE: References Cloonan, M. (1999). Pop and the Nation-state: Towards a Theorisation. Popular Music, 18, 2, 193-207. RE: References Cohen, L J. (2001). Serpent in the Bosom: The Rise and Fall of Slobodan Milosevic, Boulder: Westview Press. RE: References Cohen, P J. (1996). `The Complicity of Serbian Intellectuals in the Genocide of the 1990s', in T. 39-64 Cushman S. G. Mestrovic (eds) This Time We Knew: Western Responses to Genocide in Bosnia, New York: New York University Press. RE: References Collin, M. (2001). This is Serbia Calling: Rock `n' Roll and Belgrade's Underground Resistance, London: Serpent's Tail. RE: References Crossley, N. (1999). Fish, Field, Habitus and Madness: The First Wave Mental Health Users Movement in Great Britain. The British Journal of Sociology, 50, 4, 647-70. RE: References Crossley, N. (2002). Making Sense of Social Movements, Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Cushman, T. (1995). Notes from Underground: Rock Music Counterculture in Russia, Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. RE: References Cvejic, S. (1999). `General Character of the Protest and the Prospects for Democratization in Serbia', in M. 60-77 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Davis, J E. (2001). `Narratives and Social Movements: The Power of Stories', in J. 3-30 E. Davis (ed.) Stories of Change: Narrative and Social Movements, Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References DeNora, T. (2000). Music in Everyday Life, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Dragicevic-Sesic, M. (1997). Street as a Political Space: The Space of Carnivalization. Sociologica, 39, 1, 95-110. RE: References Edmondson, A C. (1987). A Fuller Explanation: The Synergetic Geometry of R. Buckminster Fuller, Boston: Birkhauser. RE: References Eyerman, R & Jamison, A (1998). Music and Social Movements: Mobilizing Traditions in the Twentieth Century, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Fikentscher, K. (2000). `You Better Work!': Music, Dance, and Marginality in Underground Dance Clubs of New York City, Hanover, NH: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References Frith, S. (1996). Performing Rites: On the Value of Popular Music, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Fuchs, C. (1998). `If I Had a Dick: Queers, Punks, and Alternative Acts', in T. 105-18 Swiss, J. Sloop A. Herman (eds) Mapping the Beat: Popular Music and Contemporary Theory, Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Gamson, J. (1996). The Organizational Shaping of Collective Identity: The Case of Lesbian and Gay Film Festivals. Sociological Forum, 11, 2, 231-61. RE: References Gamson, W A. (1988). Political Discourse and Collective Action. International Social Movement Research, 1, 219-44. RE: References Gamson, W A. (1992). Talking Politics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Gamson, W A. (1995). `Constructing Social Protest', in H. 85-106 Johnston B. Klandermans (eds) Social Movements and Culture, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Gamson, W A & Modigliani, A (1989). Media Discourse and Public Opinion on Nuclear Power: A Constructionist Approach. American Journal of Sociology, 95, 1-37. RE: References Gardiner, M. (1992). The Dialogics of Critique: M. M. Bakhtin and the Theory of Ideology, London: Routledge. RE: References Garofalo, R. (1992). Rockin' the Boat: Mass Music and Mass Movements, Boston: South End Press. RE: References Garton Ash, T. (1997). In Serbian Soup. New York Review of Books, 44, 7, 25-30. RE: References Gilbert, J & Pearson, E (1999). Discographies: Dance Music, Culture and the Politics of Sound, London: Routledge. RE: References Goodwin, J, Jasper, J M & Polletta, F (2001). `Introduction: Why Emotions Matter', in J. 1-24 Goodwin, J. Jasper F. Polletta (eds) Passionate Politics: Emotions and Social Movements, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Gordy, E. (1999). The Culture of Power in Serbia: Nationalism and the Destruction of Alternatives, University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. RE: References Grossberg, L. (1992). We Gotta Get Out of This Place: Popular Conservatism and Postmodern Culture, New York: Routledge. RE: References Gruenwald, O. (2001). Belgrade Student Demonstrations, 1996-97: Rebuilding Civil Society in Yugoslavia. Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 155-74. RE: References Halfacree, K. (1996). Out of Place in the Country: Travellers and the "Rural Idyll". Antipode, 28, 1, 42-71. RE: References Halfacree, K. (1999). "Anarchy Doesn't Work Unless You Think About It": Intellectual Interpretation and DIY Culture. Area, 31, 3, 209-20. RE: References Hemmett, D. (1998). `Dangerous Dancing and Disco Riots: The Northern Warehouse Parties', in G. 208-27 McKay (ed.) DiY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain, London: Verso. RE: References Hesmondhalgh, D. (1998). `Post-punk's Attempt to Democratise the Music Industry: The Success and Failure of Rough Trade'. Popular Music, 16, 3, 255-74. RE: References Hesmondhalgh, D. (1999). Indie: The Institutional Politics and Aesthetics of a Popular Music Genre. Cultural Studies, 13, 1, 34-61. RE: References Hobsbawm, E & Ranger, T (1983). The Invention of Tradition, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Huq, R. (1999). `The Right to Rave: Opposition to the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994', in T. 15-33 Jordan A. Lent (eds) Storming the Millennium: The New Politics of Change, London: Lawrence & Wishart. RE: References Ilic, V. (1999). `Social and Political Consciousness of Protest Participants', in M. 100-12 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Janjatovic, P. (1999). A Retrospect: Yugoslav Pop and Rock. New Sound, 13, 30-5. RE: References Jansen, S. (1998). `Homeless at Home: Narrations of Post-Yugoslav Identities', in N. 85-109 Rapport A. Dawson (eds) Migrants of Identity: Perceptions of Home in a World of Movement, Oxford: Berg. RE: References Jansen, S. (2000). Victims, Underdogs and Rebels. Critique of Anthropology, 20, 4, 393-419. RE: References Jansen, S. (2001). The Streets of Beograd. Political Geography, 20, 35-55 Urban Space and Protest Identities in Serbia. RE: References Jasper, J & Polletta, F (2001). Collective Identity and Social Movements. Annual Review of Sociology, 27, 283-305. RE: References Jordan, T. (1999). `Introduction: The Hardest Question: An Introduction to the New Politics of Change', in T. 85-109 Jordan and A. Lent (eds) Storming the Millennium: The New Politics of Change, London: Lawrence & Wishart. RE: References Jordan, T & Lent, A (1999). Storming the Millennium: The New Politics of Change, London: Lawrence and Wishart. RE: References Kelley, R D G. (1997). Yo' Mama's Disfunktional!: Fighting the Culture Wars in Urban America, Boston: Beacon Press. RE: References Kruse, H. (1998). `Fields of Practice: Musical Production, Public Policy, and the Market', in T. 187-201 Swiss, J. Sloop A. Herman (eds) Mapping the Beat: Popular Music and Contemporary Theory, Oxford: Blackwell. RE: References Kuzmanovic, B. (1999). `Value Orientations and Political Attitudes of Participants in the 1996-97 Student Protest', in M. 131-50 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Lahusen, C. (1996). The Rhetoric of Moral Protest: Public Campaigns, Celebrity Endorsement and Political Mobilization, New York: Walter de Gruyter. RE: References Lipsitz, G. (1990). Time Passages: Collective Memory and American Popular Culture, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Mattern, M. (1998). Acting in Concert: Music, Community and Political Action, New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. RE: References McKay, G. (1996). Senseless Acts of Beauty: Cultures of Resistance since the Sixties, London: Verso. RE: References McKay, G. (1998). DiY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain, London: Verso. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1991). Feminism and Youth Culture: From Jackie to Just Seventeen, London: Unwin Hyman. RE: References Medvedev, P N & Bakhtin, M M (1978). The Formal Method in Literary Scholarship: A Critical Introduction to Sociological Poetics, trans. A. J. Wehrle, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. RE: References Meyer, D S & Gamson, J (1995). The Challenge of Cultural Elites: Celebrities and Social Movements. Sociological Inquiry, 65, 2, 181-206. RE: References Milic, A, Cickaric, L & Jojic, M (1997). Generation in Protest: Student Revolt and Family Socialization. Sociologica, 39, 1, 31-50. RE: References Milic, A, Cickaric, L & Jojic, M (1999). `A Generation in Protest', in M. 168-89 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Monroe, A. (2000). `Balkan Hardcore: Pop Culture and Paramilitarism', www.ce-review.org/0024/monroe24.html. Central Europe Review, 2, 24. RE: References Pettan, S. (1998). `Music, Politics and War in Croatia in the 1990s', in S. 9-28 Pettan (ed.) Music, Politics, and War: Views from Croatia, Zagreb: Institute of Ethnology and Folklore Research. RE: References Polletta, F. (1998a). "It was Like a Fever ...": Narrative Identity in Social Protest. Social Problems, 45, 2, 137-59. RE: References Polletta, F. (1998b). Contending Stories: Narrative in Social Movements. Qualitative Sociology, 21, 4, 419-46. RE: References Popadic, D. (1999). `Student Protests: Comparative Analysis of the 1992 and 1996-97 Protests', in M. 151-67 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Pritchard, E. (1999). Turbofolk in Serbia: Some Preliminary Notes. Slovo, 11, 141-9. RE: References Prosic-Dvornic, M. (1993). Enough! Student Protest '92: The Youth of Belgrade in Quest of "Another Serbia". Anthropology of East Europe Review, 11, 1-2, 108-16. RE: References Prosic-Dvornic, M. (1998). The Topsy Turvy Days Were There Again: Student and Civil Protest in Belgrade and Serbia, 1996/1997. Anthropology of East Europe Review, 16, 1, 77-98. RE: References Ramet, S. (1994a). `Rock: The Music of Revolution (and Political Conformity)', in S. 1-14 P. Ramet (ed.) Rocking the State: Rock Music and Politics in Eastern Europe and Russia, Boulder: Westview Press. RE: References Ramet, S. (1994b). `Shake, Rattle and Self-management: Making the Scene in Yugoslavia', in S. 103-38 P. Ramet (ed.) Rocking the State: Rock Music and Politics in Eastern Europe and Russia, Boulder: Westview Press. RE: References Ramet, S. (1996). Nationalism and the "Idiocy" of the Countryside: The Case of Serbia. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 19, 1, 70-87. RE: References Ramet, S. (1999). Balkan Babel: The Disintegration of Yugoslavia from the Death of Tito to the War in Kosovo, 3rd edition, Boulder: Westview Press. RE: References Rasmussen, L V. (1995). Form Source to Commodity: Newly-composed Folk Music in Yugoslavia. Popular Music, 14, 2, 241-56. RE: References Rasmussen, L V. (1996). `The Southern Wind of Change: Style and the Politics of Identity in Prewar Yugoslavia', in M. 99-116 Slobin (ed.) Retuning Culture: Musical Changes in Central and Eastern Europe, Durham, NC: Duke University Press. RE: References Redhead, S. (1995). Unpopular Cultures: The Birth of Law and Popular Culture, Manchester: Manchester University Press. RE: References Reynolds, S & Press, J (1995). The Sex Revolts: Gender, Rebellion and Rock `n' Roll, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Rietveld, H. (1998). `Repetitive Beats: Free Parties and the Politics of Contemporary DiY Culture in Britain', in G. 243-68 McKay (ed.) DiY Culture: Party and Protest in Nineties Britain, London: Verso. RE: References Rose, T. (1994). Black Noise: Rap Music and Black Culture in Contemporary America, Hanover, NH: Wesleyan University Press. RE: References Routledge, P. (1997). The Imagineering of Resistance: Pollock Free State and the Practice of Postmodern Politics. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 22, 3, 359-86. RE: References Somers, M. (1994). The Narrative Construction of Identity: A Relational and Network Approach. Theory and Society, 23, 5, 605-49. RE: References Spasic, I & Pavicevic, D (1997). Symbolization and Collective Identity in Civic Protest. Sociologica, 39, 1, 73-93. RE: References Steinberg, M W. (1998). Tilting the Frame: Considerations on Collective Action from a Discursive Turn. Theory and Society, 27, 845-72. RE: References Steinberg, M W. (1999). The Talk and Back Talk of Collective Action: A Dialogic Analysis of Repertoires of Discourse among Nineteenth-Century English Cotton Spinners. American Journal of Sociology, 105, 3, 736-80. RE: References Steinberg, M W. (2002). `Toward a More Dialogic Analysis of Social Movement Culture', in D. 208-25 S. Meyer, N. Whittier and B. Robnett (eds) Social Movements: Identity, Culture and the State. RE: References Street, J. (1995). Aesthetics, Policy and the Politics of Popular Culture. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 3, 1, 27-43. RE: References Street, J. (1997). Politics and Popular Culture, Philadelphia: Temple University Press. RE: References Street, J. (2000). Invisible Republics and Secret Histories: A Politics of Music. Cultural Values, 4, 3, 298-313. RE: References Szemere, A. (1992). `The Politics of Marginality: A Rock Music Subculture in Socialist Hungary in the Early 1980s', in R. 93-114 Garafalo (ed.) Rockin' the Boat: Mass Music and Mass Movements, Boston: South End Press. RE: References Szemere, A. (2001). Up from the Underground: The Culture of Rock in Postsocialist Hungary, University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press. RE: References Thomas, R. (1999). The Politics of Serbia in the 1990s, New York: Columbia University Press. RE: References Tilly, C. (1998). Contentious Conversation. Social Research, 65, 3, 491-510. RE: References Todorov, T. (1984). Mikhail Bakhtin: The Dialogic Principle, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Vujovic, S. (1999). `Protest as an Urban Phenomenon', in M. 193-207 Lazic (ed.) Protest in Belgrade: Winter of Discontent, Budapest: Central European University Press. RE: References Waksman, S. (1999). Instruments of Desire: The Electric Guitar and the Shaping of Musical Experience, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Wertsch, J. (1991). Voices of the Mind: A Socio-cultural Approach to Mediated Action, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. RE: References Whiteley, S. (2000). Women and Popular Music: Sexuality, Identity, and Subjectivity, London: Routledge. RE: References Wicke, P. (1992). `The Times They are a-Changin': Rock Music and Political Change in East Germany', in R. 81-92 Garafalo (ed.) Rockin' the Boat: Mass Music and Mass Movements, Boston: South End Press. RE: References Wicke, P & Shepherd, J (1993). `"The Cabaret is Dead": Rock Culture as State Enterprise--The Political Organization of Rock in East Germany', in T. 25-36 Bennett, S. Frith, L. Grossberg, J. Shepherd and G. Turner (eds) Rock and Popular Music: Politics--Policies--Institutions, London: Routledge. RE: References Zivkocic, N. (1997). Nebojsa Djordjevic: What Do Belgrade Students Want. South Slav Journal, 18, 1-2, 81-2. RE: References Zivkovic, M. (1997). Stories Serbs Tell Themselves: Discourse on Identity and Destiny in Serbia Since the Mid-1980s. Problems of Post-Communism, 44, 4, 22-9. RE: References Zivkovic, M. (1998). "Too Much Character, Too Little Kultur", Serbian Jeremiads 1994-1995. Balkanologie, 2, 2, 77-98. RE: References Zivkovic, M. (2001). Jelly, Slush, and Red Mists: Poetics of Amorphous Substances in Serbian Jeremiads of the 1990s. Anthropology and Humanism, 25, 2, 168-82. Record 40 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Notions of 'Us' and 'Them': Markers of Stratification in Clubbing Lifestyles AU: Author MacRae, Rhoda AF: Affiliation Dept Applied Social Science, Social Work Research Centre, U Stirling, UK SO: Source Journal of Youth Studies, 2004, 7, 1, Mar, 55-71 IS: ISSN 1367-6261 DE: Descriptors *Youth Culture; *Social Stratification; *Intergroup Relations; *Cultural Capital; *Lifestyle; *Symbolic Interactionism AB: Abstract This article discusses the routine ways in which young people call on material, cultural, & interactional resources to assemble typifications in dance club cultures. These constructs highlight the divisions & distinctions that illustrate what Hollands (2002) calls the structuration of youth cultures. My findings suggest that in elective cultural groups such as clubbers, notions of 'us' & 'them' are present; these are related to the process of 'becoming a clubber.' These processes & practices are not just associated with cultural taste, but also cultural knowledge. In order to conceptualize these findings I look to various theoretical frameworks that have been used to understand the lives of young people in relation to their lifestyles, cultural groups, capitals, & identities. I discuss the utility of such frameworks, as well as the concepts that have been used to understand club culture itself. My analysis drew me to the work of Schutz (1967, 1970a, 1970b, 1973, 1976; Schutz & Luckmann 1974); this work helped illuminate the ways in which young people constructed typifications & cultural boundaries that were illustrative of their identification with & differentiation from 'others.' I outline some of the central notions found in the work of Schutz & illustrate how these were used in the analytic process. I suggest that the work of Schutz can be used in conjunction with the concept of social capital, the concept of lifestyle, & symbolic interactionism to take account of the role of social divisions & status inequalities in lifestyle 'choices' & cultural affiliations of young people. The article concludes by suggesting that many of the study participants used knowledge in constructing 'otherness' as a powerful means of identification & differentiation, inclusion & exclusion. 51 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:Rhoda.macrae@stir.ac.uk] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United Kingdom CL: Classification 1939 the family and socialization; adolescence & youth. 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200421894 JV: Journal Volume 7 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 55-71 RE: References Allatt, P. (1993). `Becoming priviledged: the role of family processes', in Youth and Inequality, eds I. Bates & G. Riseborough, Open University Press, Buckingham. RE: References Bauman, Z & May, T (2001). Thinking Sociologically, 2nd edn, Blackwell, Oxford. RE: References Becker, H. (1986). Doing Things Together, Northwestern University Press, Evanston, IL. RE: References Becker, H S. (1991). Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance, The Free Press, New York. RE: References Bennett, A. (2000). Popular Music and Youth Culture: Music, Identity and Place, Macmillan Press, Basingstoke. RE: References Bennett, A. (2002). Researching youth culture and popular music: a methodological critique. The British Journal of Sociology, 53, 3, 451-466. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste, Routledge, London. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1986). `The forms of capital', in Handbook of Theory of Research for the Sociology of Education, ed. J. E. Richardson, Greenwood Press, New York. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1993). The Field of Cultural Production: Essays on Art and Literature, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1996). Understanding. Theory, Culture And Society, 13, 2, 17-37. RE: References Bourdieu, P. (1998). Practical Reason: On the Theory of Action, Polity, Cambridge. RE: References British Sociological Association. (1996). Guidance Notes: Statement of Ethical Practice, British Sociological Association, Durham. RE: References Chaney, D. (1996). Lifestyles, Routledge, London. RE: References Cieslik, M. (2001). Researching youth cultures: some problems with the cultural turn in British youth studies. Scottish Youth Issues Journal, 1, 2, 27-47. RE: References Cohen, P & Ainley, P (2000). In the country of the blind?: youth studies and cultural studies in Britain. Journal of Youth Studies, 3, 1, 79-95. RE: References Forsyth, A J M. (1997). A Quantitative Exploration of Dance Drug Use: The New Pattern of Drug Use of the 1990s, PhD thesis, Department of Sociology, University of Glasgow. RE: References Hammersley, R, Khan, F & Ditton, J (2002). Ecstasy and the Rise of the Chemical Generation, Routledge, London. RE: References Henderson, S. (1993). Young Women, Sexuality and Recreational Drug Use: A Research and Development Project, Final Report, Lifeline, Manchester. RE: References Hendry, L B, Shucksmith, J, Love, J & Glendinning, A (1993). Young People's Leisure and Lifestyles, Routledge, London. RE: References Hollands, R. (2002). Divisions in the dark: youth cultures, transitions and segmented consumption spaces in the night-time economy. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 2, 153-171. RE: References Jenkins, R. (1983). Lads, Citizens and Ordinary Kids: Working Class Youth Lifestyles in Belfast, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Jenkins, R. (1992). Pierre Bourdieu, Routledge, London. RE: References Jenkins, R. (1996). Social Identity, Routledge, London. RE: References Lamont, M. (1992). Money, Morals and Manners: The Culture of the French and American Upper-Middle Class, Chicago University Press, Chicago, IL. RE: References MacRae, R. (2002). Becoming a Clubber: Transitions, Identities and Lifestyles, unpublished doctoral thesis, University of Stirling. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing, Dancing, Ecstasy and Vitality, Routledge, London. RE: References McRobbie, A. (1991). Feminism and Youth Culture: from `Jackie' to `Just Seventeen', Macmillan, Basingstoke. RE: References Mead, G H. (1934). Mind, Self and Society from the Standpoint of a Social Behaviourist, ed. C. W. Morris, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on Drugs: Risk, Health and Hedonism in the British Club Scene, Free Association Books, London. RE: References Merchant, J & Macdonald, R (1994). Youth and the rave culture, ecstasy and health. Youth & Policy, 45, 56-59. RE: References Miles, S. (2000a). `Youth lifestyles', Youth Research 2000, University of Keele. RE: References Miles, S. (2000b). Youth Lifestyles in a Changing World, Open University Press, Buckingham. RE: References Morrow, V. (1999). Conceptualising social capital in relation to the well-being of children and young people: a critical review. The Sociological Review, 47, 4, 744-765. RE: References Pini, M. (1997a). `Other Traces': A Cultural Study of Clubbing and New Modes of Femininity, PhD thesis, Goldsmiths College, University of London. RE: References Pini, M. (1997b). `Women and early British rave scene', in Social Experience and Cultural Studies, ed. A. McRobbie, Manchester University Press, Manchester. RE: References Raffo, C & Reeves, M (2000). Youth Transitions and social exclusion: developments in social capital theory. Journal of Youth Studies, 3, 2, 147-166. RE: References Riley, S C E, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of recreational drug use at dance events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, 7, 1035-1047. RE: References Roberts, K. (1997). Same activities, different meanings; British youth cultures in the 1990's. Leisure Studies, 16, 1-15. RE: References Schutz, A. (1967). Phenomenology of the Social World, trans. G. Walsh & F. Lehnert, Northwestern University Press, Evanston, IL. RE: References Schutz, A. (1970a). Reflections on the Problems of Relevance, ed. and intro. R. M. Zaner, Yale University Press, New Haven and London. RE: References Schutz, A. (1970b). On Phenomenology and Social Relations, ed. and intro. H. R. Wagner, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL. RE: References Schutz, A. (1973). Collected Papers I: The Problem of Social Reality, 4th edn, ed. and intro. M. Natanson, Preface by H. L. Van Breda, Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague. RE: References Schutz, A. (1976). Collected Papers II: Studies in Social Theory, 4th edn, ed. and intro. A. Brodersen, Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague. RE: References Schutz, A & Luckmann, T (1974). Structures of the Life World, trans. R. M. Zaner & H. T. Engelhardt, Heinemann, London. RE: References Skeggs, B. (1997). Formations of Class and Gender: Becoming Respectable, Sage, London. RE: References Skeggs, B. (1999). Matters out of place: visibility and sexualities in leisure spaces. Leisure Studies, 18, 213-232. RE: References Strauss, A L. (1997). Mirrors and Masks: The Search for Identity, Transaction Publishers, New Brunswick. RE: References Thornton, S. (1995). Club Cultures: Music, Media and Subcultural Capital, Polity Press, Cambridge. RE: References Weber, M. (1978). Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretative Sociology eds. 1, G. Roth & C. Wittich, Bedminster Press. RE: References Willis, P. (1978). Profane Culture, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. RE: References Wynne, D. (1990). Leisure, Lifestyle and the New Middle Class, Routledge, London. Record 41 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Reflections on the Radicalization of Social Tendencies within the Subculture of Ecstasy Users. Intensification of Feelings of Pleasure in a Quest for Kicks and Sensation OT: Original Title Reflectie en radicalisering van maatschappelijke tendensen binnen de subcultuur van ecstasygebruikers. Verheviging van genotbeleving en strooptocht naar kicks en sensaties AU: Author Vanovermeire, Jan AF: Affiliation Instit Sociaal Drugsonderzoek, U Gent SO: Source Ethiek en Maatschappij, 2004, 7, 1, Mar, 46-62 IS: ISSN 1373-0975 DE: Descriptors *Cultural Identity; *Radicalism; *Psychedelic Drugs; *Subcultures; *Youth Culture AB: Abstract This paper is a reproduction of the theoretical study conducted in the frame of our PhD research on the subculture of ecstasy users. This study offers a survey of our theoretical analysis & findings & it is framed within the contemporary movement of research into the sociological phenomenon of the rave culture, the subculture in which a combination is made of ecstasy consumption & recreational polydrug use, dance, & entertainment. We assume that members of the rave culture first of all introduce conducts & procedures from the surrounding environment into their subculture. Secondly, they radicalize, process, & transform these conducts & procedures within the frame of their subculture. We focus our analysis within this on the radicalization of the notion of "pleasure" & on the concepts of permissive tolerance & the semi-autonomous social field. 1 Figure. Adapted from the source document. LA: Language Dutch PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Belgium CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200501 AN: Accession Number 200500344 JV: Journal Volume 7 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 46-62 Record 42 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Ecstasy Use in South Africa: Findings from the South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU) Project (January 1997-December 2001) AU: Author Pluddemann, Andreas; Parry, Charles D H; Myers, Bronwyn; Bhana, Arvin AF: Affiliation Alcohol & Drug Abuse Research Group, Medical Research Council South Africe, Tygerberg SO: Source Substance Use & Misuse, 2004, 39, 1, 87-105 IS: ISSN 1082-6084 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Psychedelic Drugs; *South Africa AB: Abstract This article provides descriptive surveillance information about the extent & consequences of Ecstasy use for five sentinel sites in South Africa. From Jan 1997 to Dec 2001, data were gathered on a biannual basis from multiple sources, including specialist treatment centers, trauma units, school students, rave party attendees, & from police & arrestees. Indicators point to relatively low levels of Ecstasy use in South Africa. Demographic characteristics of Ecstasy consumers in South Africa were identified. Ecstasy is predominantly used among White South African youth of both genders, with the age of users decreasing over recent years. The use of Ecstasy is, however, increasing among other population groups. Some emerging health risks associated with club drug use were identified, including the use of Ecstasy in combination with other substances. On the basis of this information, a number of policy recommendations are made. These are targeted at both Ecstasy demand reduction & harm minimization. The study points to the need for continued monitoring of Ecstasy use & its associated consequences in this country. 3 Tables, 22 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:andreas.pluddemann@mrc.ac.za] CD: CODEN SUMIFL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200415232 JV: Journal Volume 39 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 87-105 RE: References Bhana, A, Flisher, A J & Parry, C D H (1998). School survey of substance use among students in grades 8 and 11 in the Durban metro region. Southern African Journal of Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 11, 131. RE: References Boot, B P, McGregor, I S & Hall, W (2000). MDMA (Ecstasy) neurotoxicity: assessing and communicating the risks. Lancet, 20, 1818-1821. RE: References Fischer, C, Hatzidimitriou, G, Wlos, J & Ricaurte, G (1995). Reorganisation of ascending 5-HT axon projections in animals previously exposed to recreational drug 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, "Ecstasy"). Journal of Neuroscience, 15, 5476-5485. RE: References Flisher, A J, Parry, C D H, Evans, J, Muller, M & Lombard, C (2003). Substance use by adolescents in Cape Town: prevalence and correlates. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 58-65. RE: References Gerra, G, Zaimovic, A, Ferri, M, Zambelli, U, Timpano, M, Neri, E, Marzocchi, G F, Delsignore, R & Brambilla, F (2000). Longlasting effects of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (ecstasy) on serotonin system function in humans. Biol Psychiatry, 47, 127-136. RE: References Gillespie, B. (2002). Rave Safe survey data. January--June, 2001 In: Pluddemann, A., Hon, S., Bhana, A., et al., eds. South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): Monitoring Alcohol and Drug Abuse Trends. In: Proceedings of Report Back Meeting, October 2001. Parow, Medical Research Council. RE: References Gore, S M. (1999). Fatal uncertainty: death-rate from use of ecstasy or heroin. Oct. 9, Lancet, 354, 9186, 1265-1266. RE: References Gouzoulis-Mayfrank, E, Daumann, J, Tuchtenhagen, F, Pelz, S, Becker, S, Kunert, H J, Fimm, B & Sass, H (2000). Impaired cognitive performance in drug free users of recreational Ecstasy (MDMA). J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry, 68, 719-725. RE: References Henry, J A, Jeffreys, K J & Dawling, S (1992). Toxicity and deaths from 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine ("Ecstasy"). Lancet, 340, 384-387. RE: References Jones, C. (1998). Why do people die from taking ecstasy. Journal of Substance Misuse, 3, 95-97. RE: References Leggett, T. (1999). Youth and club drugs: the need for a national drug database. Crime and Conflict, 16, 5-11. RE: References Leggett, T. (2001). Rainbow Vice: The Drugs and Sex Industries in the New South Africa. Cape Town: David Philip. RE: References Parrot, A C, Sisk, E & Turner, J J (2000). Psychobiological problems in heavy "ecstasy" (MDMA) polydrug users. Drug Alcohol Depend, 60, 105-110. RE: References Parry, C D H, Bhana, A, Myers, B, Pluddemann, A, Siegfried, N, Morojele, N, Flisher, A J & Kozel, N J (2002). The South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): description, findings (1997-1999), and policy implications. Addiction, 97, 969-976. RE: References Peden, M, van der Spuy, J, Smith, P & Bautz, P (2000). Substance abuse and trauma in Cape Town. The South African Medical Journal, 90, 251-255. RE: References Riley, S C E, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of recreational drug use at dance events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, 1035-1047. RE: References Rocha-Silva, L & Stahmer, I (1996). Nature, Extent and Development of Alcohol/Drug-Related Crime. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council. RE: References Statistics South Africa. (1988). The People of South Africa: Population Census, 1996. Census in Brief. Pretoria: Statistics South Africa. RE: References Steele, T D, McCann, U D & Ricaurte, G A (1994). 3,4-Methylene-dioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, "Ecstasy"): pharmacology and toxicology in animals and humans. Addiction, 89, 539-551. RE: References Terblanche, S S. (1999). Risk-Taking Behaviour of High School Learners in Port Elizabeth (Unpublished manuscript). Port Elizabeth: University of Port Elizabeth. RE: References United Nations Office for Drug Control and Crime Prevention. (2000). World Drug Report 2000. 22-36 United Nations Office of Drug Control and Crime Prevention. RE: References Wilmers, A. (1999). Ecstasy use in the Johannesburg rave culture. January--June 1999, 15-20 In: Parry, C. D. H., Lowrie, M., Bhana, A., Bayley, J., Potgieter, H., Pluddemann, A., eds. South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): Monitoring alcohol and drug abuse trends. In: Proceedings of Report Back Meetings, October 1999 (Phase 6). Parow, Medical Research Council. Record 43 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title What Does Curiosity Really Do to the Cat? A Look at How Message Exposure Can Lead to Illicit Drug Trial among College Students AU: Author Lancaster, Alyse R AF: Affiliation School Communication, U Miami, Coral Gables, FL SO: Source Mass Communication & Society, 2004, 7, 1, winter, 77-95 IS: ISSN 1520-5436 DE: Descriptors *Mass Media Images; *Drugs; *Undergraduate Students; *Radio; *Curiosity; *Mass Media Effects AB: Abstract This study examines how exposure to media messages about drugs leads to curiosity about illicit drugs, which, in turn, can lead to illicit drug trial among interested college students. The Model of Product Curiosity (MPC; Smith & Swinyard, 1988) was used to predict the effects of exposure to drug messages on intention to try a "new" illegal drug. An experiment was performed with 172 undergraduate students to determine whether awareness, interest, & product curiosity affected intention to try a fictitious drug, MCA. Students were asked to listen to one of four radio segments with drug messages embedded in them. The results suggest that among students predisposed to try illicit drugs, repeated exposure to drug messages heightens awareness, interest, & curiosity about drugs, which, in turn, leads to an intention to try new drugs. 1 Table, 2 Figures, 1 Appendix, 72 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:alancaster@miami.edu] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 0828 mass phenomena; communication UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200417122 JV: Journal Volume 7 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 77-95 RE: References Agresti, A & Finlay, B (1997). Statistical methods for the social sciences (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. RE: References Akers, R L. (1992). Drugs, alcohol, & society. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. RE: References Appel, V. (1971). On advertising wearout. Journal of Advertising Research, 11, 1, 11-13. RE: References Bachman, J G, O'Malley, P M & Johnston, L D (1984). Drug use among young adults: The impacts of role status and social environment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 629-645. RE: References Bearden, W O, Rose, R L & Teel, J E (1994). Correlates of conformity in the consumption of illicit drugs and alcohol. Journal of Business Research, 30, 1, 25-31. RE: References Beck, K H & Treiman, K A (1996). The relationship of social context of drinking, perceived social norms, and parental influence to various drinking patterns of adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 21, 633-644. RE: References Belch, G E. (1982). The effects of television commercial repetition on cognitive response and message acceptance. Journal of Consumer Research, 9, 56-66. RE: References Cacioppo, J T & Petty, R E (1979). The effects of message repetition and position on cognitive response, recall, and persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 97-109. RE: References Calder, B J & Sternthal, B (1980). Television commercial wearout: An information processing view. Journal of Marketing Research, 17, 173-186. RE: References Campbell, R L & Svenson, L W (1992). Drug use among university undergraduate students. Psychological Reports, 70, 1039-1042. RE: References Canterbury, R J, Gressard, C F, Vieweg, W V R, Grossman, S J, McKelway, R B & Westerman, P S (1992). Risk-taking behavior of college students and social forces. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 18, 213-222. RE: References Concar, D. (1997). After the rave, the ecstasy hangover. June 21, New Scientist, 154, 2087, 44. RE: References Craig, C S, Sternthal, B & Leavitt, C (1976). Advertising wearout: An experimental analysis. Journal of Marketing Research, 13, 365-372. RE: References Cuomo, M J, Dyment, P G & Gammino, V M (1994). Increasing use of "ecstacy" (MDMA) and other hallucinogens on college campuses. Journal of American College Health, 42, 271-274. RE: References Danielian, L & Reese, S (1989). A closer look at intermedia influences on agenda-setting: The cocaine issue of 1986. 47-66 In P. Shoemaker (Ed.), Communication campaigns about drugs: Government, media, and the public, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. RE: References Diamond, E, Accosta, F & Thornton, L (1987). Is TV news hyping America's cocaine problem. February 7, TV Guide, 4-10. RE: References Drug Abuse Warning Network. (2002, October). Club drugs 2001 update., from http://www.samhsa.gov/oas/DAWN/clubdrug.htm. February 16, 2003. RE: References Duitsman, D M & Colbry, S L (1995). Perceived risk and use as predictors of substance use among college students. Health Values, 19, 2, 44-52. RE: References Ellickson, P L & Bell, R M (1990). Preventing drug use among young adolescents. Education Digest, 56, 3, 63-67. RE: References Ferguson, S. (1998). The cost of living high. February, George, 3, 32. RE: References Fishbein, M & Ajzen, I (1975). Belief, attitude, intention, and behavior. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. RE: References Gardner, D G, Cummings, L L, Dunham, R B & Pierce, J L (1998). Single-item versus multiple-item measurement scales: An empirical comparison. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 58, 898-915. RE: References Gorn, G C & Goldberg, M E (1980). Children's response to repetitive television commercials. Journal of Consumer Research, 6, 421-424. RE: References Gotthoffer, A R. (1998). Do social norms and media coverage influence illicit drug trial among college students? Implications for media practitioners and drug educators. August, Paper presented at the 1998 conference of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Baltimore, MD. RE: References Haberman, S E. (1994). A survey of alcohol and other drug use practices among college students. Journal of American Drug Education, 39, 85-100. RE: References Hair, J F Jr, Anderson, R E, Tatham, R L & Black, W C (1998). Multivariate data analysis. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. RE: References Hanson, G & Venturelli, P J (1995). Drugs and society. Boston: Jones and Bartlett Publishers. RE: References Haugtvedt, C P, Schumann, D W, Schneier, W L & Warren, W L (1994). Advertising repetition and variation strategies: Implications for understanding attitude strength. Journal of Consumer Research, 21, 1, 176-189. RE: References Hedges, C. (1998). Cheap "safe" high is costing lives: Special K animal tranquilizer is the latest rage on the rave scene. February 16, 3A USA Today. RE: References Hobfoll, S E & Segal, B (1983). A factor analytic study of the relationship of experience seeking and trait anxiety to drug use and reasons for drug use. The International Journal of the Addictions, 18, 539-549. RE: References Iyengar, S & Kinder, D R (1987). News that matters: Agenda-setting and priming in a television age. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Iyengar, S, Peters, M P & Kinder, D R (1982). Experimental demonstrations of the "not-so-minimal" consequences of television news programs. American Political Science Review, 76, 848-858. RE: References Johnston, L D. (1989). America's drug problem in the media: Is it real or is it Memorex? In P. 97-111 Shoemaker (Ed.), Communication campaigns about drugs: Government, media, and the public, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. RE: References Kenkel, D, Mathios, A D & Pacula, R L (2001). Economics of youth drug use, addiction and gateway effects. Addiction, 96, 1, 151-164. RE: References Kerr, P. (1986). Anatomy of an issue: Drugs, the evidence, the reaction. November 17, The New York Times, 1. RE: References Kouri, E, Pope, H G Jr, Yurgelun-Todd, D & Gruber, S (1995). Attributes of heavy vs. Biological Psychology, 38, 475-481 occasional marijuana smokers in a college population. RE: References Krugman, H. (1972). Why three exposures may be enough. Journal of Advertising Research, 12, 6, 11-14. RE: References Lancaster, K M. (1998). ADplus with Flowmaster: For multi-media advertising planning. New York: Telmar Information Services Corp. RE: References Lauderback, D & Waldorf, D (1993). Whatever happened to ice? The latest drug scare. Journal of Drug Issues, 23, 597-613. RE: References Lo, C C & Globetti, G (1995). The effects of internal and external control factors on college students' marijuana use and cessation of use. Journal of Drug Education, 25, 357-377. RE: References Loo, R. (2001). A caveat on using single-item versus multiple-item scales. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 17, 1/2, 68-75. RE: References McCombs, M E & Shaw, D L (1972). The agenda-setting function of the mass media. Public Opinion Quarterly, 36, 176-187. RE: References McCullough, J L & Ostrom, T M (1974). Repetition of highly similar messages and attitude change. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 395-397. RE: References Mitchell, A A & Olson, J C (1981). Are product attribute beliefs the only mediator of advertising effects on brand attitude. Journal of Marketing Research, 18, 318-332. RE: References Nagy, M S. (2002). Using a single-item approach to measure facet job satisfaction. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 75, 1, 77-86. RE: References The National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University. (1994). Cigarettes, alcohol, marijuana: Gateways to illicit drug use., http://www.casacolumbia.org/publications1456/publications_show.htm?doc_id=5927. October, February 16, 2003. RE: References Ray, M L & Wilke, W W (1970). Fear: The potential of an appeal neglected by marketing. Journal of Marketing, 34, 1, 54-62. RE: References Reese, S & Danielian, L (1989). Intermedia influence and the drug issue: Converging on cocaine. 29-45 In P. Shoemaker (Ed.), Communication campaigns about drugs: Government, media, and the public, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. RE: References Rose, R L, Bearden, W O & Teel, J E (1992). An attributional analysis of resistance to group pressure regarding illicit drug and alcohol consumption. Journal of Consumer Research, 19, 1, 1-12. RE: References Rosenberg, D & Katel, P (1997). Death of the party. October 27, Newsweek, 130, 17, 55. RE: References Scarpello, V & Campbell, J P (1983). Job satisfaction: Are all the parts there. Personnel Psychology, 36, 577-600. RE: References Schumann, D W, Petty, R E & Clemons, D S (1990). Predicting the effectiveness of different strategies of advertising variation: A test of the repetition-variation hypotheses. Journal of Consumer Research, 17, 2, 192-202. RE: References Shaw, D L & McCombs, M E (1977). The emergence of American political issues: The agenda-setting function of the press. St. Paul, MN: West. RE: References Shaw, D L & McCombs, M E (1989). Dealing with illicit drugs: The power--and limits--of mass media agenda-setting. 113-120 In P. Shoemaker (Ed.), Communication campaigns about drugs: Government, media, and the public, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbau Associates, Inc. RE: References Shiner, M & Newburn, T (1997). Definitely, maybe not? The normalization of recreational drug use amongst young people. The Journal of the British Sociological Association, 31, 511-529. RE: References Shoemaker, P J, Wanta, W & Leggett, D (1989). Drug coverage and public opinion, 1972-1986. 67-80 In P. Shoemaker (Ed.), Communication campaigns about drugs: Government, media, and the public, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. RE: References Smith, R E & Swinyard, W R (1982). Information-response models: An integrated approach. Journal of Marketing, 46, 1, 81-93. RE: References Smith, R E & Swinyard, W R (1983). Attitude-behavior consistency: The impact of product trial versus advertising. Journal of Marketing Research, 20, 257-267. RE: References Smith, R E & Swinyard, W R (1988). Cognitive response to advertising and trial: Belief strength, belief confidence, and product curiosity. Journal of Advertising, 17, 3, 3-14. RE: References Spigner, C, Hawkins, W & Loren, W (1993). Gender differences in perception of risk associated with alcohol and drug use among college students. Women & Health, 20, 1, 87-97. RE: References Substance Abuse & Mental Health Services Administration. (2002). National Survey on Drug Use & Health: Illicit drug use., from http://www.samhsa.gov/oas/NHSDA/2k2NSDUH/Results/2k2results.htm#chap2. September 9, 2003. RE: References Unnava, H R & Burnkrant, R E (1991). Effects of repeating varied ad executions on brand name memory. Journal of Marketing Research, 28, 406-416. RE: References Wanous, J P & Reichers, A E (1996). Estimating the reliability of a single-item measure. Psychological Reports, 78, 631-634. RE: References Wanous, J P, Reichers, A E & Hudy, M J (1997). Overall job satisfaction: How good are single-item measures. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 247-252. RE: References Wechsler, H, Davenport, A E, Dowdall, G W, Grossman, S J & Zanakos, S I (1997). Binge drinking, tobacco, and illicit drug use and involvement in college athletics. Journal of American College Health, 45, 195-200. RE: References Werch, C E, Meers, B W & Farrell, J (1993). Stages of drug use acquisition among college students: Implications for the prevention of drug abuse. Journal of Drug Education, 23, 375-386. RE: References Wiley, D C, James, G, Furney, S & Jordan-Belver, C (1997). Using the youth risk behavior survey to compare risk behaviors of Texas high school and college students. Journal of School Health, 67, 2, 45-49. RE: References Wood, M D, Nagoshi, C T & Dennis, D A (1992). Alcohol norms and expectations as predictors of alcohol use and problems in a college student population. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 18, 461-476. RE: References Wood, P B, Cochran, J K, Pfefferbaum, B & Arneklev, B J (1995). Sensation-seeking and delinquent substance use: An extension of learning theory. Journal of Drug Issues, 25, 173-193. RE: References Wright, P L. (1973). The cognitive processes mediating acceptance of advertising. Journal of Marketing Research, 10, 53-62. RE: References Wright, P L. (1974). Analyzing media effects on advertising responses. Public Opinion Quarterly, 38, 192-205. RE: References Wright, P L. (1975). Factors affecting cognitive resistance to advertising. Journal of Consumer Research, 2, 1-9. Record 44 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title "Ordinary" People with "Normal" Lives? A Longitudinal Study of Ecstasy and Other Drug Use among Norwegian Youth AU: Author Pape, Hilde; Rossow, Ingeborg AF: Affiliation NOVA-Norwegian Social Research SO: Source Journal of Drug Issues, 2004, 34, 2, spring, 389-418 IS: ISSN 0022-0426 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Social Background; *Sociodemographic Characteristics; *Individual Differences; *Young Adults; *Norway; *Marijuana AB: Abstract Ecstasy users have been described as "ordinary people" with "normal lives" in recent literature, but little empirical evidence exists to support this portrayal. One may assume, however, that such a rosy portrayal is more likely to fit individuals who consume drugs that are more commonly used (eg, cannabis). With this in mind, we have explored characteristics of different categories of drug users by analyzing data from a general population study of 2,761 young people in Norway who were assessed three times over a period of 7 years (mean age at time 3 = 21.6 years). Results showed that Ecstasy users, cannabis users, & users of "traditional" hard drugs were all relatively unremarkable with respect to socioeconomic characteristics. On the other hand, they all tended to have a less favorable family background than nonusers of drugs, & their rates of past & present legal substance use, mental health problems, & antisocial behavior were also much higher. Individuals who included Ecstasy in their drug-taking repertoire had a somewhat more deviant profile than other drug users, indicating that their public image of being ordinary & well-adjusted is highly overstated. This image did not fit "pure" cannabis users very well either. 4 Tables, 81 References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN JDGIA6 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States ID: Identifiers Ecstasy (drug) CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200423883 JV: Journal Volume 34 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 389-418 RE: References Adlaf, E M & Smart, R G (1997). Party subculture or dens of doom? An epidemiological study of rave attendance and drug use patterns among adolescent students. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29, 193-198. RE: References Alsaker, F, Dundas, I & Olweus, D (1991). A growth curve approach to the study of parental relations and depression in adolescence. Paper presented at the Biannual Meetings of the Society for Research in Child Development, Seattle. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). Pursuit of ecstasy. The MDMA experience. Albany: State University of New York Press. RE: References Beck, U. (1992). Risk society: Towards a new modernity. London: Sage. RE: References Braithwaite, J. (1981). The myth of social class and criminality reconsidered. American Sociological Review, 46, 36-57. RE: References Calafat, A, Fernandez, C, Juan, M, Bellis, M A, Bohrn, K, Hakkarainen, P, Kilfoyle-Carrington, M, Kokkevi, A, Maalste, N, Mendes, F, Siamou, I, Simon, J, Stocco, P & Zavatti, P (2001). Risk and control in the recreational drug culture: The SONAR project. Palma De Mallorca: IREFREA. RE: References Coffield, F & Gofton, L (1994). Drugs and young people. London: Institute for Public Policy Research. RE: References Cohen, R S. (1998). The love drug. Marching to the beat of ecstasy. New York: The Haworth Medical Press. RE: References Collin, M & Godfrey, J (1997). Altered state. The story of ecstasy culture and acid house. London: Serpent's tail. RE: References Derogatis, L R, Lipman, R S, Rickels, K, Uhlenhuth, E H & Covi, L (1974). The Hopkins Symptom Checklist (HSCL): A self-report symptom inventory. Behavioral Science, 19, 1-15. RE: References Farnworth, M, Thornberry, T P, Krohn, M D & Lizotte, A J (1994). Measurement study of class and delinquency. Journal of Research on Crime and Delinquency, 31, 32-61 Integrating theory and research. RE: References Farrell, M. (1989). Ecstasy and the oxygen of publicity. British Journal of Addiction, 84, 943. RE: References Farrington, D P, Loeber, R, Elliott, D S, Hawkins, J D, Kandel, D B, Klein, M W, McCord, J, Rowe, D C & Tremblay, R E (1990). Advancing knowledge about the onset of delinquency and crime. Advances in Clinical Child Psychology, 13, 283-342. RE: References Fergusson, D M & Horwood, L J (1997). Early onset cannabis use and psychosocial adjustment in young adults. Addiction, 92, 279-296. RE: References Fergusson, D M, Lynskey, M T & Horwood, L J (1993). The short term consequences of early cannabis use. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 499-512. RE: References Fergusson, D M, Lynskey, M T & Horwood, L J (1997). Conduct problems and attention deficit behaviour in middle childhood and cannabis use at age 15. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 27, 673-682. RE: References Furlong, A & Cartmel, F (1997). Young people and social change. Buckingham: Open University Press. RE: References Gaulden, C & Sondhi, A (2001). At the margins: Drug use by vulnerable young people in the 1998/99 Youth Lifestyle Survey. London: Home Office Research. RE: References Green, S T, Frischer, M, Taylor, A & Goldberg, D J (1995). Increasing ecstasy use among Glasgow drug injectors. Addiction Research, 3, 73-76. RE: References Griffiths, P, Vingoe, L, Jansen, K, Lewis, R, Nilson, M, Hartnoll, R & Sherval, J (1997). New trends in synthetic drugs in the European Union. Lisbon: European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA). RE: References Grimshei, C. (2000). Elektronisk ekstase. Housekultur, partydop og nye trender. [Electronic ecstasy. House culture, dance drugs and new trends]. Oslo: Oslo kommune, Rusmiddeletaten. RE: References Hammer, T & Vaglum, P (1990). Initiation, continuation or discontinuation of cannabis use in the general population. British Journal of Addiction, 85, 899-909. RE: References Hammersley, R, Khan, F & Ditton, J (2002). Ecstasy and the rise of a chemical generation. London: Routhledge. RE: References Hammersley, R, Ditton, J, Smith, I & Short, E (1999). Patterns of ecstasy use by drug users. British Journal of Criminology, 39, 625-647. RE: References Harrington, R. (1993). Depressive disorder in childhood and adolescence. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. RE: References Harrison, L D, Erickson, P G, Adlaf, E & Freeman, C (2001). The drugs-violence nexus among American and Canadian youth. Substance Use & Misuse, 36, 2065-2086. RE: References Henderson, S. (1997). Ecstasy. Case unresolved. London: Pandora. RE: References Hibell, B, Andersson, B, Ahlstrom, S, Balakireva, O, Bjarnasson, T, Kollevi, A & Morgan, M (2000). The 1999 ESPAD Report: Alcohol and Other Drug Use Among Students in 30 European Countries. Stockholm: The Swedish Council for Information on Alcohol and other Drugs (CAN). RE: References Hakerud, E. (2001). Utfordringer i mote med ungdom og nye misbruksmonstre [Challenges encountered when facing youth and their new patterns of drug abuse]. Oslo: Oslo kommune, Rusmiddeletaten. RE: References International Labour Office. (1990). International standard of classification of occupations - ISCO 88. Geneva: ILO. RE: References Jessor, R & Jessor, S L (1977). Problem behavior and psychosocial development. New York: Academic Press. RE: References Kandel, D B. (1980). Drug and drinking behavior among youth. Annual Review of Sociology, 6, 235-285. RE: References Kandel, D B. (1984). Marijuana users in young adulthood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 200-209. RE: References Kandel, D B, Davies, M, Karus, D & Yamaguchi, K (1986). The consequences in young adulthood of adolescent drug involvement. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 746-754. RE: References Kandel, D B & Davies, M (1982). Epidemiology of depressive mood in adolescence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 1205-12 An empirical study. RE: References Kaplan, S, Hong, G K & Weinhold, C (1984). Epidemiology of depressive symptomatology in adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 23, 91-98. RE: References Kind, P, Dolan, R, Gudex, C & Williams, A (1998). Variations in population health status: Results from a United Kingdom national questionnaire survey. British Medical Journal, 316, 736-741. RE: References Klecka, W R. (1980). Discriminant analysis, series: Quantitative Application in the Social Sciences. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. RE: References Lenton, S, Boys, A & Norcross, K (1997). Raves, drugs and experience: drug use by a sample in Western Australia. Addiction, 92, 1327-1337. RE: References Lloyd, C. (1998). Risk factors for problem drug use: identifying vulnerable groups. Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 5, 217-232. RE: References McDermott, P, Matthews, A, O'Hare, P & Bennett, A (1993). Ecstasy in the United Kingdom: Recreational drug use and subcultural change. 230-244 In M. Heather, A. Wodak, E.A. Nadelmann, & P. O'Hare (Eds.) Psychoactive drugs and harm reduction: From faith to science London: Whurr Publishers. RE: References McGuire, P. (2000). Long-term psychiatric and cognitive effects of MDMA use. Toxicology Letters, 112, 153-156. RE: References Measham, F, Aldridge, J & Parker, H (2001). Dancing on drugs. London: Free Association Books. RE: References Measham, F, Newcombe, R & Parker, H (1994). The normalization of recreational drug use amongst young people in Northwest England. The British Journal of Sociology, 45, 287-312. RE: References Miech, R A, Caspi, A, Moffit, T E, Wright, B R & Silva, P A (1999). Low socioeconomic status and mental disorders: A longitudinal study of selection and causation during young adulthood. American Journal of Sociology, 104, 1096-1131. RE: References Morgan, M J. (2000). Ecstasy (MDMA): A review of possible persistent psychological effects. Psychopharmacology, 152, 230-248. RE: References National Institute For Alcohol and Drug Research. (2001). Alcohol and drugs in Norway. Oslo: The National Institute for Alcohol and Drug Research. RE: References Norwegian Directorate For Alcohol And Drugs. (1995). Fakta om ecstasy [Facts about ecstasy]. Oslo: Norwegian Directorate for Alcohol and Drugs. RE: References Oslo Police Department & the Norwegian Ministry of Justice (1999). Partydop [Dance drugs]. Oslo: Oslo Police Department / the Norwegian Ministry of Justice. RE: References Olweus, D. (1989). Prevalence and incidence of the study of antisocial behavior: Definitions and measurement. 187-201 In M.W. Klein (Ed.) Cross-national research in self-reported crime and delinquency Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. RE: References Pape, H. (2002). Verre enn sitt rykte? En litteraturstudie av ungdom som bruker ecstasy og annen partydop. Tidsskrift for Ungdomsforskning, 2, 21-38 [Even blacker than painted? A review of the literature on adolescent users of ecstasy and other dance drugs]. RE: References Parker, H, Aldridge, J & Measham, F (1998). Illegal leisure. The normalization of adolescent recreational drug use. London: Routhledge. RE: References Parker, H, Measham, F & Aldridge, J (1995). Drugs futures: Changing patterns of drug use amongst English youth. London: Institute of Study on Drug Dependence. RE: References Pedersen, W, Mastekaasa, A & Wichstrom, L (2001). Conduct problems and early cannabis initiation: A longitudinal study of gender differences. Addiction, 96, 415-431. RE: References Pedersen, W & Skrondal, A (1999). Ecstasy and new patterns of drug use: A normal population study. Addiction, 94, 1695-1706. RE: References Peters, A, Davies, T & Richardson, A (1997). Increasing popularity of injection as the route of administration of amphetamine in Edinburgh. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 48, 227-237. RE: References Ramsay, M & Partridge, S (1999). Drug misuse declared in 1998: Results from the British crime survey. London: Home Office. RE: References Ramsey, M, Baker, P, Goulden, C & Sondhi, A (2001). Drug use declared in 2000: Results from the British Crime Survey. London: Home Office. RE: References Redhead, S. (1993). The politics of ecstasy. 7-28 In S. Redhead (Ed.) Rave off. Politics and deviance in contemporary youth culture Avebury: Athenaeum Press Ltd. RE: References Reynolds, S. (1998). Generation ecstasy. In the world of techno and rave culture. Boston: Little, Brown & Co. RE: References Riley, S C E, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of recreational drug use at dance events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, 1035-1047. RE: References Robins, L N & McEnvoy, L (1990). Conduct problems as predictors of substance use. 182-205 In L. Robins and M. Rutter (Eds.) Straight and deviant pathways from childhood to adulthood Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. RE: References Rosenbaum, M. (2000). Ecstasy: America's new `reefer' madness. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 137-142. RE: References Saunders, N. (1997). Ecstasy reconsidered. London: BPC Wheatons. RE: References Saunders, N. (1995). Ecstasy and the dance culture. London: BPC Wheatons. RE: References Shelder, J & Block, J (1990). Adolescent drug use and psychological health. American Psychologist, 45, 612-630. RE: References Shiner, M & Newburn, T (1997). Definitely, maybe not? The normalisation of recreational drug use amongst young people. Sociology, 31, 511-529. RE: References Shiner, M & Newborn, T (1999). Taking tea with Noel: The place and meaning of drug use in everyday life. 139-159 In N. South (Ed.) Drugs. Cultures, controls and everyday life London: Sage Publications. RE: References Skretting, A. (2000). Ungdom og rusmidler [Youth and intoxicants]. Oslo: National Directorate for Prevention of Alcohol and Drug Abuse & National Institute for Alcohol and Drug Research. RE: References Smith, D J. (1995). Youth crime and conduct disorder. 389-490 In M. Rutter and D. Smith (Eds.) Psychosocial disorders in young people Chichester: Wiley. RE: References Solowij, N, Hall, W & Lee, N (1992). Recreational MDMA use in Syndey: A profile of ecstasy users and their experiences with the drug. British Journal of Addiction, 87, 1161-1172. RE: References South, N. (1999). Debating drugs and everyday life: Normalisation, prohibion and `otherness'. 1-15 In N. South, (Ed.) Drugs. Cultures, Controls and Everyday Life London: Sage Publications. RE: References Tittle, C R, Villemez, W J & Smith, D A (1978). The myth of social class and criminality. American Sociological Review, 43, 643-656. RE: References Topp, L, Hando, J, Dillon, P, Riche, A & Solowij, N (1999). Ecstasy use in Australia: Patterns of use and associated harm. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 55, 105-115. RE: References Tossman, P, Boldt, S & Tensil, M D (2001). The use of drugs within the techno party scene in European metropolitan cities. European Addiction Research, 7, 1, 2-23. RE: References Ward, J. (2002). Book review. International Journal of Drug Policy, 13, 437-438. RE: References Weber, T R. (1999). Raving in Toronto: Peace, love, unity and respect. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 317-336. RE: References Wibberley, C & Price, J F (2000). Young people's drug use: Facts and feelings - implications for the normalization debate. Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 7, 147-162. RE: References Wichstrom, L & Hegna, K (2002). Sexual orientation and suicide attempt. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, A longitudinal study of the general Norwegian adolescent population. (Accepted). RE: References Windle, M. (1990). A longitudinal study of antisocial behavior in early adolescence as predictors of late adolescence substance abuse: Gender and group differences. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 86-91. RE: References Yacoubain, G S. (2002). Correlates of ecstasy use among tenth graders surveyed through Monitoring the Future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 225-230. Record 45 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Rolling beyond Raves: Ecstasy Use Outside the Rave Setting AU: Author Boeri, Miriam Williams; Sterk, Claire E; Elifson, Kirk W AF: Affiliation Rollins School Public Health, Emory U SO: Source Journal of Drug Issues, 2004, 34, 4, fall, 831-859 IS: ISSN 0022-0426 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Youth Culture; *Subcultures; *Young Adults; *Social Environment; *Eating and Drinking Establishments; Atlanta, Georgia AB: Abstract In this paper, we explore settings of ecstasy use other than those that are part of the rave scene. Little is known about its use in other settings. Data from young adult (18-25 years old) active ecstasy users were collected using surveys (N = 158) & qualitative in-depth interviews (N = 66). Recruitment involved targeted & theoretical sampling. Data analysis was guided by the constant comparison method, common in grounded theory. Our findings indicate that ecstasy use has extended to social settings beyond raves, including dance/music venues, bars in inner-city neighborhoods, neighborhood cruising sites, & private residences. Users may attend multiple settings, & it is common for use practices to be transmitted across settings. An understanding of emerging social settings of ecstasy use & the associated use patterns provides baseline information for the development of effective & appropriate prevention & intervention programs, including drug treatment, as well as for policymakers. 2 Tables, 50 References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN JDGIA6 LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States ID: Identifiers methamphetamines CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200505 AN: Accession Number 200509532 JV: Journal Volume 34 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 831-859 RE: References Agar, M. H. (1986). Speaking of ethnography. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. RE: References Agar, M.H & Reisinger, H. S (2003). Going for the global: The case of ecstasy. Human Organization, (62)1, 1- 11. RE: References Allaste, A & Lagerspetz, M (2002). Recreational drug use in Estonia: The context of club culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 183-200. RE: References Beck, J.E & Rosenbaum, M. M (1994). Pursuit of ecstasy: The MDMA experience. New York: State University of New York Press. RE: References Bellis, A.B, Hughes, K & Lowey, H (2002). Healthy nightclubs and recreational substance use: From a harm minimization to a healthy settings approach. Addictive Behaviors, 27, 6, 1025-1035. RE: References Bernard, H. R. (1994). Research methods in anthropology: Qualitative and quantitative approaches (2nd ed.). Walnut Creek, CA: Alta Mira. RE: References Cohen, R. S. (2001). Ecstasy: The love drug. Gay and Lesbian Review Worldwide, 8(4), 20- 23. RE: References Critcher, C. (2000). 'Still raving': Social reaction to ecstasy. Leisure Studies, 19, 145-162. RE: References Diemel, S & Blanken, P (1999). Tracking new trends in drug use. Journal of Drug Issues, 29(3), 529- 548. RE: References Ellen, R. F. (1984). Ethnographic research. New York: Academic Press. RE: References Forsyth, A.J.M, Barnard, M & McKeganey, N. P (1997). Musical preferences as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction, 92, 10, 1317-1325. RE: References Golub, A, Johnson, B.D, Sifaneck, S.J, Chesluk, B & Parker, H (2001). Is the U.S. experiencing an incipient epidemic of hallucinogen use? Substance Use and Misuse, 36(12), 1699-1729. RE: References Grob, C. S. (2002). The politics of ecstasy. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 143-144. RE: References Gross, S. R, Barrett, S.P, Sean, P, Shestowsky, J.S & Pihl, R. O (2002). Ecstasy and drug consumption patterns: A Canadian rave population study. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 6, 546-551. RE: References Hammersley, R, Ditton, J, Smith, I & Short, E (1999). Patterns of ecstasy use by drug users. British Criminology, 39(4), 625- 647. RE: References Hammersley, R, Khan, F & Ditton, J (2002). Ecstasy and the rise of the chemical generation. London: Routledge. RE: References Hitzler, R. (2002). Pill kick: The pursuit of 'ecstasy' at techno-events. Journal of Drug Issues, 32, 2, 459-466. RE: References Johnston, L.D, O'Malley, P.M & Bachman, J. G (2002). Monitoring the future national results on adolescent drug use: An overview of key findings, 2001. (NIH Publication no. 02-5105). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Korf, D. J, Blanken, P & Nabben, T (1991). Ein nieuwe wonderpil? [With English summary.] Amsterdam: Jellinek. RE: References Lofland, J. (1995). Analytic ethnography: Features, failings, and futures. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 24, 1, 30-67. RE: References Lofland, J & Lofland, L. H (1995). Analyzing social settings: A guide to qualitative observation and analysis (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. RE: References Malbon, B. (1999). Clubbing: Dancing, ecstasy and vitality. London: Routledge. RE: References Mansergh, G., Colfax, GN, Marks, G, Rader, M, Guzman, R & Buchbinder, S (2001). The circuit party men's health survey: Findings and implications for gay and bisexual men. American Journal of Public Health, 91, 6, 953-958. RE: References McElrath, K & McEvoy, K (2001). Fact, fiction, and function: Mythmaking and the social construction of ecstasy use. Substance Use and Misuse, 36(1&2), 1-22. RE: References McElrath, K & McEvoy, K (2001). Heroin as evil: Ecstasy users' perceptions about heroin. Prevention and Policy, 8, 2, 177-189 Drugs: Education. RE: References McElrath, K & McEvoy, K (2002). Negative experiences on ecstasy: The role of drug, set, and setting. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 199-208. RE: References Measham, F, Parker, H & Aldridge, J (1998). The teenage transition: From adolescent recreational drug use to the young adult dance culture in Britain in the mid- 1990s. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 1, 9-25. RE: References National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2003). Epidemiological trends in drug abuse. Community Epidemiology Work Group, (NIH Publication no. 03-5363) Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Nencini, P. (2002). The shaman and the rave party: Social pharmacology of ecstasy. Substance Use and Misuse, 37(8), 923-939. RE: References Office of National Drug Control and Policy. (2004). Pulse check: Drug markets and chronic users in 25 of America's largest cities. (NJC Publication no. 201398). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Reinarman, C & Levine, H. G (1997). Crack in America: Demon drugs and social justice. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. RE: References Riley, S.C, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of recreational drug use at dance events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, 1035-1047. RE: References Rosenbaum, M. (2002). Ecstasy: America's new 'Reefer Madness.'. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 137-142. RE: References Rosenbaum, M, Morgan, P & Beck, J (1989). Ethnographic notes on ecstasy use among professionals. International Journal of Drug Policy, 1, 2, 16-19. RE: References Sanjek, R. (1990). Fieldnotes. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. RE: References Schwartz, R.H & Miller, N.S (1997). MDMA (ecstasy) and the raves: A review. Pediatrics, 100, 705-708. RE: References Shulgin, A. T. (1986). The background and chemistry of MDMA. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 18, 291-304. RE: References Sloan, J.J. III. (2000). It's all the rave: Flower power meets technoculture. American Criminal Justice Society Today, XIX(1), 3-6. RE: References Spradley, J. P. (1980). Participant observation. New York: Hold, Rinehart and Winston. RE: References Spruit, I. P. (1999). Ecstasy use and policy responses in the Netherlands. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 3, 653-677. RE: References Sterk, C.E, Elifson, K.W & Theall, K (2000). Women and drug treatment experiences: A generational comparison of mothers and daughters. Journal of Drug Issues, 30, 4, 839-61. RE: References Strauss, A & Corbin, J (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2003). Overview of findings from the 2002 national survey on drug use and health. (Office of Applied Studies, NHSDA Series H-2 1, DHHS Publication No. SMA 03-3774). Rockville, MD. RE: References Tashima, N, Crain, C, O'Reilly, K & Sterk-Elifson, C (1996). The community identification process: A discovery model. Qualitative Health Research, 6, 23-48. RE: References Ter Bogt, T, Engels, R, Hibbel, B, Van Wel, F & Verhagen, S (2002). Dancestasy: Dance and MDMA use in Dutch youth culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, 1, 157-181. RE: References Van de Wijngaart, G, Braam, R, De Bruin, D, Fris, M, Maalste, N.J.M & Verbraeck, H. T (1999). Ecstasy use at large-scale dance events in the Netherlands. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 3, 679-702. RE: References Van Maanen, J. (1988). Tales of the field: On writing ethnography. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Weber, T. R. (1999). Raving in Toronto: Peace, love, unity and respect in transition. Journal of Youth Studies, 2, 3, 317-336. RE: References Yacoubian Jr. G .S, Boyle, C, Hardin, C.A & Loftus, E. A (2003). It's a rave new world: Estimating the prevalence and perceived harm of ecstasy and other drug use, among club rave attendees. Journal of Drug Education, 33, 2, 187-196. RE: References Zinberg, N. E. (1979). Nonaddictive Opiate Use. In R.I. DuPont, A. Goldstein, & J. O'Donnel (Eds.), Handbook on Drug Abuse (pp. 303-313). Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Zinberg, N. E. (1984). Drug, set, and setting: The basis for controlled intoxicant use. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Record 46 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Examining the Prevalence and Perceived Harm of Ecstasy and Other Drug Use among Juvenile Offenders AU: Author Yacoubian, George S , Jr; Wish, Eric D; Choyka, Jill D; Boyle, Cynthia L; Harding, Christine A; Loftus, Elizabeth A AF: Affiliation Pacific Instit Research Evaluation, Calverton, MD SO: Source Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 2004, 3, 2, 95-105 IS: ISSN 1533-2640 DE: Descriptors *Juvenile Offenders; *Substance Abuse; Maryland AB: Abstract To date, few studies have examined the use of 3,4 methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or "ecstasy") among criminal populations. In the current study, self-report drug use data & urine specimens were collected from 86 male juvenile offenders surveyed through Maryland's Offender Population Urinalysis Screening (OPUS) Program. Prevalence estimates of ecstasy use were generated & associations between ecstasy use, demographic characteristics, & alcohol & other drug (AOD) use were explored. Nineteen percent of the sample reported lifetime ecstasy use, 14% within the past 12 months, & 8% within the past 30 days. One percent of the sample reported ecstasy use in the two days preceding the interview, & none tested positive for MDMA via urinalysis. Compared to non-users, past-year ecstasy users were significantly more likely to be white & to have used alcohol, marijuana, powder cocaine, & heroin within the 12 months preceding the interview. The use of marijuana once or twice & regularly was associated with the least amount of risk of physical &/or psychological harm for both the past-year ecstasy users & the non-users in the sample. Policy implications are discussed. 3 Tables, 1 Figure, 19 References. Adapted from the source document. COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: HAWORTH DOCUMENT DELIVERY CENTER, The Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580. EA: Email Address [mailto:gyacoubian@pire.org] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States ID: Identifiers ecstacy CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200505 AN: Accession Number 200509561 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 95-105 RE: References Arria, A, Yacoubian, G, Fost., E & Wish, E.D (2002). Ecstasy use among club rave attendees. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 156: 295-296. RE: References Bolla, K.I, McCann, U.D & Ricaurte., G.A (1999). Memory impairment in abstinent MDMA ('ecstasy') users. Neurology, 51, 1532-1537. RE: References Center for Substance Abuse Research. (2002). Juvenile Offender Population Urinalysis Screening Program (OPUS) Detention Study: September-November 2001. College Park, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Research. RE: References Dupont, R.L & Wish., E.D (1992). Operation Tripwire revisited. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 521, 91-111. RE: References Johnston, L.D, O'Malley, P.M & Bachman, J. G (2002). National Surrey Results on Drug Use from the Monitoring the Future Study, 2001 (Volume I). Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References McCann, U.D, Mertl, M, Eligulashvili, V & Ricaurte, G.A (1999). Cognitive performance in 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, 'ecstasy') users: A controlled study. Ps vchopharmacology, 143, 417-425. RE: References National Institute of Justice. (2001). Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring (ADAM) Annual Report. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice. RE: References Peroutka, S.J, Newman, H & Harris, H (1988). Subjective effects of 3.4- methylenedioxymethamphetamine in recreational users. Neuropsvchophan7nacologv, 1, 273-277. RE: References Ricaurte, G.A, McCann, U.D, Szaho, Z & Scheffel, U (2000). Toxicodynamics and long-term toxicity of the recreational drug, 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, 'ecstasy'). Toxicology Letters, 112-113, 143-146. RE: References Solowij, N, Hall, W & Lee, N (1992). Recreational MDMA use in Sydney: A profile of 'ecstasy' users and their experiences with the drug. British Journal of Addictions, 87, 1161-1172. RE: References Urbach, B.J, Reynolds, K.M & Yacoubian, G (2003). Exploring the relationship between race and ecstasy involvement among a sample of arrestees. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 1, 4, 1-13. RE: References Wish, E. D. (1997). The crack epidemic of the 1980's and the birth of a new drug monitoring system in the United States. Paper presented at the conference on 'The Crack Decade: Research Perspectives and Lessons Learned.' Baltimore, MD: National Institute of Justice and the National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Yacoubian, G & Urbach, B.J. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Arria, A, Fost, E & Wish, E.D (2002). Exploring the temporal relationship between race and the use of ecstasy: Findings from the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 209-213 Journal of Psychoactive Drugs. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2003). Estimating the prevalence of recent ecstasy use among national arrestees. Federal Probation 66(3): 17-18. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). The emergence of ecstasy: Findings from the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Justice Policy Journal. 1(2): http.//tivww.cjcj.or,g/jpj/index.php. RE: References Yacoubian., G. (2002). Correlates of ecstasy use among high school seniors surveyed through Monitoring the Future. Prevention & Policy, 10, 1, 65-72 Drugs: Education. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Correlates of ecstasy use among 10th graders surveyed through Monitoring the Future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 225-230. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Assessing the temporal relationship between race and ecstasy use among high school seniors. Journal of Drug Education, 32, 3, 213-225. Record 47 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Corporal Sociality and Social Corporality OT: Original Title Socialite corporelle et corporeite sociale AU: Author Hampartzoumian, Stephane SO: Source Societes, 2004, 3(85), 63-69 IS: ISSN 0765-3697 DE: Descriptors *Dance; *Popular Culture; *Human Body; *Cultural Activities AB: Abstract Introduces a reflection about dancing during a rave party, considering the practice of the dance as well as the manner of revealing the individual body & the community body. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN SOCTET LA: Language French PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Belgium CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200507 AN: Accession Number 200512931 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 85 JP: Journal Pages 63-69 Record 48 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title A "Musical Communication." A Study of the Collective Practice of Techno Music, Drawing from Alfred Schutz OT: Original Title Une "Communication Musicale". Une etude de la pratique collective de la musique techno, a partir d'Alfred Schutz AU: Author Petiau, Anne AF: Affiliation Centre Etude Actuel & Quotidien, U Paris V-Sorbonne SO: Source Societes, 2004, 3(85), 71-81 IS: ISSN 0765-3697 DE: Descriptors *Music; *Popular Culture; *Dance; *Cultural Activities; *Social Relations; *Collective Behavior AB: Abstract This article deals with the collective practice of techno music in a festive situation. First of all, one has to understand how the music takes part in the setting of the rave party, determining its spatiotemporal borders. Secondly, we will move on to the collective reception of techno music. More particularly by referring to an article written by Alfred Schutz, one will see how the joint participation to the musical temporality creates a social relation. 10 References. Adapted from the source document. CD: CODEN SOCTET LA: Language French PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Belgium CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200507 AN: Accession Number 200512936 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 85 JP: Journal Pages 71-81 RE: References Accaoui, Christian. (2001). Le temps musical, Paris, Desclee de Brouwer. RE: References Becker, Howard S. (1982). Les mondes de l'art, traduit de l'anglais par Jeanne Bouniort, Paris, Flammarion, 1988. RE: References Hennion, Antoine, Maisonneuve, Sophie & Gomart, Emilie (2000). Figures de l'amateur. Formes, objets, pratiques de l'amour de la musique aujourd'hui, Paris, La Documentation Francaise. RE: References Jauss, Hans Robert. (1975). Pour une esthetique de la reception, traduit de l'allemand par Claude Maillard, Paris, Gallimard, 1978. RE: References Kosmicki, Guillaume. (1999). << La musique techno : une relecture utopique de l'urbanite >>, conference prononcee au 7th Doctoral and Post-doctoral Seminar on Musical Semiotics, Finlande. Juin. RE: References Kosmicki, Guillaume. << Structures musicales et structures sociales dans la musique techno >>, dans La musique techno, approche artistique et dimension creative, Actes du colloque des 22 et 23 janvier 1998, Poitiers, Le Confort Moderne. 2. RE: References Maffesoli, Michel. (1988). Le temps des tribus, Paris, La Table Ronde, 2000. RE: References Petiau, Anne. << Musique techno et postmodernite >>, dans Religiologiques, Montreal, Service des publications de l'UQAM. 24. RE: References Gilbert, Rouget. (1980). La musique et la transe. Esquisse d'une theorie generale des relations de la musique et de la possession, Paris, Gallimard, 2000. RE: References Schutz, Alfred. (1971). << Faire de la musique ensemble. 1, Une etude des rapports sociaux >>, dans Societes, Paris, Masson, 1984. Record 49 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Exploring the Temporal Relationship between Race and the Use of Ecstasy: Findings from the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse AU: Author Yacoubian, George S , Jr; Urbach, Blake J AF: Affiliation PIRE, Calverton, MD SO: Source Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 2004, 3, 3, 67-77 IS: ISSN 1533-2640 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Racial Differences; *Health Policy; *Statistics AB: Abstract Previous research has suggested that the use of 3, 4 methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or "ecstasy") is primarily concentrated among white users. These studies, however, have all been conducted at single points in time. No research has examined the temporal relationship between race & the use of ecstasy. In the current study, we use data collected from respondents surveyed through the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse between 1990 & 2001. Chi-square statistics are used to explore the temporal relationship between race & the use of ecstasy during this time frame. While lifetime prevalence estimates are low relative to other populations, a consistent, statistically significant relationship between race & ecstasy use is discerned throughout the 1990s. Policy implications are assessed in light of the findings. 2 Tables, 1 Figure, 23 References. Adapted from the source document. COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: HAWORTH DOCUMENT DELIVERY CENTER, The Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580. EA: Email Address [mailto:gyacoubian@pire.org] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 200508 AN: Accession Number 200515423 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 3 JP: Journal Pages 67-77 RE: References Amey, C H & Albrecht, S L (1998). Race and ethnic differences in adolescent drug use: The impact of family structure and the quantity and quality of parental interaction. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 2, 283-299. RE: References Arria, A, Yacoubian, G, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Ecstasy use among club rave attendees. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 156, 295-296. RE: References Beck, J & Rosenbaum, M (1994). In Pursuit of Ecstasy. New York: State University of New York Press. RE: References Chaiken, M R. (1993). The Rise of Crack and Ice: Experiences in Three Locales. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice. RE: References Chilcoat, H D & Schutz, C G (1995). Racial/ethnic and age differences in crack use within neighborhoods. Addiction Research, 3, 2, 103-111. RE: References Golub, A L, Hakeem, F & Johnson, B D (1996). Monitoring the Decline in the Crack Epidemic with Data from the Drug Use Forecasting Program. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice. RE: References Hoffman, J H, Welter, J W & Barnes, G M (2001). Co-occurrence of alcohol and cigarette use among adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 26, 63-78. RE: References Johnston, L D, O'Malley, P M & Bachman, J G (2003). Monitoring the Future National Survey Results on Drug Use, 1975-2002, Volume I: Secondary School Students. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. RE: References Kandel, D B, Single, E & Kessler, R (1976). The epidemiology of drug use among New York state high school students: Distribution, trends, and changes in rates of use. American Journal of Public Health, 66, 43-53. RE: References National Institute of Justice. (2003). 2000 Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Annual Report. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice. RE: References Oetting, E R, Deffenbacher, J L, Taylor, M J, Luther, N, Beauvais, F & Edwards, R W (2000). Methamphetamine use by high school seniors: Recent trends, gender and ethnicity differences, and use of other drugs. Journal of Child & Adolescent Substance Abuse, 10, 1, 33-51. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2003a). Results from the 2002 National Survey on Drug Use and Health, National Findings. Rockville: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2003b). Emergency Department Trends from the Drug Abuse Warning Network, Final Estimates 1995-2002. Rockville: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2003c). Mortality Data from the Drug Abuse Warning Network, 2001. Rockville: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. RE: References Urbach, B J, Reynolds, K M & Yacoubian, G (2003). Exploring the relationship between race and ecstasy involvement among a sample of arrestees. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 1, 1-13. RE: References Wallace, J M & Bachman, J G (1991). Explaining racial/ethnic differences in adolescent drug use: The impact of background and lifestyle. Social Problems, 38, 3, 333-357. RE: References Warheit, G J & Vega, W A (1996). A comparative analysis of cigarette, alcohol and illicit drug use among an ethnically diverse sample of Hispanic, African-American, and non-Hispanic white adolescents. Journal of Drug Issues, 26, 4, 901-922. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2000). Assessing ADAM's domain: Past, present, and future. Contemporary Drug Problems, 27, 121-135. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Correlates of ecstasy use among 10th graders surveyed through Monitoring the Future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 225-230. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2003). Correlates of ecstasy use among high school seniors surveyed through Monitoring the Future. Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 10, 65-72. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Arria, A, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Estimating the prevalence of ecstasy use among juvenile offenders. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, 209-213. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Green, M K & Peters, R (2003). Identifying the prevalence and correlates of ecstasy and other club drug (EOCD) use among high school seniors. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 2, 53-66. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Deutsch, J & Schumacher, E (2004). Estimating the prevalence of ecstasy use among club rave attendees. Contemporary Drug Problems, 31, 163-177. Record 50 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Music No Music Music: The Inaudibility of the Pop OT: Original Title Music No Music Music: Zur Unhorbarket von Pop AU: Author Fuchs, Peter; Heidingsfelder, Markus AF: Affiliation Fachbereich Soziale Arbeit & Gesundheit, Fachhochschule Neubrandenburg SO: Source Soziale Systeme, 2004, 10, 2, 292-324 IS: ISSN 0948-423X DE: Descriptors *Music; *Popular Culture; *Social Systems; *Communication; *Social Function AB: Abstract The heuristic idea followed in this essay is to perceive the phenomenon of fuzziness as expressed in "pop" as a peculiar function system operating on a world-wide scale. As a social system it reproduces a specific (communicative) difference manifested in the "song," which acts as its medium & subtly embeds perceptions in the system's larger communicative context. The argument presented here rests on the assumption that in the 1950s, after some preadaptive advances had been made as early as during the period of the Renaissance, the system started with the specific operation "provocation-in-the-medium-of-song" & evolved along different forms of provocation & counter-provocation: Rock-n'roll, beat, garage, psychedelic, heavy metal, hip hop, rave, techno.... Among other things, it shall be seen if the system exhibits an inherent function, ie, if there is a guiding code contained within it (thesis: hit/flop), if it has a medium (songs) &/or possesses certain organizational safeguards (labels) etc. While no definite conclusions about the system status can be drawn from such analyses, they could help to substantiate the assumption that scientific research based on them could well be fruitful. 91 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:Vulpex1@aol.com] CD: CODEN SOSYFN LA: Language German PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication Germany, Republic of CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200509 AN: Accession Number 200516873 JV: Journal Volume 10 JI: Journal Issue 2 JP: Journal Pages 292-324 RE: References Adorno, Theodor W. (1969). Zeitlose Mode. Zum Jazz. S. 144-152 in: Prismen. Kulturkritik und Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Adorno, Theodor W. (1984). Orpheus in der Unterwelt. Uber die Schallplatten-Bestseller und den deutschen Schallplatten-Konsumenten. S. 545-554 in: GS Bd. 19. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Arnold, Heinz-Ludwig. (2003). Pop-Literatur, Sonderband Text + Kritik. Munchen: Boorberg. RE: References Baecker, Dirk. (1987). Theorie als Passion. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Baecker, Dirk. (1993). Kommunikation uber Wahrnehmung. Thesenpapier zur Konferenz Wahrnehmung und asthetische Reflexion. Berlin, 67-86. RE: References Baecker, Dirk. (2003). Die Form der Kultur. Ms. Berlin. RE: References Bangs, Lester. (1987). Psychotic reactions & carburetor dung. Literature as rock'n'roll, rock'n'roll as literature. London: Minerva. RE: References Benjamin, Walter. (1974). Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit. Zweite Fassung. S. 471-508 in: GS Bd. 1.2. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Berger, Peter & Luckmann, Thomas (1969). Die gesellschaftliche Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer. RE: References Berkeley Pop Culture Projetc. (1992). The Whole Pop Catalog. London: Plexus. RE: References Bette, Karl-Heinrich. (1987). Wo ist der Korper? S. 600-628 in: D. Baecker et al. (1987), Theorie als Passion. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Bonz, Jochen. (1998). Meinecke Mayer Musik erzahlt. Osnabruck: Intro Verlag. RE: References Bronfen, Elisabeth & Marius, Benjamin (1997). Hybride Kulturen. Einleitung zur anglo-amerikanischen Multikulturalismusdebatte. S. 1-29 in: E.Bronfen/B. Marius/TH. Steffen (Hrsg.), Hybride Kulturen. Beitrage zur anglo-amerikanischen Multikulturalismusdebatte. Tubingen: Stauffenburg. RE: References Burchill, Julie. (1992). Sex and Sensibility. London: Harper Collins Publishers. RE: References Chambers, Ian. (1997). Zeichen des Schweigens, Zeilen des Zuhorens. S. 195-218 in: E.Bronfen/B. Marius/Th. Steffen (Hrsg.), Hybride Kulturen. Beitrage zur anglo-amerikanischen Multikulturalismusdebatte. Tubingen: Stauffenburg. RE: References Cohn, Nik. (1989). Ball The Wall. London: Pan Books. RE: References Dauer, Alfons M. (1958). Der Jazz. Kassel: Erich Roth. RE: References Davis, Miles. (1990). Die Autobiographie. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe. RE: References DeMain, Bill. (2001). Behind The Muse. Pop and Rock's Greatest Songwriters Talk About Their Work and Inspiration. Cranberry Township: Tiny Ripple Books. RE: References Diederichsen, Diedrich. (1980). Ideologien, Identitaten, Irrwege. 1980, Sounds, 1, 18-19. RE: References Diederichsen, Diedrich. (1985). Sexbeat. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Diederichsen, Diedrich. (1993). Yo! Hermeneutics. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Diederichsen, Diedrich. (1994). Wer furchtet sich vor dem Cop-Killer? S. 23-27 in: Spiegel-Spezial Pop & Politik. Hamburg. RE: References Diederichsen, Diedrich. (1997). Ist was Pop? S. 272-286 in: Ders. (1999), Der lange Weg nach Mitte. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Dorner, Klaus & Ploog, Ursula (1996). Irren ist menschlich. Lehrbuch der Psychiatrie/Psychotherapie, Bonn: Psychiatrie Verlag. RE: References Eshun, Kodwo. (1999). Heller als die Sonne. Abenteuer in der Sonic Fiction. Berlin: ID Verlag. RE: References Fiske, John. (2003). Lesarten des Popularen. Wien: Locker. RE: References Foerster, Heinz von. (1969). Sounds and Music. S. 3-10 in: H.v. Foerster/J.W. Beauchamp (Hrsg.), Music by Computers, New York: Wiley & Sons. RE: References Friedwald, William. (1992). Swinging Voices of America. Ein Kompendium grosser Stimmen. St. Andra-Wordern: Hannibal. RE: References Frith, Simon. (1981). Sound Effects. Youth, leisure, and the politics of rock, London: Constable. RE: References Frith, Simon. (1988). Why do Songs have Words? S. 105-128 in: S. Frith (Hrsg.), Music for Pleasure. Essays in the sociology of pop. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (1987). Vom Zeitzauber der Musik. S. 214-237 in: D. Baecker et al., Theorie als Passion. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (1992). Die soziale Funktion der Musik. S. 67-86 in: W. Lipp (Hrsg.), Gesellschaft und Musik. Wege zur Musiksoziologie. Sociologica Internationalis. Beiheft 1. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (1993). Moderne Kommunikation. Zur Theorie des operativen Displacements. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (1996). Die Form des Korpers. Ms. Travenbruck. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (1999). Intervention und Erfahrung. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (2003). Der Eigen-Sinn des Bewusstseins. Die Person, die Psyche, die Signatur. Bielefeld: Transcript. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (2004a). Wer hat wozu und wieso uberhaupt Gefuhle. Soziale Systeme, 10, 89-110. RE: References Fuchs, Peter. (2004b). Das System Terror. Mutmassungen zu einer Unausweichlichkeitsbewandtnis der Moderne. Ms. Travenbruck. RE: References Gillett, Charlie. (1971). The Sound of the City. Frankfurt a.M.: Zweitausendeins. RE: References Goetz, Rainald. (1986). Hirn. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Goodwin, Andrew. (1988). Sample and Hold. Critical Quarterly, 30, 3, 34-49 Pop music in the Digital Age of Reproduction. RE: References Goodwin, Andrew. (1992). Dancing in the Distraction Factory. Music television and popular culture. London: Routledge. RE: References Gould, Glenn. (1967). Auf der Suche nach Petula Clark. S. 89-99 in: Ders. (2002), Vom Konzertsaal zum Tonstudio. Schriften zur Musik 2. Munchen: Piper. RE: References Hebdige, Dick. (1979). Subculture. The meaning of style. London: Methuen. RE: References Hegel, G W F. (1986). Vorlesungen uber die Asthetik III. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Herman, Gary. (1982). Rock'n'Roll Babylon. London: Plexus. RE: References Hornby, Nick. (2003). 31 Songs. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Hundgen, Gerald. (1980). Rock'n'Roll, Punk, Relevanz, New Wave, Spex, Ska - alles klar? Keiner weiss Bescheid. 15.10.1980, Spex, 10. RE: References Hundgen, Gerald. (1989). Chasin' a Dream. Die Musik des schwarzen Amerika von Soul bis Hip Hop. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Jacob, Gunther. (1997). Pop-Geschichte wird gemacht. testcard Nr. 4/Juli 1997, 20-29. RE: References Jacob, Gunther. (1999). Archaologie des Hipnessverfalls. S. 85-116 in: Zeitgenossische Kunst + Kritik (Hrsg.) (2003): Die offene Stadt, Bochum: Kokerei Zollverein. RE: References Jourdain, Robert. (1998). Das wohltemperierte Gehirn. Wie Musik im Kopf entsteht und wirkt, Heidelberg: Spektrum Akademischer Verlag. RE: References Karnik, Olaf. (1989). Zwischen Underground und Pop-Charts. S. 164-179 in: G. Hudgen (Hrsg.) (1989), Chasin' a Dream. Die Musik des schwarzen Amerika von Soul bis Hip Hop. Koln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. RE: References Kelly, Danny. (1996). The Q Book Of Punk Legends. London: Cox & Wyman. RE: References Kittler, Friedrich. (1986). Grammophon, Film, Typewriter. Berlin: Brinkmann & Bose. RE: References Kleiler, D & Moses, R (1997). You stand there. Making Music Video. The Ultimate How-to-Guide and Behind-the-Scenes Look at the Art of Music Video, New York: Three Rivers Press. RE: References Kneif, Tibor. (1982). Rock-Musik. Ein Handbuch zum kritischen Verstandnis. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt. RE: References Krutzen, Michaela. (2004). MTV VMA. Fernsehen, Pop, Ereignis. S. 206-234 in: M. Krutzen/W. Grasskamp/St. Stephan (Hrsg.), Was ist Pop? Zehn Versuche. Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer. RE: References Longhurst, Brian. (1995). Popular Music & Society. Cambridge: Polity. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas. (1984). Soziale Systeme. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas & Fuchs, Peter (1989). Reden und Schweigen. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas. (1990). Die Wissenschaft der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas. (1995). Die Kunst der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas. (1996). Protest. Systemtheorie und soziale Bewegungen. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References Luhmann, Niklas. (1997). Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. RE: References MacGregor, Craig. (1984). Pop Goes the Culture. London: Pluto. RE: References Marcus, Greil. (1992). Mystery Train. Hamburg: Rogner & Bernhard. RE: References Maturana, Humberto R. (1982). Erkennen: Die Organisation und Verkorperung von Wirklichkeit. Ausgewahlte Arbeiten zur biologischen Epistemologie, Braunschweig: Vieweg. RE: References Mersmann, Hans. (1926). Angewandte Musikasthetik. Berlin: Max Hesses. RE: References Miles, Barry. (1978). Beatles In Their Own Words, New York: Putnam. RE: References Milles, John. (1980). The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock'n'Roll. New York: Random House. RE: References Morley, Paul. (2003). Words and Music. London: Bloomsbury. RE: References Morse, Tim. (1998). Classic Rock Stories. The Stories Behind the Greatest Songs of All Time. New York: St. Martin's Griffin. RE: References Oliver, Paul. (1994). Die Story des Blues. St. Andra-Wordern: Hannibal. RE: References Posener, Alan & Maria (1993). Elvis Presley. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt. RE: References Ross, Andrew. (1989). Intellectuals & Popular Culture. New York: Routledge. RE: References Schmitz, Hermann. (1964). System der Philosophie, Bd. III/2. Bonn: Bouvier. RE: References Shaw, Arnold. (1974). The Rockin '50s. New York: Plenum Publishers. RE: References Steiner, George. (1997). Errata. Munchen: Hanser. RE: References Stern, Jan & Micheal (1992). Encyclopedia of Pop Culture. New York: Harper Collins. RE: References Tilgner, Wolfgang. (1987). Elvis Presley. Berlin: Lied der Zeit. RE: References Thornton, Sarah. (1995). Club Cultures. Music, Media and Subcultural Capital. Oxford: Polity. RE: References Tobler, John & Jones, Alan (1982). The Rock List Album. London: Plexus. RE: References Topp, David. (1992). Rap Attack. African Jive bis Global HipHop. St. Andra-Wordern: Hannibal. RE: References Warhol, Andy. (1975). The Philosophy of Andy Warhol (From A to B and Back Again). New York: Harvest/HBJ. RE: References Warhol, Andy & Hackett, Pat (1980). Popism. The Warhol '60s. London: Hutchinson. RE: References Wicke, Peter. (1987). Rockmusik. Zur Asthetik und Soziologie eines Massenmediums. Leipzig: Reclam. RE: References Zeleny, Milan. (1981). Autopoiesis: A Theory of Living Organization. New York: North-Holland. RE: References Zizek, Slavoj. (1997). Mehr-Geniessen. Lacan in der Popularkultur. Wien: Turia & Kant. RE: References Zollo, Paul. (1997). Songwriters on Songwriting. Expanded Edition. New York: Da Capo. Record 51 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Transnationalism and Rights in the Age of Empire: Spoken Word, Music, and Digital Culture in the Borderlands AU: Author Hicks, D Emily AF: Affiliation San Diego State U SO: Source Aztlan, 2004, 29, 1, spring, 165-174 IS: ISSN 0005-2604 DE: Descriptors *San Diego, California; *Mexico; *Cultural Activities; *Biculturalism; *Citizenship; *Cultural Identity; Plural Societies; Borders AB: Abstract Theoretical models & categories that can be used to connect workers, labor, cyborgs, & Latina women in multicultural societies are explored. Three cultural activities in music & speech in the San Diego-Tijuana region, gathered by participant observation, are analyzed for their contribution to self-organization & the redefinition of citizenship in this particular multicultural community: a private radio station (Free Radio San Diego 96.9) with ties to music & bands on both sides of the border; poetry readings in the Latino Barrio Logan in San Diego to protest the war in Iraq; & a collaborative performance on digital & electronic instruments by Mexican & US artists. These events claim a space where cultural negotiations are taking place at the border without state control; they are key components of cultural citizenship. 22 References. M. Pflum. EA: Email Address [mailto:marquesa@aznet.net] CD: CODEN AIJRDL LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article (aja) CP: Country of Publication United States ID: Identifiers Tijuana, Mexico CL: Classification 0850 mass phenomena; popular culture UD: Update 200512 AN: Accession Number 200523037 JV: Journal Volume 29 JI: Journal Issue 1 JP: Journal Pages 165-174 RE: References Bromley, Roger. (2002). Narratives for a New Belonging: Diasporic Cultural Fictions. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. RE: References Cohen, Jeffrey J. (2003). Medieval Identity Machines. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Del Castillo, Adelaida R. (2002). ``Illegal Status and Social Citizenship: Thoughts on Mexican Immigrants in a Postnational World.''. Aztlan: A Journal of Chicano Studies, 27, no. 2, 11-32. RE: References Deleuze, Gilles & Guattari, Felix (1998). A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Brian Massumi. London: Athlone. RE: References Flores, William V & Benmayor, Rina (1997). Latino Cultural Citizenship: Claiming Identity, Space and Rights. Boston: Beacon Press. RE: References Gonzalez, Daniel & Stearns, Tracy (2003). Interview by author. San Diego, CA, June 7. RE: References Haraway, Donna. (1999). ``A Cyborg Manifesto: Science, Technology, and Socialist Feminism in the Late Twentieth Century.'' In Cyborgs and Women: The Reinvention of Nature, 149-81. New York: Routledge. RE: References Hardt, Michael & Negri, Antonio (2000). Empire. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. RE: References Hayles, N Katherine. (1999). How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernetics, Literature, and Informatics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. RE: References Joseph, May. (1999). Nomadic Identities: The Performance of Citizenship. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. RE: References Keen, Maurice. (1984). Chivalry. New Haven: Yale University Press. RE: References Kun, Josh. (2002). `` `The Sun Never Sets on MTV': Tijuana NO! and the Border of Music Videos.'' In Latin Popular Culture, ed. Michelle Habell-Pallan and Mary Romero, 102-16. New York: New York University Press. RE: References Massumi, Brian. (1992). A User's Guide to Capitalism and Schizophrenia: Deviations from Deleuze and Guattari. Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press. RE: References Mignolo, Walter D. (2000). Local Histories/Global Designs: Coloniality, Subaltern Knowledge, and Border Thinking. Princeton: Princeton University Press. RE: References Mignolo, Walter D. (1995). The Darker Side of the Renaissance: Literacy, Territoriality, and Colonization. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. RE: References O'Connor, Alan. (2002). ``Local Scenes and Dangerous Crossroads: Punk and Theories of Cultural Hybridity.''. Popular Music, 21, no. 2, 225-36. RE: References Protevi, John. (2001). Political Physics. New York: Athlone Press. RE: References Reynolds, Simon. (1999). Generation Ecstasy: Into the World of Techno and Rave Culture. New York: Routledge. RE: References Rosaldo, Renato & Flores, William V (1997). ``Identity, Conflict, and Evolving Latino Communities: Cultural Citizenship in San Jose, California.'' In Latino Cultural Citizenship: Claiming Identity, Space and Rights, ed. William V. Flores and Rina Benmayor, 76-79. Boston: Beacon Press. RE: References Scribner, Sylvia. (1986). ``Literacy in Three Metaphors.''. Journal of American Education, 93, 6-21. RE: References Sorrondeguy, Martin. (1999). ``Beyond the Screams/Mas alla de los gritos: a U.S. Latino/Chicano Hardcore Punk Documentary.'' Videotape. RE: References Stearns, Tracy. (2003). Interview by author. San Diego, Calif., June 13. Record 52 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Identifying the Perceived and Diagnosed Prevalence of Ecstasy Dependence among Club Rave Attendees AU: Author Yacoubian, George S., Jr.; Peters, Ronald J.; Palacios, Wilson R.; Link, Tanja C. AF: Affiliation PIRE, Calverton, MD SO: Source Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 33, 2004 IS: ISSN 1533-2640 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Psychedelic Drugs; *Addiction AB: Abstract The "rave" phenomenon has been a major element in the resurgence of psychedelic drug use in Western society. Purportedly central to raves is the use of "club drugs," such as 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or "ecstasy"). To date, however, no studies have attempted to estimate MDMA dependence among rave attendees. In the current study, personal drug data were collected from 154 adult "club rave" attendees along the Baltimore-Washington corridor between September & November 2002. The Center for Substance Abuse Research (CESAR) Arrestee Drug Screener (CADS) was used to screen for ecstasy dependence. Seventeen percent of the sample was diagnosed with probable MDMA-dependence. MDMA-dependent rave attendees were significantly more likely than non-dependents to be male, white, & to have used most illicit drugs during the 12 months preceding the interview. Logistic regression identified that gender, race, & past-year use of marijuana & PCP were the strongest predictors of MDMA dependence. Implications for these findings are discussed. Tables, References. Adapted from the source document. COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: HAWORTH DOCUMENT DELIVERY CENTER, The Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580 EA: Email Address [mailto:gyacoubian@pire.org] LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords CADS, club raves, dependence, MDMA CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200605942 JV: Journal Volume 3 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 33-45 DO: DOI 10.1300/J233v03n04_03 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Critcher, C. (2000). 'Still Raving': Social Reaction to Ecstasy. Leisure Studies, 19, pp. 145-162. RE: References Weir, E. (2000). Raves: A Review of the Culture, the Drugs and the Prevention of Harm. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162, 13, pp. 1843-1848. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2001). The Global Proliferation of Ecstasy. International Journal of Comparative Criminology, 1, pp. 127-136. RE: References Leinwand, D & Fields, G (April 19, 2000). Crack Down on Ecstasy. USA Today, pp. A1, A4. RE: References Schwartz, R H & Miller, N S (1997). MDMA (Ecstasy) and the Rave: A Review. Pediatrics, 100, 4, pp. 705-708. RE: References Randall, T. (1992). ''Rave'' Scene, Ecstasy Use, Leap Atlantic. Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, p. 1506. RE: References Arria, A, Yacoubian, G, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Ecstasy Use among Club Rave Attendees. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 156, pp. 295-296. RE: References Yacoubian, G & Wish, E D (in press). Exploring the Validity of Self-Reported Ecstasy Use among Club Rave Attendees. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Boyle, C L, Harding, C A & Loftus, E A (2003). Estimating the Prevalence and Perceived Harm of Ecstasy and Other Drugs among Club Rave Attendees. Journal of Drug Education, 33, 2, pp. 187-196. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Deutsch, J & Schumacher, E (2004). Estimating the Prevalence of Ecstasy Use among Club Rave Attendees. Contemporary Drug Problems, 3, 163-177. RE: References Boys, A, Lenton, S & Norcross, K (1997). Polydrug Use at Raves by a Western Australian Sample. Drug and Alcohol Review, 16, pp. 227-234. RE: References Brown, E R S, Jarvie, D R & Simpson, D (1995). Use of Drugs at 'Raves,'. Scottish Medical Journal, 40, pp. 168-171. RE: References Gross, S R, Barrett, S P, Shestowsky, J S & Pihl, R O (2002). Ecstasy and Drug Consumption Patterns: A Canadian Rave Population Study. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 6, pp. 546-551. RE: References Palacios, W R & Fenwick, M E (2002). E is for Ecstasy: A Participant-Observation of Ecstasy Use, in P.F. Cromwell (Ed.), In Their Own Words: Criminals on Crime, 3rd Edition, Roxbury Publishing Company, Los Angeles, pp. 295-301. RE: References Siokou, C. (2002). Rave Culture. Youth Studies Australia, 21, 1, pp. 11-19. RE: References Bogt, T Ter, Engels, R, Hibbel, B, Van Wel, F & Verhagen, S (2002). ''Dancestasy'': Dance and MDMA Use in Dutch Youth Culture. Contemporary Drug Problems, 29, pp. 157-181. RE: References Thornton, S. (1996). Club Cultures: Music Media and Subcultural Capital, University Press of New England, Hanover. RE: References Tossman, P, Boldt, S & Tensil, M D (2001). The Use of Drugs Within the Techno Party Scene in European Metropolitan Cities. European Addiction Research, 7, pp. 2-23. RE: References Winstock, A R, Wolff, K & Ramsey, J (2002). 4-MTA: A New Synthetic Drug on the Dance Scene. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 67, pp. 111-115. RE: References Winstock, A R, Griffiths, P & Stewart, D (2001). Drugs and the Dance Music Scene: A Survey of Current Drug Use Patterns among a Sample of Dance Music Enthusiasts in the UK. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 64, pp. 9-17. RE: References Riley, S C E, James, C, Gregory, D, Dingle, H & Cadger, M (2001). Patterns of Recreational Drug Use at Dance Events in Edinburgh, Scotland. Addiction, 96, pp. 1035-1047. RE: References Measham, F, Parker, H & Aldridge, J (2001). Dancing on Drugs: Risk, Health and Hedonism in the British Club Scene, Free Association, London. RE: References Zhao, H, Brenncisen, R, Scholer, A, McNally, A J, ElSohly, M A, Murphy, T P & Salamone, S J (2001). Profiles of Urine Samples Taken from Ecstasy Users at Rave Parties: Analysis by Immunoassays, HPLC, and GC-MS. Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 25, pp. 258-269. RE: References Collin, M & Godfrey, J (1997). Altered State: The Story of Ecstasy Culture and Acid House, Serpent's Tail, New York. RE: References Cooper, G A, Allen, D L, Scott, K S, Oliver, J S, Ditton, J & Smith, I D (2000). Hair Analysis: Self-Reported Use of ''Speed'' and ''Ecstasy'' Compared with Laboratory Findings. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 45, pp. 400-406. RE: References Lenton, S & Davidson, P (1999). Raves, Drugs, Dealing and Driving: Qualitative Data from a West Australian Sample. Drug and Alcohol Review, 18, pp. 153-161. RE: References Lenton, S, Boys, A & Norcross, K (1997). Raves, Drugs and Experience: Drug Use by a Sample of People Who Attend Raves in Western Australia. Addiction, 92, 10, pp. 1327-1337. RE: References Sherlock, K & Conner, M (1999). Patterns of Ecstasy Use amongst Club-Goers on the UK 'Dance Scene,'. International Journal of Drug Policy, 10, pp. 117-129. RE: References Wijngaart, V, Braam, R, Bruin, D, Fris, M, Maalste, N J M & Verbraeck, H T (1999). Ecstasy Use at Large-Scale Dance Events in the Netherlands. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 3, pp. 679-702. RE: References Forsyth, A J M. (1996). Places and Patterns of Drug Use in the Scottish Dance Scene. Addiction, 91, pp. 511-521. RE: References Forsyth, A J M. (1996). Are Raves Drug Supermarkets. The International Journal of Drug Policy, 7, 2, pp. 105-110. RE: References Jansen, K L R. (1999). Ecstasy (MDMA) Dependence. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 53, pp. 121-124. RE: References Wish, E D, Petronis, K R & Yacoubian, G (2002). CADS: Two Short Screeners for Cocaine and Heroin Dependence among Arrestees. Journal of Drug Issues, 32, 3, pp. 907-920. RE: References Robins, L N, Cottler, L, Bucholz, K & Compton, W (1995). Diagnostic Interview Schedule for DSM-III-R. St. Louis, MO: Washington University Department of Psychiatry. RE: References Bolla, K I, McCann, U D & Ricaurte, G A (1999). Memory Impairment in Abstinent MDMA (''ecstasy'') Users. Neurology, 51, pp. 1532-1537. RE: References Morgan, M J. (2000). Ecstasy (MDMA): A Review of Its Possible Persistent Psychological Effects. Psychopharmacology, 152, 3, pp. 230-248. RE: References Peroutka, S J, Newman, H & Harris, H (1988). Subjective Effects of 3,4-Methylene-dioxymethamphetamine in Recreational Users. Neuropsychopharmacology, 1, pp. 273-277. RE: References Montoya, A G, Sorrentino, R, Lukas, S E & Price, B H (2002). Long-Term Neuropsychiatric Consequences of ''Ecstasy'' (MDMA): A Review. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 10, pp. 212-220. RE: References Ricaurte, G A, McCann, U D, Szabo, Z & Scheffel, U (2000). Toxicodynamics and Long-Term Toxicity of the Recreational Drug, 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, 'ecstasy'). Toxicology Letters, pp. 112-113, 143-146. RE: References Karch, S. (1995). Ecstasy in Glasgow. Forensic Drug Abuse Advisor, 7, 3, pp. 19. RE: References Randall, T. (1992). Ecstasy-Fueled 'Rave' Parties Become Dances of Death for English Youth. Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, pp. 1505-1506. RE: References Urbach, B J, Reynolds, K M & Yacoubian, G (2003). Exploring the Relationship Between Race and Ecstasy Involvement among a Sample of Arrestees. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 1, 4, pp. 1-13. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Arria, A, Fost, E & Wish, E D (2002). Estimating the Prevalence of Ecstasy Use among Juvenile Offenders. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, pp. 209-213. RE: References Yacoubian, G, Green, M & Peters, R (2003). Identifying the Prevalence and Correlates of Ecstasy and Other Club Drug (EOCD) Use among High School Seniors. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 2, 2, pp. 53-66. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2003). Correlates of Ecstasy Use among Students Surveyed through the College Alcohol Survey. Journal of Drug Education, 33, 1, pp. 61-69. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Correlates of Ecstasy Use among 10th Graders Surveyed Through Monitoring the Future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 34, 2, pp. 225-230. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Correlates of Ecstasy Use among High School Seniors Surveyed Through Monitoring the Future. Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 10, 1, pp. 65-72. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). Assessing the Temporal Relationship Between Race and Ecstasy Use among High School Seniors. Journal of Drug Education, 32, 3, pp. 213-225. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2002). The Emergence of Ecstasy: Findings from the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse, Justice Policy Journal, 1(2), http://www.cjcj.org/jpj/index.php. RE: References Yacoubian, G & Urbach, B J (2004). Exploring the Temporal Relationship Between Race and the Use of Ecstasy: Findings from the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse, 3, 3, pp. 67-77. RE: References Yacoubian, G. (2003). Correlates of Ecstasy Use among Students Surveyed through the 1997 College Alcohol Survey. Journal of Drug Education, 33, 1, pp. 61-69. Record 53 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Has Drug Use Lost Its Sacred Dimension? OT: Original Title Le toxicomane a-t-il perdu la dimension du sacre? AU: Author Singainy, Erick Jean-Daniel AF: Affiliation Groupe hospitalier Sud Reunion SO: Source Psychotropes, vol. 10, no. 3-4, pp. 115-129, 2004 IS: ISSN 1245-2092 DE: Descriptors *Drug Abuse; *Sacredness; *Western Society; *Traditional Societies; *Treatment; *Medical Model; *Alternative Approaches AB: Abstract In our western society, the drug user in treatment is often disturbed by the obsessional duality of our thinking & care system, by this psychosomatic duality that pretends to confiscate his enjoyment for "folly." At the opposite of this discourse, traditional societies propose another conception, more holistic & global, for taking care of suffering people. Body, mind & spirituality are as one. In this brief presentation of an original treatment for drug users that combines the modern medical care & the traditional one of the Amerindians from the Altiplano region, the author explores the holy & transcendental sides of the addictive behavior, & draws the outlines of an institutional & clinical practice that comes out from this dimension. 35 References. Adapted from the source document. EA: Email Address [mailto:singainy.jean-daniel@wanadoo.fr] LA: Language French PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article CL: Classification 2079 sociology of health and medicine; substance use/abuse & compulsive behaviors (drug abuse, addiction, alcoholism, gambling, eating disorders, etc.) UD: Update 20061018 AN: Accession Number 200607256 JV: Journal Volume 10 JI: Journal Issue 3-4 JP: Journal Pages 115-129 CP: Country of Publication Belgium RE: References Ludwig, Binswanger. (1971). Introduction a l'analyse existentielle - Paris, Editions de Minuit. RE: References Helene, Chaigneau. (1983). Ce qui suffit. L'Information psychiatrique, 5, 3, Reflexions surgies de la frequentation au tres long court de quelques schizophrenes. RE: References Mario, Chiappe. (1976). El empleo de hallucinogenos en la psiquiatria folkorica. Boletin de la Oficina Sanitaria Panamericana, 81, 2, 176-186. RE: References Thierry, Colombie. (2001). Technomades - Paris, Stock. RE: References Jorge, Costa & Alberto, Silva (1999). Present du passe, present du present, present du futur en psychiatrie - In Pichot P, Rein W: L'approche clinique en psychiatrie - Le Plessis-Robinson, Les Empecheurs de tourner en rond. RE: References Alain, Ducousso-Lacaze. (2001). Nos psychotherapies sont-elles modernes. L'Evolution Psychiatrique, 66, 516-26. RE: References Mircea, Eliade. (1965). Le sacre et le profane - Paris, Gallimard. RE: References Luc, Ferry. (1996). L'homme-dieu ou le sens de la vie - Paris, Grasset et Fasquelles. RE: References Emil, Frankl Victor. (1975). Le dieu inconscient - Paris, Editions du Centurion. RE: References Stanislav, Grof. (1996). Psychologie transpersonnelle - Monaco, Editions du Rocher. RE: References Georges, Gusdorf. (1989-1990). Reflexions sur l'interdisciplinarite. Bulletin de psychologie, 97, XLIII, 872. RE: References Bernard, Hell. (1999). Possession et chamanisme. Les maitres du desordre - Paris, Flammarion. RE: References Paul, Jonckheere. (1985). Du visage au desir de l'autre. L'Evolution Psychiatrique, 50, 2, 879-891 A propose de la premiere rencontre entre le therapeute et le patient. RE: References Claude, Levi-Strauss. (1973). Les champignons dans la culture - In Anthropologie structurale II - Paris, Plon. RE: References Jacques, Mabit. (1988). L'hallucination par l'ayahuasca chez les guerisseurs de la Haute-Amazonie peruvienne - Lima, Institut francais d'etudes andines. RE: References Marcel, Mauss. (1936). Les techniques du corps. Journal de Psychologie, XXXII, 3-4. RE: References Lucia, Meijer. (July/August 1999). Vipassana meditation at the north rehabilitation facility. American Jails Magazine. RE: References Maurice, Merleau-Ponty. (1968). L'institution - In Resumes de cours, Paris, College de France (1952-1960); Gallimard. RE: References Mildt. (2000). Toxicomanie en Europe, nouveaux defis, nouveaux enjeux de sante publique. Actes du colloque: Drogues, savoir plus, organise au College de France par, 30. RE: References Shinkeishitsu, Morita Shoma. (1997). Psychopathologie et therapie (traduit du japonais par Mamoru Onishi, Nariakira Moriyama, Gilbert Vila et al) - Paris, Les Empecheurs de penser en rond. RE: References Tobie, Nathan. (1993). Fier de n'avoir ni pays, ni amis, quelle sottise c'etait. Principe d'ethnopsychanalyse - Aubenas, La Pensee sauvage, 3 ed. RE: References Tobie, Nathan. (1995). Psychanalyse paienne - Paris. Odile Jacob, 18. RE: References Gerard de, Nerval. (1993). Oeuvres completes (III) - Paris, Gallimard, coll. La Pleiade. RE: References Brigitte, Neubacher. (1978). Crash cure for drug addicts on Thailand clinic in Tham Krabok. Medical Herbalism, journal for the clinical practioner, 1362-1363. RE: References Organisation mondiale de la sante. (2002). Strategie de l'Oms pour la medecine traditionnelle pour 2002-2005 - Geneve, Oms. RE: References Rudolf, Otto. (2001). Le sacre: l'element non-rationnel dans l'idee du divin et sa relation avec le rationnel (Traduction de Wund Andre) - Paris, Payot. RE: References Robert, Palem. (1997). Henri Ey psychiatre et philosophe - Paris, Rive droite. RE: References Peirera de Vasconcelos Svetlana. (1987). Le'Condomble. Les fonctions therapeutiques d'une pratique sociale - Paris, these de sociologie. universite Paris, 8. RE: References Michel, Perrin. (1992). Les praticiens du reve: un exemple de chamanisme - Paris, Puf. RE: References Alejandro, Rojas Urrego. (1991). Le phenomene de la rencontre et la psychopathologie - Paris, Puf. RE: References Susan, Sontag. (1979). La maladie comme metaphore - Paris, Seuil. RE: References Christian, Sueur. (1999). Usage de drogues de synthese et reduction des risques dans le milieufestiftechno - Paris, Medecins du Monde, Mission Rave. RE: References Daniele, Vazeilles. (1991). Les chamanes, maitres de l'univers - Paris. Ed. du Cerf, 15. RE: References Piers, Vitebsky. (2001). The Shaman: Voyages of the Soul Trance, Ecstacy and Healing from Siberia to the Amazon - Londres, Duncan Baird Publishers: 150-153. RE: References Daniel, Widlocher. (1996). Les nouvelles cartes de la psychanalyse - Paris, Odile Jacob. Record 54 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Spousal Use of Pornography and Its Clinical Significance for Asian-American Women: Korean Women as an Illustration AU: Author Ryu, Eunjung AF: Affiliation Drexel U, Philadelphia, PA SO: Source Journal of Feminist Family Therapy, vol. 16, no. 4, pp. 75, 2004 IS: ISSN 0895-2833 DE: Descriptors *Pornography; *Asian Cultural Groups; *Family Therapy; *Sexism; *Violence; *Interpersonal Relations; Causality AB: Abstract In this paper the clinical significance for Asian American women whose spouses use pornography is explored. First, the impact of pornography on male and female sexuality in general is described. Second, the direct and indirect impact of the use of pornography on all couple relationships is examined. The last section focuses on the oppressive impact of traditional, patriarchal norms of the Asian culture on Asian American women, including clinical observations of the impact when their partners use pornography. References. Adapted from the source document. COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: HAWORTH DOCUMENT DELIVERY CENTER, The Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580 CD: CODEN JFFTFJ LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2004 PT: Publication Type Journal Article AK: Author Keywords Feminist family therapy, couple psychotherapy, pornography, Asian couples, Asian family, Korean women, Korean family, sex therapy, violence, objectification of women, gender, culture, racism CL: Classification 1940 the family and socialization; sociology of sexual behavior PB: Publisher Haworth Press, Binghamton NY UD: Update 20061031 AN: Accession Number 200613551 JV: Journal Volume 16 JI: Journal Issue 4 JP: Journal Pages 75-89 DO: DOI 10.1300/J086v16n04_05 CP: Country of Publication United States RE: References Ahn-Toupin, E S W. (1980). Counseling Asians: Psychology in the context of racism and Asian-American history. January, American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 50, 1. RE: References Almeida, R V. (1998). The dislocation of women's experience in family therapy. In R. V. Almeida (Ed.), Transformations of gender and race: Family and developmental perspectives (pp. 1-22). New York: The Haworth Press, Inc. RE: References Ashley, B R & Ashley, D (1984). Sex as violence: The body against intimacy. International Journal of Women's Studies, 7, 4, 352-371. RE: References Baird, R M & Rosenbaum, S E (1998). Pornography: Private right or public menace? Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books. RE: References Bergner, R M & Bridges, A J (2002). The significance of heavy pornography involvement for romantic partners: Research and clinical implications. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 28, 193-206. RE: References Bridges, A, Bergner, R M & Hesson-McInnis, M (2003). Romantic partners' use of pornography: Its significance for women. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 29, 1-14. RE: References Cole, S G. (1995). Power surge: Sex, violence, and pornography. Toronto: Second Story Press. RE: References Cramer, E & McFarlane, J (1994). Pornography and abuse of women. Public Health Nursing, 11, 4, 268-272. RE: References Cramer, E, McFarlane, J, Parker, B, Soeken, K, Silva, C & Reel, S (1998). Violent pornography and abuse of women: Theory to practice. Violence and Victims, 13, 4, 319-332. RE: References Feshbach, S & Malamuth, N (1978). Sex and aggression: Proving the link. November, Psychology Today, 5-17. RE: References Ho, M K. (1992). Differential application of treatment modalities with Asian American Youth. In L. A. Vargas & Koss-Chioino, J.D. (Eds.), Working with Culture: Psychotherapeutic interventions with ethnic minority children and adolescents (pp. 182-222). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. RE: References Jensen, R. (1995). Pornographic lives. Violence Against Women, 1, 1, 32-54. RE: References Keyes, C. (1977). The golden peninsula. New York: Macmillan. RE: References Kim, B C. (1996). Korean American families. In M. McGoldrick, J. Giordano, & J. Pearce (Eds.), Ethnicity and family therapy. New York: Guilford. RE: References Kim-Raynor, S & Nakasone, T S (1981). Social Work practice with Asian-American families. Social Work Papers, 16, 33-42. RE: References Kupers, T A. (1993). Revisioning men's lives: Gender, intimacy, and power. New York: Guilford. RE: References Lee, J, Lei, A & Sue, S (2001). The current state of mental health research on Asian Americans. In N. Choi (Ed.), Psychosocial aspects of the Asian-American experience: Diversity within diversity. New York: The Haworth Press, Inc. RE: References Leidholdt, D. (1981). Where pornography meets Fascism. Women's International Newsletter, 15, 18-22. RE: References Lin, C & Liu, W T (1993). Intergenerational relationships among Chinese immigrants families from Taiwan. In H. P. McAdoo (Ed.), Family ethnicity: Strength in diversity. Sage. RE: References Mayall, A & Russell, D D H (1993a). Racism in pornography. Feminism & Psychology, 3, 2, 275-281. RE: References Mayall, A & Russell, D D H (1993b). Racism in pornography. In D. E. H Russell (Ed.), Making violence sexy: Feminist views on pornography (pp. 167-177). New York: Teachers College Press. RE: References Rave, E. (1985). Pornography: The leveler of women. In L. B. Rosewater & L. E. Walker (Eds.), Handbook of feminist therapy: Women's issues in psychotherapy. Springer, pp. 226-235. RE: References Russell, D E. (1988). Pornography and rape: A causal model. Political Psychology, 9, 1, 41-73. RE: References Russell, D E H & Trocki, K (1993). Evidence of harm. In D. E. H. Russell (Ed.), Making violence sexy: Feminist views on pornography (pp. 194-213). New York: Teachers College Press. RE: References Schneider, J. (2000). Effects of cybersex addiction on the family: Results of a survey. Sexual and Compulsivity, 7, 1-2, 31-58. RE: References Senn, C Y. (1993). The research on women and pornography: The many faces of harm. In E. E. H. Russell (Ed.), Making violence sexy: Feminist views on pornography (pp. 179-193). New York: Teachers College Press. RE: References Shaw, S M. (1999). Men's leisure and women's lives: The impact of pornography on women. Leisure Studies, 18, 3, 197-212. RE: References Stoltenberg, J. (2000). Refusing to be a man: Essays on sex and justice. London: UCL Press. RE: References Walker, A. (1980). Coming apart. In L. Lederer (Ed.), Take Back the Night. New York: William Morrow. RE: References Wolf, N. (2001). The beauty myth. In M. L. Anderson & P. H. Collins (Eds.), Race, class, and gender: An anthology (4th ed.) (pp. 474-479). Florence, KY: Wadsworth/Thomson Learning. Record 55 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Risk, Panics and Moral Politics in Canada AU: Author Hier, Sean P AF: Affiliation McMaster U SO: Source Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 2003, 64, 6, Dec, 2278-A IS: ISSN 0419-4209 DE: Descriptors *Canada; *Moral Panic; *Risk Society; *Discursive Practices; *Social Control; *Governmentality; Toronto, Ontario; Drug Abuse; Youth Culture; Immigrants; Refugees AB: Abstract This dissertation offers a reformulation of the concept of 'moral panic' as a form of governance embedded in the spatially specific political temporality of risk and responsibility. Taking as a primary object of contestation Ungar's (2001) argument that developments commonly associated with the risk society thesis have thrown into relief many of the questions motivating traditional moral panic research, I argue that analytic priority rests not with 'changing' but 'converging' sites of social anxiety. Explaining moral panic in the context of a Marxist-inspired critical theory of ideology, I draw from Foucauldian-inspired discourse theory to conceptualize moral panic as a particular kind of moral regulation where technologies of the self intersect with structures of coercion and consent. In this regard, not only am I able to demonstrate how analytic retention of the concept of moral panic remains a fruitful exercise, but additionally why recent contributions have unnecessarily problematized the proliferation of moral panic in an age of the 'postmodern' mass media. Empirical data for the foregoing arguments are derived from two case studies. The first interrogates the anxieties which crystalized in the summer of 2000 concerning the uses and abuses of ecstacy at local raves in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Irrespective of the fact that concerted efforts were made on the part of a host of 'moral entrepreneurs' to extinguish raves held on city-owned property, Toronto's rave communities were able to subvert the moralizing discourse designed to characterize them 'at risk', simultaneously manipulating the same discursive technique to amplify the risks associated with terminating 'legal' raves in the city of Toronto. Conceptually situating the discussion in the sociology of moral regulation, the analysis explicates the fluid character of media discourses and the dynamic interplay of social agents in the social construction, and subversion, of moral panic. However, remaining sensitive to the dangers of over-emphasizing the 'subversive' nature of moral regulation, the second case study draws from news reporting on 599 Fujianese migrants who arrived to Canada's western shores in 1999 in an effort to demonstrate the sheer power of expurgation contained within moralized risk narratives. Illustrating how the migrants' arrivals were 'problematized' and transformed into a 'discursive crisis' centered on the constructs of risk and, more precisely, risk avoidance, it is argued that news reporting on the migrants held broader ideological resonances, extending beyond a unilateral concern about the perceived failures of the Canadian immigration and refugee systems to serve as an index for collective insecurities stemming from social change, racial integration and contested Euro-Canadian hegemony. CD: CODEN DABAA6 NT: Notes Available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI. Order No. DANQ80721. LA: Language English PY: Publication Year 2003 PT: Publication Type Dissertation (dis) CP: Country of Publication United States CL: Classification 0925 political sociology/interactions; sociology of political systems, politics, & power UD: Update 200412 AN: Accession Number 200410408 JV: Journal Volume 64 JI: Journal Issue 6 Record 56 of 122 DN: Database Name CSA Sociological Abstracts TI: Title Drugs and Youth Cultures: Is Australia Experiencing the "Normalization" of Adolescent Drug Use? AU: Author Duff, Cameron AF: Affiliation Centre Youth Drug Studies, Australian D